Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

12th International Conference; Lisbon, Portugal; 2025

CE by Type: IBAO


 

Workshop #W1
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Enhancing the Social and Emotional Well-Being of Autistic Persons by Utilizing Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT)
Tuesday, November 11, 2025
11:00 AM–2:00 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Milao I/II
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Mark R. Dixon, Ph.D.
MARK R. DIXON (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Description: Over the past 30 years a wide range of conceptual and empirical advances have occurred in behavior analysis to better understand the roots and applications of human language abilities. Relational Frame Theory (RFT) proposed that the behavior of relating should be considered a generalized operant, and with such, speaking with meaning and listening with understanding is made possible. At the same time, language abilities can have unintended side-effects. People get hung up on thoughts, prior experiences, and have emotional responses to stimuli that are far removed from the present stimulus conditions of the current environment. Treatment for such distress has fallen under the technology of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) - however such tools have been greatly adopted by non-behaviorists more so than from those within our home discipline. Part of the update is likely due to the confusing terminology and linkage to behavior analytic principles. This workshop hopes to change all that. A brief walkthrough of the linkage between RFT and ACT will be presented, along with methods by which behavior analysts can begin to incorporate this material into their daily practices which serve persons with autism and other related conditions.
Learning Objectives: 1. obtain a foundational understanding of how the concepts of RFT and ACT sit within a behavior analytic framework for understanding human behavior | 2. Understand the 6 basic ACT processes and how to apply them to the clients served. | 3. Deliver basic ACT lessons to peers and clients with competency.
Activities: This workshop will include: 1. One hour of overview of the ACT model and its relevance for the practicing behavior analyst. 2. One hour of interactive experiences in which the presenter will deliver elements of the ACT model to the participants themselves. 3. One hour of the participants breaking into small groups, designing ACT interventions, and delivering such back to the full group with feedback on performance.
Audience: Everyone is welcome.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
 
Workshop #W2
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Contracting With Kids: A Positive Way to Teach New Skills and Improve Family Dynamics
Tuesday, November 11, 2025
11:00 AM–2:00 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Roma II
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: William L. Heward, Ed.D.
JILL C. DARDIG (Ohio Dominican University), WILLIAM L. HEWARD (Ohio State University)
Description: First developed in the 1970s, contingency contracting is a behavior change strategy that identifies a task to be completed and a reward to follow successful accomplishment of the task. Peer-reviewed research has demonstrated the effectiveness of contracting to improve behavior and teach new skills to children with autism and neurotypical children in school, home, and community settings. For example, Alwahbi and Hua (2021) used contracting to promote social interactions among students with ASD and their peers. In their meta-analysis of contracting research, Bowman-Perrott et al. (2015) concluded that “behavior contracts are beneficial for students regardless of grade level, gender, or disability status” (p. 247). Examples of contracts used by families to help children with and without disabilities fulfill household responsibilities, learn new skills, get ready for school in the morning, and make friends at school will be presented during the workshop. Participants will develop contracts and receive materials (in English and 15 other languages) for developing and implementing contracts that have been field-tested by more than 300 families.
Learning Objectives: 1. State the purpose and give an example of each part of a behavior contract: Task, Reward, Task Record, Official Seal, and Signatures. | 2. Describe a collaborative list-making procedure that parents (teachers, behavior analysts) and their children (students, clients) can use to identify tasks and select rewards for contracts. | 3. Identify three common reasons behavior contracts fail and describe a behavior analytic-based remedy for each reason.
Activities: Workshop objectives will be met through storytelling, lecture, demonstration, and guided practice.
Audience: Behavior analysts, psychologists, and counselors who work with children and clients from age 4 years to adulthood in home, clinic, and school settings; general and special education teachers.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): child behavior, family dynamics, home-school collaboration, parenting
 
Workshop #W3
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
O uso de Rotinas de Atividades Para Promover a Independência e Inclusão de Indivíduos no Espectro Autista 

Using Activity Schedules to Promote Independence and Inclusion of Individuals on the Autism Spectrum
Tuesday, November 11, 2025
11:00 AM–2:00 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 12; Madrid
Presentation Language:Portuguese
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Thomas S. Higbee, Ph.D.
THOMAS S. HIGBEE (Utah State University)
Description: Alguns indivíduos no espectro autista, e com outras deficiências de desenvolvimento, têm dificuldade em sequenciar seu próprio comportamento durante situações de escolha livre. Nessas situações, eles contam com adultos para incentivá-los a se envolver em atividades específicas. Também, alguns não interagem adequadamente com os materiais de lazer ou brincar ou podem selecionar uma atividade e se envolver nela por um longo período de tempo. As rotinas de atividades fotográficas são uma ferramenta eficaz para ensinar indivíduos a sequenciar seu próprio comportamento e fazer transições entre várias atividades. Eles aprendem a seguir as dicas visuais na rotina de atividades para fazer transições, em vez de confiar em instruções verbais fornecidas por adultos. As rotinas de atividades também fornecem um contexto para o ensino de comportamentos básicos e complexos de tomada de decisão que podem facilitar a inclusão. À medida que indivíduos desenvolvem o comportamento verbal, os roteiros sociais também podem ser adicionados e depois esvanecidos para promover a interação social. As rotinas de atividades têm sido usadas com sucesso em uma variedade de ambientes com crianças e adultos com várias deficiências. Eles são fáceis de usar e podem ser adaptados à maioria dos ambientes.

Some individuals on the autism spectrum, and with other developmental disabilities, have difficulty sequencing their own behavior during free-choice situations. In these situations, they rely on adults to prompt them to engage in specific activities. Also, some do not interact properly with play materials or may select an activity and engage in it for an extended period of time. Photographic activity schedules are an effective tool for teaching individuals how to sequence their own behavior and make transitions between various activities. Individuals learn to follow visual cues in the activity schedule to make transitions, rather than relying on verbal instructions provided by adults. Activity schedules also provide a context for teaching basic and complex choice-making that can facilitate inclusion. As individuals develop verbal behavior, social scripts can also be added and then faded to promote social interaction. Activity schedules have been used successfully in a variety of settings with children and adults with various disabilities. They are easy to use and can be adapted to most environments.
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe how social scripting/script fading can be used to promote verbal behavior and social interaction. | 2. Describe how activity schedules and script fading can be combined to promote social inclusion and complex social behavior | 3. Descrever como rotinas de atividades fotográficas podem ser usados para promover a independência e inclusão de indivíduos no espectro autista | 4. Descreva como os roteiros socias podem ser usados para promover o comportamento verbal e a interação social | 5. Descreva como essas duas técnicas podem ser combinadas para promover inclusão social
Activities: No presente curso, os participantes aprenderão a usar rotinas de atividades com clientes / alunos, bem como aprenderão sobre pesquisas recentes sobre o uso dessas técnicas para promover brincadeiras sociais complexas para facilitar inclusão social. Instrução será composto de modelos de vídeo e oportunidades de praticar as técnicas ensinadas com feedback do palestrante.

Instructional strategies will include lecture, small group discussion, video modeling, and opportunities to practice and receive feedback on targeted skills.
Audience: Professores de educação especial, analistas do comportamento, e outras profissionais que trabalham com indivíduos no espectro autista

Special educators, behavior analysts, registered behavior technicians, and other professionals and paraprofessionals who work with individuals on the autism spectrum.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): activity schedules
 
Workshop #W4
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Design de Cursos Online que Efetivamente Ensinam: Integrando Análise do Comportamento, Tecnologia Educacional e Inteligência Artificial

Designing Online Courses That Teach Effectively: Integrating Behavior Analysis, Educational Technology, and Artificial Intelligence
Tuesday, November 11, 2025
11:00 AM–2:00 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 0; Bruxelas
Presentation Language:Portuguese
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Helder Gusso, Ph.D.
HELDER GUSSO (PBS Together), TRACEY LAWSON (Monash University), CAIO MEDEIROS OLIVEIRA (PBS Together, Australia), GABRIEL MELO CARDOSO (PBS Together (Australia), Federal University of Santa Catarina (Brazil))
Description: A quantidade de cursos online de formação em Análise do Comportamento tem crescido exponencialmente. A maioria desses cursos é composta apenas por aulas – ao vivo ou gravadas – e, em alguns casos, por atividades como quizzes. Esse modelo apresenta um problema grave: a concepção de ensino centrada na metáfora da “transmissão de conteúdo”, em vez do desenvolvimento de comportamentos, que exige um arranjo mais sofisticado de contingências de ensino. Neste workshop, vamos examinar os principios analitco-comportamentais que devem guiar o design instrucional de cursos online (Gusso, Archer & Ramos, 2022; Gusso, Oliveira & Ramos, 2021; MacKenzie, et al., 2021; Gusso, et al., 2020), as tecnologias educacionais disponíveis para dar suporte à criação de contingências de ensino que efetivamente contribuam no desenvolvimento de comportamentos dos aprendizes (e.g. Santos & Gusso, 2024; Gusso, 2024), e como recursos de inteligência artificial podem otimizar o processo de design educacional. Exemplos reais de design de cursos com elevadas taxas de performance, retenção e satisfação de alunos em uso no Brasil e na Austrália (e.g., Junior & Gusso, 2024; Gusso, et al., 2022; Gusso, Schuster & Gomes, 2021) serão analisados.

The number of online training courses in Behavior Analysis has grown exponentially. Most of these courses consist only of classes – live or recorded – and, in some cases, activities such as quizzes. This model presents a serious problem: the teaching approach is centered on the metaphor of "content transmission" rather than on behavior development, which requires a more sophisticated arrangement of teaching contingencies. In this workshop, we will examine the behavior-analytic principles that should guide the instructional design of online courses (Gusso, Archer & Ramos, 2022; Gusso, Oliveira & Ramos, 2021; MacKenzie et al., 2021; Gusso et al., 2020), the educational technologies available to support the creation of teaching contingencies that truly contribute to the development of learners’ behaviors (e.g., Santos & Gusso, 2024; Gusso, 2024), and how artificial intelligence tools can optimize the educational design process. Real-life examples of course designs with high performance, retention, and student satisfaction rates currently used in Brazil and Australia (e.g., Junior & Gusso, 2024; Gusso et al., 2022; Gusso, Schuster & Gomes, 2021) will be analyzed.
Learning Objectives: 1. Planejar contingências de ensino compatíveis com os princípios da Análise do Comportamento. | 2. Caracterizar os princípios da Análise do Comportamento para o design educacional. | 3. Identificar tecnologias educacionais disponíveis para o design educacional. | 4. Plan teaching contingencies aligned with the principles of Behavior Analysis. | 5. Characterize the principles of Behavior Analysis for educational design. | 6. Identify available educational technologies for instructional design.
Activities: Este workshop contará com aulas expositivas e atividades em pequenos grupos, oferecendo aos participantes a oportunidade de aplicar os princípios e tecnologias apresentados para desenvolver o design instrucional de um curso.

This workshop will feature lectures and small group activities, providing participants with the opportunity to apply the principles and technologies presented to develop the instructional design of a course.
Audience: Os participantes devem possuir conhecimento dos princípios básicos da Análise do Comportamento e atuar (ou ter interesse em atuar) nas áreas de design instrucional ou docência.

Participants should have knowledge of the basic principles of Behavior Analysis and work (or have an interest in working) in the fields of instructional design or teaching.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): artificial intelligence, Educational technology, Online education, programmed instruction
 
Symposium #2
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Interbehavioral Perspectives on Cultural Issues
Tuesday, November 11, 2025
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level -1; Europa
Area: PCH/CSS; Domain: Theory
Chair: Colin Harte (Universidade Federal de São Carlos )
CE Instructor: Mitch Fryling, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium includes three presentations focusing on interbehavioral perspectives on cultural issues. The first presentation, given by Mitch Fryling, focuses on psychological well-being, including related topics such as leisure and health. The presentation considers the challenges involved in conceptualizing these issues from a traditional behavior analytic perspective. The benefits of an interbehavioral conceptualization, especially focusing on Kantor’s setting factor construct, are considered. The second presentation, given by Genevieve DeBernardis, examines parenting as a cultural practice. The presentation reviews common parenting practices and trends, as well as the impact of following these as prescribed norms. It is argued that parenting, as a cultural practice, is unlikely to be universally standardized. Rather, parenting practices are idiosyncratic across groups and periods of time. The benefits of conceptualizing parenting this way are highlighted. Finally, Linda Parrott Hayes provides an analysis of causes and reasons, both within scientific and lay cultures. The argument is made that both causes and reasons have their sources in creationism. Alternatives to causes in science and reasons in cultural affairs are proposed along with their benefits for the well-being of society.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): creationism, culture, interbehaviorism, wellbeing
Target Audience:

Intermediate - audience members should have an understanding of behavioral principles, radical behaviorism, and the interpretation of cultural happenings.

Learning Objectives: 1. Distinguish between cultural and non-cultural behavior
2. Conceptualize setting factors in the analysis of psychological events
3. Describe scientific causes and non-scientific reasons
 
Psychological Wellbeing in Interbehavioral Perspective
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: The broad topic of personal wellness, including leisure, exercise, and more, have gained in popularity among various groups and cultures and pertain to our day-to-day lives in important ways. Indeed, these issues and activities are no longer pushed to the side as things that people only do or think about “for fun”. Rather, they are considered central to overall health, including the prevention of chronic health conditions and improving quality of life in various ways. While behavior analysts have participated in studying the effects of various leisure and wellness programs and how to teach various skills related to these areas, fewer efforts have focused on conceptualizing wellness in a way that is coherent with the rest of behavior analysis. This paper considers the challenges these topics present to traditional behavior analytic conceptualizations, and interprets wellness from the perspective of interbehaviorism. In doing so, considerable emphasis is given to the interbehavioral construction of setting conditions. In reviewing these issues the implications of this analysis for therapy and related educational programs are outlined.
 
Parenting as a Cultural Practice
GENEVIEVE M DEBERNARDIS (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Parenting is a part of one’s personal history—how individuals were raised influences how they parent their own children. At the same time, cultural norms play a powerful role in defining what is considered "good" or "effective" parenting. Indeed, what might be recommended as “good” or “effective” in one group or at one period of time, may not be at another. Many widely accepted parenting practices, often promoted as "research-based" or "best practices," may align more with cultural trends than approaches grounded in science. However, a continuous striving to align one’s parenting with these trends might have problematic implications for the wellbeing of the parent-child dyad. It’s possible that striving to align with cultural trends in parenting may create unnecessary rigidity, inhibiting adaptation, and impeding behavioral flexibility. As such, it seems unlikely that there will ever be a universal standard of effective parenting that transcends cultural and historical contexts. This paper reviews the current literature, while identifying similarities and differences, and examines these issues from a behavior analytic standpoint.
 
Causes and Reasons as Impediments to Scientific Progress and Cultural Wellbeing
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: It is argued that the causes of events in the scientific domain, like the reasons for them in the cultural domain, are not confrontable happenings but are rather verbal constructions having their sources in creationism. Examples of causes in the scientific domains of psychology and biology, namely reinforcement and selection, are examined from this perspective. It is argued that the progress in these sciences is impeded by causal logic, and alternatives to these notions are provided. The wellbeing of the culture is also impacted by creationistic thinking. In essence, it creates complacency in the face of tragedy. This is observed when the cries of those inflicted by personal losses or cultural calamities are blunted by the belief that “everything happens for a reason”. The deity is the reason, and the wisdom of the deity cannot be challenged. It is argued that wellbeing of the culture is not assured by this logic.
 
 
Symposium #4
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Data-Driven Autism Interventions Implemented by Parents: Insights From Recent Studies
Tuesday, November 11, 2025
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 13; Lisboa
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michael Nicolosi (Data Driven ABA)
Discussant: Nicola Cefalo (Private Practice (DDA))
CE Instructor: Michael Nicolosi, M.S.
Abstract:

Parental involvement is a critical component of effective Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)-based interventions, especially for children with autism. Numerous studies emphasize the success of interventions fully implemented by parents, demonstrating their capacity to deliver evidence-based procedures when appropriately guided. Despite this, misconceptions persist that parents should not implement ABA corrective interventions and teaching programs, being relegated instead primarily to a mere observer role. Moreover, measurement serves as the foundation of any effective behavioral intervention, significantly increasing the likelihood of success and ensuring ethical practice. Accurate and continuous data collection is essential in ABA-based interventions, and every behavior analyst should operate in a data-driven manner to achieve meaningful and reliable outcomes. This symposium presents four studies of data-driven autism interventions entirely implemented by parents under the supervision of certified behavior analysts. It underscores the pivotal role of data-informed decisions and advocate for empowering parents to take an active role in their children’s interventions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): aggression, autism, data driven, parent implemented
Target Audience:

The symposium is aimed at behavior analysts and assistant behavior analysts who are already capable of teaching new behaviors and reducing problematic behaviors using ABA principles and procedures. Basic skills in OBM (Performance Management) will also be beneYcial for participants. Additionally, participants should have a solid methodological foundation in data measurement and graphical data processing. The symposium indeed offers an overview of how to use behavioral research methodology to document the progress of interventions and make decisions in the best interest of the client, and includes guidance on the use of Performance Management in parent coaching.

Learning Objectives: 1. Engage parents in some of the most common ABA learning procedures
2. List possible solutions for behavioral problems stereotypies, aggression and lack of vocal production
3. Integrate behavior measurement into everyday practice
 

Building Language in a Child With Autism and Oral Dyspraxia Through a Parent-Implemented Intervention

GAIA GLORIOSA CAMILLA PILOTTO (Private practice), Michael Nicolosi (Data Driven ABA), Francesca Siciliano (Private Practice), Nicola Cefalo (Private Practice (DDA))
Abstract:

The present study examines an Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA)-based training for Luca, a 5-year-old boy diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) (Level 3 severity) and oral dyspraxia. The intervention, implemented entirely by Luca's mother under the supervision of a behaviour analyst and an assistant behaviour analyst, was based on the University of California at Los Angeles Young Autism Project (UCLA-YAP) model. At the onset of the intervention, Luca exhibited no ability to imitate oral motor movements and showed a total absence of sound production on request. Additionally, he never emitted vocal mands or tacts. The intervention was intensive and employed a variety of behavioural procedures for both oral motor movements and sound production. During the intervention, Luca showed progress in imitating oral motor movements and vocal sounds with increasing accuracy and fluency. Sound production allowed training to enhance requests and labelling of objects and activities using sounds. The data collected, alongside the social validity reported by the parent, showed a clear improvement in Luca's language skills. Consistent with other findings, Luca demonstrated increasingly rapid learning in the imitation of oral motor movements, the imitation of vocal sounds, and requesting/labelling.

 

Parent-Implemented Intervention for Reducing Motor and Vocal Stereotypy in a Child With Autism

NICOLA CEFALO (Private Practice (DDA)), Michael Nicolosi (Data Driven ABA), Francesca Siciliano (Private Practice), Gaia Gloriosa Camilla Pilotto (Private practice)
Abstract:

Motor and vocal stereotypies are highly prevalent in Autism Spectrum Disorder and are typically maintained by automatic reinforcement. Research suggests that these behaviours can interfere with learning and adaptive skill acquisition. However, few studies have investigated parent-implemented interventions targeting these behaviours. This study evaluates the effectiveness of a parent-implemented intervention aimed at reducing stereotypy to facilitate skill acquisition. The intervention was based on rule-governed behaviour and contingency management to decrease stereotypy in a 10-year-old child with autism. At the beginning of the intervention, the participant was unable to follow if-then rules and engaged in vocal stereotypy with an interresponse time (IRT) of less than one second. After two months of intervention, the participant no longer exhibited motor or vocal stereotypy throughout the completion of a token economy system consisting of 14 tokens. These findings suggest that a parent-implemented intervention may be an effective strategy for reducing stereotypy and improving learning conditions in children with autism.

 

Parent-Implemented Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Intervention for Reducing Severe Problem Behavior in an Adolescent With Autism

FRANCESCA SICILIANO (Private Practice), Nicola Cefalo (Private Practice (DDA)), Gaia Gloriosa Camilla Pilotto (Private practice), Michael Nicolosi (Data Driven ABA)
Abstract:

Aggressive behaviors, both self-injurious and directed towards others, are highly correlated with Autism Spectrum Disorder. The experimental functional analysis is the gold standard for identifying the function of problem behaviors, and function-based interventions have the strongest empirical support and greater social validity. However, few studies have examined function-based interventions applied by parents in adolescents with autism. This study evaluates a parent-implemented intervention to reduce severe aggressive behavior in a 15-year-old adolescent with autism. The intervention package included instructional control training (incorporating both discrete trial teaching and incidental teaching) with a token economy system, extinction, noncontingent reinforcement, and gradual exposure. At baseline, the participant engaged in 2 aggressive behaviors per hour, posing a high risk of injury to self and others. Following the intervention, aggressive behaviors were completely eliminated, and the participant maintained zero occurrences for over 12 months. Additionally, the adolescent demonstrated improvements in social interactions, daily living skills, and independent functioning both at home and in the community. These findings support the effectiveness and feasibility of parent-led ABA interventions in adolescents with autism, emphasizing the importance of function-based treatment approaches for reducing severe problem behaviors.

 

The Effect of Phonics Skills Intervention on Early Reading Comprehension in an Adolescent With Autism: A Longitudinal Study

MICHAEL NICOLOSI (Data Driven ABA), Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract:

Reading comprehension requires phonics skills, described as “blending phonemes in a word.” Adolescents diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often experience poor reading comprehension. The aim of the present study was to explore whether it is possible for an adolescent with ASD and intellectual disability to learn reading comprehension skills without direct teaching, focusing instead on phonics skills. An adolescent with ASD, profound intellectual disability, and a limited behavioural repertoire participated in the study. The participant received intensive ABA-based interventions following the University of California at Los Angeles–Young Autism Project (UCLA-YAP) model, along with intensive phonics training. The intervention was implemented by a parent. Intervention data demonstrated the emergence of early reading comprehension skills, such as matching words to pictures and responding to written instructions. It is suggested that implementing similar interventions could expand opportunities for individuals with autism who have a limited behavioural repertoire and who did not begin ABA-based interventions until adolescence. Furthermore, the data support the implementation of intensive ABA interventions for adolescents by their parents.

 
 
Symposium #8
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Understanding the Scroll: Exploratory Assessments of Social Media Use
Tuesday, November 11, 2025
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 13; Lisboa
Area: EAB/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Berglind Sveinbjornsdottir (Reykjavik University)
Discussant: Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir (Reykjavik University)
CE Instructor: Karl Fannar Gunnarsson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Over 80% of Canadians aged 15 to 34 regularly use social media; and over 70% of adults in the United States use at least one social media site. Social media use has many upsides (e.g., social relationships, long distance communication, dissemination of knowledge, etc.) and downsides (e.g., distracted driving, impact on interpersonal relationships, the spread of misinformation, etc.). Social media use is still a relatively new technology, and a gap exists in the state of assessment and treatment of problematic social media use within a behavioral framework. This symposium will present the results from a series of studies that investigate how a behavior analysts can shed light on factors that contribute to potentially excessive and or problematic social media use via pilot studies using novel assessments. Study 1 will describe an examination of the validity of a newly developed functional assessment questionnaire - the Social Media Use Functional Assessment (SMUFA; Malkin et al., 2021). Study 2 will describe the results obtained using the hypothetical social media purchase task (SMPT). Both studies present implications for the assessment and treatment of problematic social media use.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Behavioral Economics, Demand Analysis, Functional Assessment, Social Media
Target Audience:

Some basic knowledge of psychometrics and behavioral economics

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will gain insight into how behavior analysis can be applied to study and analyze social media use.
2. Participants will learn about the Social Media Use Functional Assessment (SMUFA) and its validity in assessing problematic social media use.
3. Participants will gain understanding of the hypothetical Social Media Purchase Task (SMPT) and the role of behavioral economics in studying excessive social media use.
 
The Why Behind the Scroll: Functional Assessments of Social Media
ALBERT MALKIN (Western University), Mark Justin Rzeszutek (University of Kentucky), Karl Fannar Gunnarsson (University of Iceland /The National University Hospital of Iceland), Aman-Preet Randhawa (Brock University), Kristina Axenova (University of Western Ontario)
Abstract: To address the need to provide a behavioral framework for social media use, this study sought to assess the validity of a newly developed functional assessment questionnaire - the Social Media Use Functional Assessment (SMUFA; Malkin et al., 2021). Participants included 380 students undergraduate and graduate students. An initial exploratory factor analysis indicated that a four-factor solution loaded attention and escape functions of social media use into different factors but loaded tangible and sensory functions into similar factors. After reducing the number of questions and factors, a three factor model (i.e., Attention, Escape, Tangible/Sensory) identified a good fit (RMSEA = .068). We also examined whether results obtained in the SMUFA were associated to other commonly used social media use scales. The SMUFA sub-scale scores generally correlated with the Social Media Engagement Questionnaire (SMEQ; Przybylski et al., 2016), Social Media Disorder Scale (SMDS; van den Eijnden et al., 2016), and Bergen Social Media Scale (BSMS; Andreassen, et al., 2016), r = .24¬–.73, with the escape subscore having the strongest relationship to the SMDS and BSMS relative to the other subscales. The SMEQ measures use within the past week, which might not be sensitive to molar patterns of problematic social media usage. Generally, the SMUFA appears to correlate with other established measures for longer term use of social media. Practical and conceptual issues related to assessing and treating problematic social media use will be discussed.
 
The Cost of the Scroll: Behavioral Economic Insights Into Social Media Use
KARL FANNAR GUNNARSSON (University of Iceland /The National University Hospital of Iceland), Albert Malkin (Western University), Mark Justin Rzeszutek (University of Kentucky), Promise O Tewogbola (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Amy Nicole Siebold (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract: Using a hypothetical social media purchase task (SMPT), this study sought to understand the contingencies governing the reinforcing value of social media based on its putative function. A mixed-effects modeling approach was used to evaluate group and individual behavioral patterns. Participants were 334 undergraduate and graduate students. A mixed-effects model yielded an overall R2 of .92. Accessing social media as an escape from aversive stimuli, an information source, or for positive reinforcement resulted in differing patterns of consumption, especially when compared to seeking likes/engagements. The difference was evident in both Q0 (consumption at minimal cost) and α (sensitivity to price). Individual Q0 and α values were significantly correlated across conditions. Individual model estimates were compared with social media usage questionnaires such as SMEQ, SMDS, and BSMS. Correlations were generally weak (ranging r=−.18 to .2), with the demand for likes showing the strongest correlation with the SMDS and BSMS. In conclusion, this study provides insights into the behavioral economic and operant variables influencing social media consumption patterns.
 
 
Symposium #9
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Enhancing Elderly Care through Improved Assessment, Training, and Autonomy
Tuesday, November 11, 2025
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 13; Porto
Area: LBD; Domain: Translational
Chair: Anette Brogård Antonsen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
CE Instructor: Anette Brogård Antonsen, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium brings together three studies that address critical aspects of elderly care, focusing on assessment tools, training methodologies, and enhancing resident autonomy. The first study examines the use of the Montgomery-Åsberg Depression Rating Scale (MADRS) in elderly care and the challenges related to subjective interpretations and variability in assessments. The study highlights the need for extensive training to ensure consistent and reliable use of MADRS and recommends supplementing it with behavioral assessments for a comprehensive evaluation of depression in older adults. The second study analyzes the establishment of conditional discrimination in older adults, based on data from previous research. The findings suggest that many participants may not progress in training without additional instructions, pre-training, and fading procedures. The analysis aims to identify the establishment of experimenter-defined and participant-defined relations, providing insights into improving training methodologies for older adults. The third study explores the impact of staff training on enhancing residents' autonomy during mealtimes in elderly care settings. The study demonstrates that structured training and systematic observations significantly improve the quality of care by increasing the number of choices offered to residents. The findings emphasize the importance of creating an inviting atmosphere and engaging residents in decision-making, leading to improved well-being and satisfaction for both residents and staff. Together, these presentations highlight the importance of tailored training and assessment tools in improving the quality of elderly care, promoting autonomy, and ensuring accurate and reliable evaluations.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): assessment tools, older adults, staff training, tailored training
Target Audience:

intermediate

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will gain insights into the use of the Montgomery-Åsberg Depression Rating Scale (MADRS) in elderly care, including the challenges related to subjective interpretations and variability in assessments.
2. Participants will learn about the challenges in establishing conditional discrimination in older adults
3. Participants will understand the impact of structured staff training
 
The Use of Montgomery-Åsberg Depression Rating Scale in Elderly Care: Challenges Related to Subjective Interpretations and Variability in Assessments
(Service Delivery)
JORN ARVE VOLD (NAFO ( Norwegian assosiation for behavior analysis)), Malin Terese Thoegersen (NAFO)
Abstract: The Montgomery-Åsberg Depression Rating Scale (Montgomery & Åsberg, 1979) is a commonly used tool for assessing depression, but its application in elderly care presents specific challenges. A significant issue is that healthcare professionals’ subjective perceptions can influence assessments. This results in considerable variability in data and reduces the tool’s reliability as a basis for treatment decisions. The study explores how individual interpretations of MADRS questions impact the diagnosis of depression in older adults. Data from a survey are presented, revealing substantial variations in respondents' scores despite shared training. Furthermore, we discuss how factors such as inadequate training, cultural and professional differences, and the complexity of overlapping symptoms contribute to inconsistent outcomes. We conclude that while MADRS holds potential as a screening tool in elderly care, its reliable use requires extensive training of healthcare professionals to ensure consistent interpretation and understanding of the scale. Additionally, it is recommended to supplement MADRS with behavioral assessments and other tools to achieve a more comprehensive and accurate evaluation of depression in this patient population.
 
Analyzing Establishment of Conditional Discrimination in Older Adults
(Basic Research)
ANETTE BROGÅRD ANTONSEN (Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract: In Brogård-Antonsen and Arntzen (2021), 35 out of 60 older adults did not show progress in conditional discrimination training after 200 trials. Similarly, Steingrimsdottir and Arntzen (2014) found that 14 out of 46 participants did not progress after the same number of trials. Both studies suggested that future experiments could include instructions, pre-training, and fading procedures to ensure the establishment of conditional discrimination and responding in accordance with experimenter-defined classes. When adjusting the procedure to increase the probability of establishing experimenter-defined classes, it is necessary to analyze data from both participants who progressed in training and those who did not. This study will further analyze data from Brogård-Antonsen and Arntzen (2021) to determine if any experimenter-defined relations were established, if participant-defined relations were established, and how many repetitions were needed to establish them. Additionally, the study aims to identify different variables that may influence the success of conditional discrimination training.
 
Choice at the Table: Staff Training to Enhance Residents Autonomy During Mealtimes
(Service Delivery)
JOHANNA GILSDOTTIR (Hrafnista), Judita Polepsaityte (Reykjavik University), Sara Dögg Ólafsdóttir (Reykjavik University)
Abstract: Studies on family-style mealtimes, i.e., mealtimes involve communal dining arrangements where residents and staff eat together, fostering a home-like atmosphere and encouraging resident participation in food choices and social interactions, show numerous benefits for residents. These benefits include improved nutritional intake, reduced disruptive behaviors among residents with dementia, and strengthened interpersonal relationships between residents and caregivers. In this study, employees underwent staff training, the goal of which was to increase the number of choices residents had during mealtimes. Baseline data was obtained by measuring the number of choices per opportunity. Seminars were held for kitchen staff, focusing on the effect of providing choices on the quality of staff-resident interactions and, subsequently, ways to provide choices during mealtimes. Task analysis outlining appropriate mealtime procedures was developed and distributed across departments post seminars to ensure consistency. On-floor training sessions were then held to guide care staff in implementing appropriate mealtime behaviors, such as creating an inviting atmosphere and engaging residents in decision-making. The results show that staff's behavior in offering residents choice during mealtimes has increased. Findings highlight the importance of structured training and systematic observations in improving the quality of care. Additional observations showed that the project successfully transformed mealtimes into moments of meaningful engagement, contributing to resident well-being and staff satisfaction.
 
 
Workshop #W6
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/IBAO
Evolving Beyond Early Intervention: Integrating Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) and Relational Frame Theory (RFT) in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)-Based Autism Treatment
Tuesday, November 11, 2025
3:00 PM–6:00 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Milao I/II
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Giovambattista Presti, Ph.D.
GIOVAMBATTISTA PRESTI (Kore University)
Description: Autism and Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) are closely intertwined, offering a range of empirically validated treatment options that have become essential components of global guidelines. However, the strong emphasis on early interventions often leaves later treatment phases insufficiently explored. This workshop addresses the critical question of what follows early intervention, focusing on the integration of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) and Relational Frame Theory (RFT) into ABA practices. Participants will explore how ACT and RFT, rooted in behavior analytic studies of cognition and language, drive the evolution of ABA beyond early interventions. The workshop will examine the scientific foundations of these approaches and their practical application in developing advanced training protocols for individuals on the autism spectrum. Key areas of focus include perspective-taking, self-concept, intelligence, and the development of academic and social skills. Additionally, the workshop will explore global variations in ABA practices, influenced by cultural, legal, and educational contexts. This comprehensive perspective will highlight how these factors shape the implementation of ACT and RFT in autism treatment and envision ABA treatments within a non-US-centric framework. Participants will be able to: 1. Characterize the relationship between BA, ABA, ACT, and RFT. 2. Distinguish critical aspects of ACT's application in ABA. 3. Frame ABA practice within a global context. 4. Identify skills where ACT and RFT offer effective training protocols for autism. 5. Recognize the current limits and goals of ACT and RFT research in autism. Grounded in peer-reviewed research and rigorous scientific scrutiny, this workshop reflects on how ACT and RFT are reshaping the professional landscape of behavior analysts, advocating for their integration into ABA practices.
Learning Objectives: 1. Characterize the relationship between BA, ABA, ACT, and RFT. | 2. Identify skills where ACT and RFT offer effective training protocols for autism | 3. Distinguish critical aspects of ACT's application in ABA
Activities: Lecture and discussion and practice in small groups
Audience: Graduate students and beyond
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ACT, Adolescence, Post-early intervention, RFT
 
Workshop #W7
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
O Reforço Reinventado: Sistemas Inovadores para Aprendizagem e Motivação Eficazes 

Reinforcement Reimagined: Creative Systems for Enhanced Learning and Motivation
Tuesday, November 11, 2025
3:00 PM–6:00 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Roma II
Presentation Language:Portuguese
Area: DDA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Nicole Metelo Dias, M.A.
NICOLE METELO DIAS (Nurture and Nature; AAMC)
Description: Este workshop irá explorar e discutir o desenvolvimento e a implementação de sistemas de reforço inovadores, criativos e individualizados, que promovam de forma mais eficaz a generalização e a manutenção de competências recentemente ensinadas. Os participantes terão oportunidade de estruturar sistemas de reforço que equilibrem as preferências do cliente, as suas necessidades de desenvolvimento e as próprias exigências contextuais; enquanto são igualmente criativos e fáceis de implementar. Sempre de acordo com a investigação mais recente, revista por pares sobre reforço e motivação, este workshop integrará práticas baseadas em evidências amplamente aplicadas e estudadas em contextos escolares, familiares e terapêuticos. Por meio de exemplos práticos e atividades interativas, os participantes terão contato com estratégias que facilitarão a resolução de desafios comuns, como a saciação de reforços, a dependência, a transição para reforços naturalísticos e outros. Os participantes sairão equipados com novas ideias e perspetivas que os ajudarão a criar sistemas de reforço que aumentem o envolvimento do cliente e promovam a generalização de competências na sua própria prática profissional. Questões éticas relacionadas ao design e à implementação de sistemas de reforço, incluindo a promoção da autonomia e dignidade, também serão discutidas. Este workshop destina-se a oferecer aos profissionais recursos práticos para aplicar esses sistemas de forma eficaz em populações e contextos diversos.

This workshop will explore and discuss the development and implementation of innovative, creative, and individually catered reinforcement systems that allow for generalization and maintenance more effectively. Participants will learn to design reinforcement systems that balance learner preferences, developmental needs, and contextual demands, while at the same time being creative and easy to implement. Considering peer-reviewed research in reinforcement and motivation, this workshop will integrate evidence-based practices that have been widely applied and studied across home, school, and therapy settings. Through real-world examples and interactive activities, attendees will engage with strategies that address shared challenges, including reinforcer satiation, dependency, transitioning to naturalistic reinforcement, and others. Participants will leave equipped with innovative ideas and perspectives, which will aid them to create systems that enhance learner engagement and promote skill generalization in their own practice. Ethical considerations for designing and implementing reinforcement systems, including promoting autonomy and dignity, will also be discussed. This workshop is intended to provide practitioners with practical resources to apply these systems effectively across diverse populations and contexts.
Learning Objectives: 1. Design individualized reinforcement systems: Participants will create at least one age-appropriate and individualized reinforcement system tailored to a specific learner profile using provided templates and examples. | 2. Implement strategies to address challenges: Participants will demonstrate the ability to address common reinforcement challenges, such as reinforcer satiation and dependency, by applying at least two strategies discussed in the workshop. | 3. Adapt reinforcement systems for generalization: Participants will modify an existing reinforcement system to promote skill generalization across at least two distinct environments (e.g., school and home).
Activities:

Este workshop combina uma apresentação equilibrada de exposição, discussões em grupo e atividades práticas para garantir que os participantes adquiram tanto conhecimento teórico como oportunidade de aplicação prática.

Palestra e Instrução: O conteúdo principal será apresentado por meio de uma palestra interativa, abordando os princípios do reforço, as características de sistemas de reforço eficazes e estratégias para lidar com desafios comuns e partilhados por profissionais na sua implementação, como saciação de reforços e dependência.
Estudos de Caso: Os participantes terão a oportunidade de analisar estudos de caso reais em que foram aplicados sistemas de reforço inovadores em contextos escolares, familiares e terapêuticos.
Atividades em Grupo: Os participantes irão colaborar em pequenos grupos para desenvolver sistemas de reforço adaptados a perfis de clientes específicos. Os grupos apresentarão as suas propostas e receberão feedback imediato.
Discussão e Perguntas: Discussões abertas em grupo permitirão que os participantes partilhem experiências, dúvidas e sugestões, e façam brainstorming de soluções para os desafios apresentados na parte prática do workshop.
Materiais Suplementares: Os participantes receberão modelos de recursos apresentados e explorados durante o workshop, para adaptar e implementar na sua própria prática.
 
This workshop combines a balanced presentation of lecture, group discussion and hands-on activities to ensure participants gain both theoretical knowledge and practical application skills.
Lecture and Instruction: Core content will be presented through an interactive lecture, covering the principles of reinforcement, characteristics of effective reinforcement systems, and strategies to manage shared challenges such as reinforcer satiation and dependency.
Case Studies: Participants will have the opportunity to review real-world case studies of innovative reinforcement systems implemented in school, home, and therapy settings.
Small Group Breakout Activities: Attendees will collaborate in small groups to design reinforcement systems tailored to specific learner profiles. Groups will present their designs and receive feedback to refine their approach.
Discussion and Q&A: Open group discussions will allow attendees to share their experiences, ask questions, and brainstorm solutions to challenges they face in their practice.
Supplemental Materials: Participants will receive templates explored during the workshop, to adapt and implement in their own settings.

Audience: behavior analysts, teachers, and other professionals working with children
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Creative Reinforcement, Generalized Learning, Individualized Motivation, Natural Reinforcers
 
Workshop #W8
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Introdução à Análise do Comportamento Simbólico – Implicações para Aplicações ao Ensino Introduction to a Behavioral Analysis of Symbolic Behavior – Implications for Teaching Applications
Tuesday, November 11, 2025
3:00 PM–6:00 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 12; Madrid
Presentation Language:Portuguese
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Deisy das Graças De Souza, Ph.D.
DEISY DAS GRAÇAS DE SOUZA (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Description: Relações simbólicas são a base da linguagem e cognição, intrinsecamente relacionadas à socialização e ao comportamento social. A moderna ciência comportamental trata o comportamento simbólico com base na equivalência entre estímulos (definida, como na matemática, pelas propriedades de simetria, transitividade e reflexividade) e em outros tipos de relações, como causalidade, oposição, comparação, relações temporais, espaciais, etc. Evidências robustas têm demonstrado que relações de equivalência podem ser ensinadas, transformadas, revertidas, e que geram novas relações não diretamente ensinadas, além de alterar funções comportamentais de estímulos com base nas funções de estímulos a eles relacionados. Essa abordagem trouxe implicações importantes para a análise do comportamento simbólico: a) o desafio de conceber a origem do comportamento simbólico sem divisões entre aprendizagem, natureza (fisiologia, evolução) e cultura, integrando a investigação comportamental a esses diferentes níveis de análise; b) compreender as profundas implicações da linguagem no controle do comportamento humano (e.g., efeitos sobre crenças e sua força); c) construir tecnologias sustentáveis e socialmente comprometidas para ensino do comportamento simbólico, em especial, para populações desafiadoras, para as quais o ensino também representa um avanço no campo da inclusão. Este workshop abordará esses desafios e ilustrará um programa de pesquisas e aplicações ao ensino de comportamento simbólico.

Symbolic relations are conceived as the basis of language and cognition, which are intrinsically related to socialization and social behavior. The modern behavioral science treats symbolic behavior based on the equivalence between stimuli (defined, as in mathematics, by the properties of symmetry, transitivity, and reflexivity) and other types of stimulus relations, such as causality, opposition, comparison, temporal and spatial relations, etc. Robust evidence has shown that equivalence relations can be taught, transformed, reversed, and that they can generate new relations that are not directly taught. Moreover, they can alter the behavioral functions of stimuli based on other stimuli to which they are related. This approach has brought important implications for the analysis of symbolic behavior: a) the challenge of conceiving the origin of symbolic behavior without divisions between learning, nature, and culture, integrating behavioral research at these different levels of analysis; b) understanding the profound implications of language in the control of human behavior (e.g., effects on beliefs and their strength); c) building sustainable and socially engaged technologies for teaching symbolic behavior, especially for challenging populations (as opportunities for inclusion). This workshop will address these challenges and illustrate a program of research and applications for teaching symbolic behavior.
Learning Objectives: 1. Definir comportamento simbólico, especificando as propriedades de relações simbólicas e o controle de estímulos em repertórios simbólicos. XXXXXXXX Define symbolic behavior, specifying the properties of symbolic relations and stimulus control in symbolic repertoires. | 2. Descrever os processos pelos quais a aprendizagem de relações arbitrárias estabelece bases para a derivação de classes de equivalência de estímulos e a emergência de operantes discriminados sob controle de classes de significado. XXXXXXXXXXXXXX Describe the processes by which learning of arbitrary relations establishes the basis for the derivation of stimulus equivalence classes and the emergence of discriminable operants under the control of meaning classes. | 3. Especificar um comportamento simbólico alvo e definir as condições mínimas de ensino e teste necessárias para promover e demonstrar a transformação de relações arbitrárias em relações significativas que definam esse comportamento. XXXXXXXXXXXX Specify a target symbolic behavior and define the minimum teaching and testing conditions necessary to promote and demonstrate the transformation of arbitrary relations into meaningful relations that define that behavior.
Activities: The main content will be covered in an oral presentation, with space for discussion with the audience and a small sample of demonstration exercises.
Audience: Qualquer pessoa interessada no assunto. Any person interested in the workshop content.
Content Area: Theory
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Equivalence Relations, Relational Learning, Symbolic Behavior, Teaching Technology
 
Workshop #W9
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
On Becoming Fully Verbal
Tuesday, November 11, 2025
3:00 PM–6:00 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Roma I
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Richard E Laitinen, Ph.D.
GLADYS WILLIAMS (LEARNMOREinc), RICHARD E LAITINEN (Educational and Developmental Therapies, Inc)
Description: The purpose of this workshop is to walk through the hierarchy of language acquisition. Research has shown that basic prerequisites greatly enhance an individual’s ability to develop functional language. These skills include; discriminating voices, face recognition, eye contact, and visual tracking. In this workshop we will provide an overview of the teaching procedures designed to develop an echoic repertoire and strengthen observational learning in the individual. We will discuss several strategies developed to bring vocal emissions under stimulus control. A strong repertoire of tacts is the core of conversation. This discussion will include some basic strategies for teaching tacts as well as a detailed outline of the Rapid Tacting protocol. In addition, we will teach the steps to develop the skills required to sequence events, structure conversations, and relay stories. In discussing the specific procedures we will highlight their importance in increasing an individuals tact repertoire. Building on that knowledge we will introduce a structure for gradually increasing the sophistication and complexity of language with the goal of becoming fully verbal.
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe strategies to become a source of reinforcement | 2. Describe strategies to bring about behavioral cusps | 3. Describe strategies to condition a community of reinforcers | 4. Describe strategies to promote basic verbal operants | 5. Describe a hierarchy of complex language
Activities: Instructional strategies include lecture, discussion, and small group activities.
Audience: This workshop is appropriate for behavior analysts, teachers, consultants, ABA therapists, administrators, speech language pathologists, and school personnel.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Workshop #W10
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Explorando o Comportamento em Grupos: Abordagens Experimentais e Aplicadas

Exploring Behavior in Groups: Experimental and Applied Approaches
Tuesday, November 11, 2025
3:00 PM–6:00 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 0; Bruxelas
Presentation Language:Portuguese
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Kalliu Carvalho Couto, Ph.D.
KALLIU CARVALHO COUTO (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Description: Este workshop tem como objetivo fornecer aos participantes conhecimento e habilidades para analisar o comportamento em contextos de grupo. Através de apresentações orais, sessões práticas, e discussões colaborativas e, os participantes adquirirão conhecimento sobre as variáveis que controlam práticas culturais em contextos variados (e.g., experimentos, clínica, organizações) e como essas práticas influenciam o comportamento de membros de tais grupos. Assim, o workshop enfatiza a integração de métodos de pesquisa experimental e aplicada para examinar a emergência, manutenção e transmissão do comportamento em de grupos. As discussões abordarão principais abordagens teóricas, incluindo modelos selecionistas de evolução cultural e contingências de reforço em contextos de grupo. Serão explorados fundamentos teóricos e abordagens metodológicas para facilitar o estudo das práticas culturais por meio de desenhos experimentais controlados e aplicados, bem como no contexto clínico/aplicado, garantindo que os participantes adquiram tanto compreensões conceituais quanto competências práticas e de pesquisa.
This workshop aims to provide participants with the knowledge and skills to analyze behavior in group contexts. Participants will engage in interactive activities, such as analyzing case studies and applying behavior-analytic principles to experimental and real-world scenarios, through a combination of oral presentations, hands-on practical sessions, and collaborative discussions. Using experimental and applied research methods, we will explore the controlling variables of cultural practices across diverse settings, such as classroom and clinical settings, and organizations. These methods will be used to investigate the emergence, maintenance, and transmission of behavior within groups, with a focus on key theoretical frameworks, including selectionist models of cultural evolution, metacontingencies, cooperation, and social behavior.
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify key variables that influence the emergence, maintenance, and transmission of behaviors within in groups. | 2. Apply behavior-analytic knowledge to examine variables controlling behavior in group contexts—i.e., clinical, organizational, and experimental settings. | 3. Identify methodologies that can be used to investigate behavior in the context of groups.
Activities: Este workshop integra uma variedade de estratégias instrucionais para fornecer aos participantes tanto conhecimento conceitual quanto prático sobre a análise do comportamento em contextos de grupo. O formato de aprendizagem mescla apresentacoes orais, discussões e atividades guiadas práticas para o desenvolvimento de expertise metodológica na análise cultural. Atividades: 1) Apresentacao oral de conceitos teóricos: modelos selecionistas de evolução cultural e contingências no contextos de grupo. 2) Atividades praticas e discussões estruturadas em grupos: analise critica de pesquisas e exemplos aplicados 3) Discussao em plenario: ao final do workshop os participantes apresentam o que foi desenvolvido em grupos, e recebem feedback.

This workshop integrates a variety of instructional strategies to provide participants with both conceptual and practical knowledge about behavior analysis in group contexts. The learning format combines oral presentations, discussions, and guided practical activities to develop methodological expertise in cultural analysis. Activities include oral presentations of theoretical concepts, such as selectionist models of cultural evolution and contingencies in group contexts, as well as practical activities and structured group discussions focused on the critical analysis of research and applied examples. The workshop concludes with a plenary discussion, where participants present what was developed in groups and receive feedback.
Audience: Este workshop é destinado a estudantes de pós-graduação, pesquisadores e profissionais nas áreas de análise do comportamento, psicologia e disciplinas relacionadas que tenham interesse no estudo experimental e aplicado das práticas culturais. Dado o nível intermediário do workshop, os participantes devem ter uma compreensão fundamental da análise do comportamento e familiaridade com abordagens básicas de delineamento experimental.

This workshop is intended for graduate students, researchers, and professionals in the fields of behavior analysis, psychology, and related disciplines who are interested in the experimental and applied study of cultural practices. Given the intermediate level of the workshop, participants should have a understanding of behavior analysis and familiarity with basic experimental design approaches.
Content Area: Methodology
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Análise Cultural, Comportamento Social, Contingências Culturais, Cooperação
 
Symposium #13
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Opening New Doors: Exploring Variables That Affect Traditional Teaching Procedures to Establish Incidental Naming and Derived Relational Responding More Generally
Tuesday, November 11, 2025
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 13; Lisboa
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jesús Alonso-Vega (Universidad Europea de Madrid)
Discussant: Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University)
CE Instructor: Nadine Lorna Hempkin, M.S.
Abstract:

Various procedures have been used to study derived relational responding in the context of Matching-to-Sample (MTS) and specific types of naming. In general, this type of research is focused on language acquisition and the study of symbolic behavior in a broad sense. Despite the wealth of research in this area, there remain procedural variables that are still largely unexplored in both the context of MTS and naming. The present symposium presents four papers that contribute to an exploration of some of these variables, which may impact on incidental naming and derived relational responding more generally. Specifically, the papers will focus on (1) the effects of overhearing and non-simultaneous stimulus presentations on incidental naming; (2) the use of visual and linguistic cues on the flexibility of second language training; (3) the influence of general feedback in testing blocks and the meaningfulness of stimuli in the derivation of equivalence relations; and (4) how gamification elements can affect learning and derivation of stimulus equivalence classes. Specific and general issues raised by each of the papers will be reflected upon and discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): language, matching-to-sample, naming, relational responding
Target Audience:

A basic background in behavior analysis is assumed.

Learning Objectives: 1. describe procedures typically used to establish derived relational responding using matching-to-sample
2. describe procedures typically used to establish incidental naming
3. summarize some of the critical variables that have been found to impact derived relational responding and incidental naming
 

Relational Contextual Cues and Incidental Naming Using an Attentive Overhearing and Non-Simultaneous Stimulus Presentation Procedure

(Basic Research)
AMANDA GILMORE (Ulster University), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University), Maithri Sivaraman (Teachers College of Columbia University, USA; Tendrils Centre for Autism, India), Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University)
Abstract:

The current study focused on identifying the behavioral variables that are involved when adults and children learn incidentally to name objects from observing two adults engaging in naming interactions (i.e., the child engages in attentive overhearing of the adult naming behaviors). A non-simultaneous (delayed) presentation naming procedure was employed, similar to that used by Sivaraman et al (2021). Additionally, the study explored the potential impact of specific relational contextual cues (i.e., pointing, mutual eye gaze, and linguistic pre-terms) on incidental naming through attentive overhearing. The study thus sought to determine the relative impact of these cues on the learning of novel names when a delay between an object and its name occurs. In other words, would incidental naming, based on attentive overhearing, be impacted negatively when typical naming cues are absent? The current study adopted ABA and BAB reversal designs with the adult participants and AB and BA designs with the children. Preliminary findings indicate that relational cues do indeed play a role in incidental naming through attentive overhearing. Overall, the results highlight the potential importance of contextual cues for incidental naming using a procedure (attentive overhearing) that has not previously been explored in behavior-analytic research.

 
Investigating Relational Flexibility and the Role of Contextual Cues in Second Language Learning for Autistic Children
(Applied Research)
NADINE LORNA HEMPKIN (Mohammed Bin Rashid Center for Special Education, Operated by the New England Center for Children, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates; School of Psychology, Ulster University, Coleraine, Northern Ireland), Maithri Sivaraman (Teachers College of Columbia University, USA; Tendrils Centre for Autism, India), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University), Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University)
Abstract: Within behavior-analytic research, approaches such as matching-to-sample are commonly used to establish equivalence relations in second language learning. However, the role of relational flexibility—an essential concept in Relational Frame Theory (RFT)—has not been extensively explored in this context. RFT suggests that language learning involves contextually controlled arbitrarily applicable relational responding. The role of contextual cues is deemed to be vital in establishing the flexible relational responding that characterizes second language learning. The current study aimed to investigate the role of contextual cues, such as country flags and linguistic cues (e.g., “What is this in X language?”), in establishing relational flexibility in second language learning. Using multiple exemplar training and a multiple probe baseline design, we examined how four autistic participants responded flexibly between two languages given appropriate contextual cues. One participant demonstrated relational flexibility by adapting relational responding in accordance with contextual cues. Research with the three other participants is ongoing. The study may contribute to understanding how relational flexibility within RFT can enhance second language acquisition, with implications for developing more effective language instruction strategies for children with autism.
 
Are Equivalence Relations Derived Under “Loose” Contingencies?
(Basic Research)
RAMON MARIN (Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University), Deisy das Graças De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract: The present experiment explored the learning and derivation of arbitrary stimulus relations over successive cycles that alternated baseline training and probes for equivalence classes formation. This arrangement used blocks with few trials, which allowed us to verify whether new relations would emerge under “low doses" of training (weak or unstable baseline), thus simulating the possible course of symbolic learning in natural settings. Undergraduate students were exposed to 27-trial training blocks to teach baseline relations (A1B1-B1C1-C1D1-A2B2-B2C2-C2D2-A3B3-B3C3-C3D3), interspersed with 54-trial probe blocks (BA-CB-CA-BD-DA). No teaching criterion was required before testing blocks, and participants repeated the cycles until achieving 100% correct responses in testing or up to two hours of experimentation (whichever came first). Participants were assigned to four experimental conditions, varying in whether (a) general feedback was or not programmed at the end of testing blocks (rather than in a trial-by-trial schedule), and (b) the stimuli in Set A were meaningful or not. The consistent emergence of novel relations was correlated with the incremental accuracy for baseline relations. The presentation of general feedback in probes greatly enhanced the emergence of untaught relations compared to stimulus meaningfulness. This experimental strategy has important implications both conceptually and for teaching applications.
 
Effects of Gamification Using the Matching-to-Sample Procedure: An Experimental Study
(Basic Research)
ALCEU REGAÇO DOS SANTOS (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Silvia Regina de Souza Arrabal Gil (Londrina State University), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract: The Matching-to-Sample (MTS) procedure traditionally involves the presentation of black-and-white stimuli on a monochromatic screen, with generalized consequences for correct and incorrect responses. Although the MTS is used for educational purposes, participants often describe it as monotonous, and the procedure typically results in high attrition rates. Gamification, a recent trend in education, seeks to address this issue by enhancing motivation and facilitating learning through the incorporation of game-like elements in teaching procedures. This study experimentally evaluated the effects of gamification in MTS procedures by comparing three groups: traditional MTS (G-Trad), MTS with limited gamification elements (G-Adap), and MTS with various gamification elements (Miner Troubles; G-Gam). Participants were randomly assigned to one of the groups and were taught three three-member classes using a simple-to-complex training design. Following an equivalence test, participants completed a social validity scale and were invited for a maintenance test one week later. As a result, participants in G-Gam required fewer training trials to reach mastery, showed better performance on tests for derived relations, and rated the procedure more positively compared to the other groups. These findings suggest that gamification can enhance the efficiency and social validity of MTS procedures.
 
 
Symposium #14
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Addressing Chronic Interfering Behaviors in Schools: Collaborative Training and Intervention Strategies to Enhance Student Outcomes
Tuesday, November 11, 2025
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level -1; Londres
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/College of Behavioral and Community Sciences)
Discussant: Shanna Hirsch (Clemson University)
CE Instructor: Rose Iovannone, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Interfering behaviors of students present challenges to educators, including loss of instructional time and increased stress and burnout, which contribute to reasons teachers leave the profession. Failure to effectively address interfering behaviors can impact student success post-secondary. Therefore, research must be conducted to develop and implement feasible behavioral strategies for educators to improve student outcomes. In addition, research should explore professional development methods to increase the skill capacity of behavioral support educators, such as behavior analysts, social workers, and school psychologists, to collaborate in assisting teachers in implementing behavioral strategies. This symposium aims to describe four U.S.-funded grants focusing on implementing evidence-based practices in school settings. Two are personnel preparation grants that developed training approaches to enhance behavior analyst collaboration with other professional school-based disciplines and enhance their service delivery of support to teachers and students. The other two are Institute of Education Science research grants that developed interventions for specific disabilities (i.e., autism, emotional disturbance) and created a coaching process to support teachers implementing interventions. A discussant will provide insight into developing behavioral strategies for educators and professional development. Major themes across the four presentations will be summarized while sharing lines of inquiry related to professional development.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavior interventions, research grants, school-based interventions, training grants
Target Audience:

behavior analysts, researchers, school psychologists, educators

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the key behavioral theory features of each presentation
2. List the challenges and enhancers that increase teacher buy-in to implementing evidence-based interventions
3. Identify professional development components that could be adopted to train highly competent school support professionals
 
Using a Modular Approach to Enhance Teacher Intervention Implementation for Autistic Students
ROSE IOVANNONE (University of South Florida/College of Behavioral and Community Sciences), Cynthia M. Anderson (Avela Health), Lynne Levato (University of Rochester)
Abstract: Although there are established evidence-based practices (EBPs) for autistic students, teachers often do not implement them as intended in school settings for many reasons, including a lack of knowledge about the interventions and a lack of coaching support. Modular approaches to intervention implementation provide frameworks that allow teachers, with coaching guidance, to select, implement, and evaluate the effectiveness of EBPs that best match student behavioral and academic concerns. Coaches provide ongoing active support that ensures the intervention is implemented with fidelity and allows adjustments to be made in response to data trends. The Modular Approach to Autism Programming in Schools (MAAPS) is a comprehensive Tier 3 intervention that helps teachers implement EBPs for students on the autism spectrum. MAAPS is in the fourth and final year of a 4-year randomized controlled trial, and all activities, including coaching support, are delivered virtually. An earlier pilot study showed high teacher acceptance of MAAPS, and students who received MAAPS improved in the primary outcomes. The presentation will give participants an overview of the intervention, describe the coaching procedures, and provide preliminary RCT outcomes
 

Using a Modular-Based Approach Combined With Coaching for Teachers to Implement Evidence-Based Interventions Class-Wide for Students With Emotional Disturbance

KIMBERLY CROSLAND (University of South Florida), Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/College of Behavioral and Community Sciences), Emily Baton (May Institute)
Abstract:

Research exploring class-wide behavioral strategies for improving behaviors of students with emotional disturbance (ED in self-contained placements is limited. A recently completed funded research study developed and pilot-tested a modular approach to support teachers of elementary students with ED to identify, select, and implement specific evidence-based practices or modules that best addressed class-wide behavioral concerns. A multiple-baseline design was implemented to evaluate the feasibility of implementation and outcomes for five classrooms. Results indicated improved academic engagement and decreased challenging behavior. Subsequently, a randomized controlled trial pilot study was completed with sixteen self-contained classrooms across four school districts. Treatment teachers were paired with project research coaches who guided teachers to (a) identify and define class-wide behavioral concerns, (b) select one module to address the concern, (e) customize the module into procedural steps for feasible implementation, (f) provide training to implement the module, and (g) provide ongoing coaching and performance feedback. Data on students’ behaviors, teacher fidelity, teacher efficacy, and social validity were collected. Results showed disruptive behavior significantly decreased (p =.006) in treatment classrooms, treatment teachers’ sense of efficacy increased, and they gave the intervention high social validity ratings.

 
Great Together: Interdisciplinary Collaboration Between Applied Behavior Analysis and Social Work via Project iSED
CATIA CIVIDINI-MOTTA CIVIDINI (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Alison Salloum (University of South Florida), Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/College of Behavioral and Community Sciences)
Abstract: Behavior analysts in educational settings must often collaborate with other disciplines to provide behavioral support to students. In this presentation, the Project iSED (Advancing Interdisciplinary Services for Students with Severe Emotional and Behavioral Disorders (EBD) team, which includes faculty from the Applied Behavior Analysis and Social Work programs, will provide an overview of Project iSED and the various activities it is completing to ensure scholars are prepared to work in interdisciplinary teams to improve outcomes for children with EBD who have high-intensity needs. The presentation will include an overview of the steps of the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce (PTR) model of consultation, consisting of teaming, goal setting, assessment, intervention, and evaluation. The PTR consultation model is unique in its collaborative approach, focus on social validity, and team-driven process. Furthermore, presenters will share sample data from children served by the scholars supported by this grant and discuss some of the successes and challenges encountered by the Project team.
 
From Peers to Practitioners: Enhancing Graduate Student Success for Future Early Childhood Interventionists
HANNAH LYNN MACNAUL (University of Texas at San Antonio), Felicia Castro-Villarreal (University of Texas at San Antonio), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Jeremy Sullivan (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract: Peer mentorship programs have been shown to significantly enhance graduate students' academic success and well-being by increasing satisfaction, self-efficacy, and reducing stress. These benefits are particularly crucial for interventionists and educators in early childhood settings, where mentorship fosters professional competence and collaborative environments. As part of Project EARLY (Evidence-based Action Research and Learning to support Young children with autism), a grant-funded project from the Office of Special Education Programs, we launched a peer mentorship program in Fall 2024, involving 22 graduate students in either the M.A. in School Psychology or M.S. in Applied Behavior Analysis program. Scholars participated in shared learning experiences, coursework, and professional development activities aimed at developing culturally-responsive practitioners capable of early autism identification and intervention support. Throughout the 2024-2025 academic year, scholars engaged in monthly mentorship sessions focused on academic and professional development. The program's effectiveness was assessed using the College Student Mentoring Scale, Academic Coping Strategies Scale, and College Student Stress Scale. Pre-test results showed average scores of 4.06, 3.46, and 2.85, respectively. Post-test measures will be collected at the end of Spring 2025. This initiative aims to enhance academic coping strategies, reduce stress, and improve overall academic performance through structured peer support. Results and implications for practitioners will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #17
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Fostering Social Connections: Evidence-Based Strategies for Flexible and Generative Learning
Tuesday, November 11, 2025
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 13; Porto
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Alessandro Dibari (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus)
Discussant: Valeria Pascale (The Chicago School, ABA For Disability)
CE Instructor: Guido D'Angelo, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Difficulties in social skills represent one of the main barriers to developing meaningful interpersonal relationships for autistic individuals, often contributing to isolation and social exclusion. Despite social and professional efforts to foster inclusion, acquiring advanced social skills, such as responding to disguised mand, promoting impulse control, providing empathetic responses to non-verbal cues, and adopting another person’s perspective, remains a complex challenge. However, the behavioral literature offers well-established strategies to promote flexible and generative teaching of these skills. Effective interventions include Behavioral Skills Training (BST), multiple exemplar training, and the use of stimulus equivalence relations, which support the generalization and adaptation of social behaviors in different contexts. This symposium will discuss ways to integrate these strategies into personalized programs. Through four different scientific contributions, innovative interventions will be presented to improve autistic individuals' ability to understand and respond appropriately to the complexities of social interactions, thereby promoting social inclusion and the possibility of acquiring new skills with less need for direct teaching.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavioral-Skills-Training (BST), Impulse-Control, Perspective-Taking, Social-Skills-Training
Target Audience:

BCBAs, BCaBA, RBTs

Learning Objectives: 1. identify key components of advanced social skills programs
2. evaluate the effectiveness of social skills interventions by monitoring the generalization
3. to describe evidence-based strategies for promoting generative learning in social skills training.
 

Teaching Autistic Children to Make Empathic Statements in Presence of Non-Verbal Affective Stimuli

GUIDO D'ANGELO (DALLA LUNA - BARI), Angela Saccavino (Centro Terapie Tirreno, Mondragone (Ce)), Federica Marino (Centro Terapie Tirreno, Mondragone (CE))
Abstract:

Empathy is the ability to identify verbal and non-verbal stimuli associated with different affective states and to respond to them appropriately. The deficit in showing empathy, commonly found in people with autism, can significantly compromise the ability to establish, maintain and develop social relationships. The purpose of this study is to increase the ability of people with autism to identify nonverbal affective stimuli and respond to them with empathic responses. The present research included two participants, aged 9 to 13 years, with autism spectrum disorder. Across multiple exemplars training, nonverbal affective stimuli were presented, commonly associated with various private events, such as physical pain, sadness and fatigue. The therapist (a) provided a rule, (b) presented the non-verbal stimulus, (c) suggested leading questions in order to lead participants to identify non-verbal stimuli associated with other people's private events and to respond with empathic statements. The results indicated that both participants acquired the ability to respond with empathic statements and generalized the ability to novel situations, on which training had never been conducted before. These data show that children with autism can learn to detect non-verbal affective stimuli and provide empathic responses as a result of behavioral interventions.

 

Generalized Perspective-Taking in Children With Autism: A Group-Based Training Using Relational Frame Theory

LUCIA D'AMATO (Scuolaba ONLUS)
Abstract:

A new approach to perspective-taking has been adopted by behavior analysts through Relational Frame Theory (RFT), which views perspective-taking as generalized operant responding. RFT posits that perspective-taking involves deictic frames such as I-YOU, HERE-THERE, and NOW-THEN, which specify relational responses from the speaker’s viewpoint. Complex visual perspective-taking leads to cognitive development, where visual cues become less central, as demonstrated by the principle "seeing leads to knowing." This concept is central to False Belief tasks, where perspective-taking is crucial. This study used the Sally and Ann False Belief Task to assess perspective-taking in three children (ages 7-8) with ASD. Baseline results showed difficulty in answering questions about Sally and Ann's knowledge and behavior. The training was conducted in a group format using the Full Perspective Taking Protocol (McHugh et al., 2004), which includes 44 deictic-relations-based questions at two complexity levels (single and reversed relations). Percentage of correct responses was calculated for each session of group activity for the three participants. Corrective feedback was provided in case of errors for each participant. Post-training assessments showed improved performance in the False Belief Task, demonstrating the potential of the protocol for generalized perspective-taking skills acquisition as part of Theory of Mind.

 
Teaching Autistic Children to Respond to Disguised Mands
VALENTINA CATANIA (I corrieri dell'Oasi, Troina, (EN)), Liliana Bua (I corrieri dell'Oasi, Troina (EN)), Federica Ruggeri (I corrieri dell'Oasi, Troina (EN)), Simona Schinocca (I corrieri dell'Oasi, Troina (EN)), Maria Graziano (Cooperativa Dalla Luna, Bari Italy)
Abstract: Several studies indicate that autistic individuals may struggle to detect others' intentions, showing significant delays in the so-called Theory of Mind (ToM) skills. Adequate development of this set of skills is crucial for enabling effective communication and promoting social participation. This study aimed to teach advanced social skills to three school-aged autistic children, focusing on understanding non-literal language and inferring others' private events. Specifically, participants were taught to respond appropriately to disguised mands, described by Skinner as verbal behaviors where the speaker’s request does not explicitly indicate the reinforcement or the corresponding establishing operation (EO). A Non-Concurrent Multiple Baseline Design across participants was used to assess the effectiveness of the intervention. The training program included multiple exemplar training, errorless teaching, rule-based instructions, prompting, and reinforcement. Percentage of correct responses was calculated for each session of group activity, and corrective feedback was provided in case of errors. Results indicated that all participants rapidly acquired a generalized repertoire of appropriate responses to disguised mands and maintained these skills during the follow-up session. The findings suggest that the intervention may be effective for promoting generalized social skills related to non-literal language and advancing ToM-related competencies.
 
 
Symposium #18
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/IBAO
Documenting and Enhancing Equivalence Class Formation
Tuesday, November 11, 2025
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Milao I/II
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Juliana Oliveira (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC)
CE Instructor: Juliana Oliveira, Ph.D.
Abstract: Equivalence classes are often documented via testing of novel conditional discriminations in matching-to-sample (MTS) format after a set of baseline conditional discriminations are acquired as determined by a mastery criterion. This symposium explores alternative documentation of equivalence class formation and the effects of contingency manipulations on equivalence class formation as a training outcome. Erik Arntzen presents a study on a novel stimulus sorting method as an alternative to MTS trials in the documentation of equivalence classes, demonstrating an order-dependent effect of testing procedure on class partitioning. Anna Petursdottir presents data showing that at the aggregate level, some but not all of the defining features of equivalence relations can be documented long before mastery of baseline relations; specifically, reinforcement of an experimenter-defined correct response in a single MTS trial increases the probability of responding consistent with symmetry. Finally, Abraão Figueira de Melo presents a literature review on the effects of various speed contingency manipulations on equivalence class formation.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): equivalence relations, speed contingencies, stimulus sorting, symmetry
Target Audience: Researchers; graduate students
Learning Objectives: 1. discuss how testing format affects partitioning of stimulus classes
2. discuss the acquisition of bidirectional stimulus relations
3. discuss effects of speed contingencies on equivlaence class formation
 
Effect of Sorting Trials Presented in Pairs on the Partitioning of Stimulus Classes
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo Metropolitan University), Mona Dagfinrud (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that sorting tests effectively document the formation of equivalence classes. However, one research question that remains underexplored is how the presentation of stimuli in the sorting task may influence the partitioning of classes. In the current experiment, two groups of participants received pairs of stimuli (AC, BD, CE, AD, BE, and AE) during the sorting task instead of a pile containing all the stimuli. All 13 participants underwent training on 12 conditional discriminations involving AB, BC, CD, and DE relations, which were presented concurrently during baseline trials. Seven participants experienced the MTS before the sorting test (Group 1), while six participants completed the sorting test before the MTS test (Group 2). The main findings indicated no differences in the number of participants who formed equivalence classes (yields) when comparing the MTS performance for participants in Groups 1 and 2. However, fewer participants partitioned the stimuli into experimenter-defined pairs when the sorting test was conducted before the MTS test.
 

Single-Trial Reinforcement May Increase Probability of Responding Consistent With Symmetry

ANNA INGEBORG PETURSDOTTIR (University of Nevada, Reno), Juliana Oliveira (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC)
Abstract:

Reinforcement of conditional discriminations may begin to strengthen responding consistent with symmetry and transitivity before baseline discriminations are fully acquired. But is repeated exposure to baseline contingencies necessary, or can single-trial reinforcement produce these effects? To answer this question, we analyzed archival data from 71 participants who had received direct, simultaneous training on all 36 relations involved in three 4-member stimulus classes. CA relations (C1A1, C2A2, C3A3) were randomly selected as the targets of analysis. We examined the probability of correct responding in the first trial that targeted each CA relation as a function of the participant’s history of reinforcement of (a) the corresponding AC discrimination, and (b) overlapping same-class discriminations, such as BC and BA. When neither type of history was present when a CA trial was encountered for the first time, participants selected the experimentally defined correct comparison at chance levels. History (a), single-trial reinforcement of a corresponding AC discrimination, increased correct responding to 40-50% of all cases, regardless of history (b). By contrast, history (b), reinforcement of one or more pairs of overlapping discriminations, was not associated with increased rates of correct selection. Theoretical implications and limitations are discussed.

 
Speed Contingencies and Equivalence Relations: A Preliminary Review
ABRAÃO FIGUEIRA DE MELO (University of Nevada, Reno), Anna Ingeborg Petursdottir (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Equivalence relations are defined by the functional substitutability of physically dissimilar stimuli. Measuring these relations involves the establishment of baseline relations and assessing derived relations in tests of symmetry, transitivity, and equivalence. Evidence shows that establishing baseline relations at high accuracy is necessary but insufficient for the occurrence of responding consistent with equivalence. A common observation in equivalence research is that response latency in baseline and derived responding decreases as accuracy increases. Furthermore, contemporary accounts of derived relational responding have emphasized response latency as an important variable. For instance, some investigations have focused on the functional relations between latency criteria in baseline training and equivalence responding. Response latency (or its reciprocal, speed) has also been central in mediational accounts of verbal behavior (e.g., bidirectional naming). Considering these factors, we aimed to review the current empirical body of literature investigating the manipulation of speed contingencies and their functional relation to the levels of derived equivalence responding. We analyzed studies based on parameters of limited trial duration, latency-based feedback, phases in which these speed contingencies were employed, and its relationship to derived equivalence responding. We discuss the identified gaps in the literature and suggest future avenues for basic, translational, and applied research.
 
 
Panel #22
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Elevate Your Team: Key Elements of Effective Staff Training in Two NYS Provider Agencies Serving Individuals With Autism
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Milao I/II
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Julie Robyn Russell, M.S.
Chair: Julie Robyn Russell (Brooklyn Autism Center)
ANDREA DELGADO (Brooklyn Autism Center)
JAMIE ARNOLD (Eden II Programs)
BEATRICE HYPPOLITE (Eden II Programs)
Abstract:

Staff training is a cornerstone of delivering high-quality Applied Behavior Analytic services. While staff training typically covers the foundational principles of applied behavior analysis, it should also incorporate key elements such as compassionate care, assent and dissent, and clinical judgment. This panel presentation will explore best practices in staff training, specifically for those working with school-aged students. We will examine the essential roles of both direct support and supervisory staff, discussing strategies that foster skill development, enhance staff confidence, and deepen understanding of Autism and Applied Behavior Analysis. Panelists will also address common barriers to effective staff training and share strategies for overcoming them. Attendees will walk away with actionable insights, including sample PowerPoint presentations, staff competency assessments, and video demonstrations that highlight best practices. Join us to discover how to create a supportive and impactful training environment that empowers staff and enhances the educational experience for the students they support.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

N/A

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will engage in an in-depth discussion focused on the most critical and effective components that contribute to successful staff training.
2. Attendees will learn how to effectively teach and reinforce essential skills related to compassionate care, assent and dissent, and clinical judgment, all of which are vital for ensuring ethical and empathetic treatment of students.
3. Participants will identify the most common challenges faced during staff training and explore actionable strategies to overcome these barriers.
Keyword(s): Assent, Autism, Compassionate Care, Staff Training
 
 
Symposium #23
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Ensuring Assent in Educational Programs Using the Competent Learner Model (CLM): A Constructional Approach
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Roma I
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Christina Bracewell Lovaas (Competent Learner Model, Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc, West Virginia University)
Discussant: Adam Hockman (MGH Institute of Health Professions & ABA Technologies)
CE Instructor: Christina Bracewell Lovaas, M.A.
Abstract:

The Competent Learner Model (CLM), developed by Vicci Tucci, offers a powerful framework for promoting learner assent within applied behavior analysis (ABA). This symposium explores the CLM's practical application in conjunction with a novel theoretical framework for conceptualizing assent proposed by Linnehan et al. (2023). This combined approach moves beyond one-time agreements, prioritizing preemptive compassion and taking a nonlinear constructional approach to increase learner autonomy and minimize coercion. Attendees will discover how the CLM equips practitioners with concrete tools to: Create a truly collaborative therapeutic environment. Identify and respond to subtle indicators of hesitation or reluctance. Promote ongoing learner engagement and ensure continuous assent throughout the intervention process. Two Certified CLM coaches will present individual case studies illustrating how specific CLM tools facilitate compassionate care and empower learners to actively participate in their treatment. The symposium will conclude with a facilitated discussion to address audience questions and provide further insights into implementing the CLM effectively.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): CLM, Compassion, Contingency Analysis, Nonlinear
Target Audience:

They must understand contingencies and develop their programming around them.

Learning Objectives: 1. Value the role of ongoing assent and learner engagement in ABA therapy
2. Utilize strategies for promoting assent and engagement within the CLM
3. Apply preemptive compassion to enhance learner autonomy and minimize distress
 

Implementing Competent Learner Model (CLM) Programs: Strategies for Assent and Learner Engagement Utilizing the CLM Talker Intervention to Increase Echoic Behavior in a Child With Autism

CHRISTINA BRACEWELL LOVAAS (Competent Learner Model, Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc, West Virginia University), Valerie Rodriguez (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.)
Abstract:

This presentation will unfold in two parts: Part 1: Strategies for Assent & Engagement: This section will delve into specific Competent Learner Model (CLM) strategies for ensuring ongoing assent and learner engagement, emphasizing the importance of nonlinear contingency analysis to understand and respond to learner needs dynamically. Part 2: Case Study: Increasing Echoics with the CLM Talker: This single-case study examines the effectiveness of the CLM Talker (Mand>Echoic) intervention in helping a child with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) learn to repeat words and sounds (echoic behavior). The study employed a changing criterion design across five phases, gradually increasing the difficulty of the echoic tasks. Data were collected on the frequency and accuracy of the child's echoics during both assessment and intervention phases. Results demonstrated a clear increase in both the rate and accuracy of the child's echoics during the intervention phases, with continued improvement observed even after reaching the goal for each phase. This case study highlights the potential of the CLM Talker intervention as a valuable tool for increasing echoic behavior in children with ASD.

 
Facilitating Genuine Assent in Nonverbal Learners Using the Competent Learner Model (CLM): A Case Study
MARIBEL CASTILLO STIKELEATHER (Behavioral Teaching Solutions LLC)
Abstract: This presentation explores a detailed case study of JM, a six-year-old minimally verbal learner with developmental challenges, illustrating how Competent Learner Model (CLM) coaches apply preemptive compassion techniques to achieve genuine assent. JM’s program began at CLM Lessons 1–3, emphasizing communication, waiting skills, and compliance. Using a nonlinear contingency analysis, the CLM coach identified JM’s preferences and tailored the intervention to provide multiple ways to engage with the lessons, minimize distress, and promote autonomy. This case study emphasizes the importance of matching JM’s preferred activities, such as his interest in round objects, to educational and therapeutic tasks that align with his abilities and interests. His coaches used his preferences to design activities that encouraged functional communication and self-regulation skills. Using a consistent, compassionate, and flexible approach, JM’s coaches created an environment where JM could comfortably express his needs without impulsive or non-compliant behaviors. This presentation shows attendees how to integrate compassionate care techniques with nonverbal or minimally verbal learners.
 
 
Paper Session #24
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Ethics
Inclusion in Autism Practices
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Roma II
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Emily E. Gallant, Ph.D.
 

The Effects of a Work Inclusion Project for Ten Young Adults With Autism and Multiple Disabilities and Their Caregivers

Domain: Service Delivery
FABIOLA CASARINI (Errepiu R+ Association), Elisa Galanti (Scuola delle Stelle Learning Center), Gianluca Amato (Vitalab Learining Center), Claudia Puchetti (VitaLab Learning Center), Elena Vaccari (Vitalab learning Centre)
 
Abstract:

We evaluated the effects of the publicly funded project, “Lavorare in Rete” aimed at enhancing the inclusion of adults with ASD in work settings.Ten participants, aged 17 to 35, attending the same learning center in Italy, were involved. Participants A, B, C, and D were Reader-Writers; E, F, and G were Listener-Speakers; and H, I, and L functioned as emergent Listeners-Emergent Speakers (Greer & Ross, 2008). At the beginning of the study, a behavioral assessment was conducted for each participant, to identify the level of support needed. Vocational tasks were selected based on the assessment and task analysis were implemented with forward chaining and prompt fading tactics, until fluent task completion. The study was a single-subject pre-post probe design for each participant. Dependent variables were the number of employment opportunities (training, internship, job hiring) obtained by each participant, and the levels of parental stress, recorded with the Caregiver Burden Index (CBI), before and after the project. Results were promising for most participants. However, participants F and L had to discontinue the project due to worsening of behavioral problems. Cultural relevance, advantages and critical aspects of work inclusion were discussed.

 

Evaluating Inclusive Classroom Environments for Autistic Children; Findings From a Feasibility and Acceptability Pilot Study

Domain: Service Delivery
ANNA KLARA SCHELVANDER WENNEBORG (Stockholm University), Hampus Erik Bejnö (Stockholm University), Lise Roll-Pettersson (Stockholm University)
 
Abstract:

The majority of autistic school children attend regular classes with their peers. The early school years are of utmost importance for a child’s development, academic skills and engagement in social learning activities. Research conducted in Sweden has found that school staff have limited knowledge about autism, and how to create inclusive learning environments. Results from Swedish data base studies have found that the majority of students with autism do not obtain the basic qualifications from primary school to enter upper secondary school, there are also significantly higher rates of school absenteeism among autistic children. Using mixed methods, the aim of the present study was to test the useability, acceptability and feasibility of the, culturally adapted Swedish version of the Autism Program Environment Rating Scale (APERS) in one elementary school over one semester, in combination with in-service training on evidence-based behavior analytic principles, procedures, and weekly coaching for school staff. In total, ten classrooms, 11 students with autism, 15 educators, four coaches and the school principal participated. Interviews were conducted after termination of the study, pre- and post-measurements showed improvements in the learning environment, increase in teacher efficacy and student academic skills. The post-intervention social validity scale revealed that teaching staff found the intervention more acceptable and effective than coaches. Thematic analysis of interviews confirmed this finding, and highlighted the importance of implementing the program for the entire school year rather than one semester.

 

We Need to Talk About This, Period: Teaching Menstrual Hygiene Skills to Learners With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Domain: Service Delivery
EMILY E. GALLANT (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Sandra R. Gomes (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Tori Baldassari (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Jessica Lamb (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Priya P Patil (Caldwell University), Paul Shreiber (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
 
Abstract:

Though caregivers of females with disabilities commonly express concerns about teaching menstrual hygiene and other related skills, there is limited applied research focus in this area (Veazey, 2016). Additionally, many adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) face increased adversity in coping with and understanding the rapid physical, cognitive, emotional, and social changes experienced during puberty compared to neurotypical peers. Independence with feminine hygiene routines can potentially also impact access to social relationships and employment. As such, it is critical that clinical practitioners, caregivers, and other professionals can skillfully support individuals with ASD in acquiring this skill repertoire; this paper will discuss ethical, compassionate intervention approaches developed in one-to-one behavior analytic school settings to prepare and support individuals with ASD to independently attend to their menstrual hygiene needs. Specifically, we will discuss partnering with medical providers and caregivers to engage in ethical and culturally sensitive pre-menarche planning and case studies illustrating individualized task analyses, intervention procedures, and modifications across learners with a variety of skill repertoires prior to and following menarche.

 
 
 
Symposium #25
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Supervision
Considerations for Sustainable Implementation of Behavioral Interventions
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 0; Bruxelas
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Hannah Christine Grey (Salve Regina University, Autism Care Partners)
CE Instructor: Hannah Christine Grey, M.A.
Abstract: The extent to which an intervention is implemented as intended influences its clinical impact. Sustainable implementation requires attention to a continuum of skill development from initial acquisition alongside clinical support (when implementation is often measured as fidelity) to generalization and maintenance in natural environments with faded clinical support (when implementation is often measured as adherence). Addressing this continuum effectively requires well-designed research and associated clinical services, including robust communication with clients, colleagues, and policymakers. The symposium includes three data sets along the continuum of sustainable implementation: fidelity, adherence, and utilization of methods to increase adherence (i.e., caregiver training). The first presentation will describe a laboratory investigation of the effects of fidelity errors on two variations of a common behavioral treatment (noncontingent reinforcement [NCR]). The second presentation will describe how adherence, including barriers to and enhancement of adherence, is reflected in clinical documentation in an outpatient mental health service. The third presentation will discuss the average duration of caregiver training per month for clinic-based ABA services in the US with consideration of expectations by payors and in policy. Implications across the service delivery continuum will be discussed.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): adherence, fidelity
Target Audience: Practicing behavior analysts and supervisory employees who are motivated to investigate and improve their clinical practice by investigating measures of fidelity and adherence. Audience members should be familiar with the definitions of adherence and fidelity.
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe methods for increasing generalization of treatments related to intervention development and dissemination to caregivers
2. Describe current descriptive data related to caregiver training and adherence treatments
3. Describe considerations related to adherence and fidelity
 
Variable-Time Schedules Protect Against Effects of Integrity Errors During Noncontingent Reinforcement
SOFIA E. ABUIN (Salve Regina University), Michael Anthony Catalano (Salve Regina University), Evan James Switzer (Salve Regina University), Ilana Haliwa (Salve Regina University), Stephanie Hope Jones (Salve Regina University)
Abstract: Noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) typically consists of response-independent reinforcer delivery according to a time-based schedule and withholding reinforcers following target behavior. Inconsistent implementation (i.e., implementation with fidelity errors) of NCR results in degraded therapeutic outcomes. Research showing degraded therapeutic outcomes of reduced-fidelity NCR have focused on NCR with fixed-time (FT) schedules. We conducted a human-operant evaluation to assess if there were differences in responding (e.g., computer clicks) during reduced-fidelity NCR between FT and variable-time (VT) schedules. We randomly assigned participants to experience a computer program with analogues of NCR with FT or VT schedules. Each participant experienced baseline, full-fidelity, and 80% fidelity NCR in an ABAC design; FT or VT schedules varied depending on group assignment. Full-fidelity NCR was similarly effective at suppressing target behavior across the FT and VT groups, but VT schedules suppressed target behavior significantly better (p = .01) relative to fixed-time schedules. Implications for researchers and practitioners are discussed.
 
Addressing Treatment Adherence in Clinical Processes
TIMOTHY R. MOORE (University of Minnesota Medical School), Ty Callahan (University of Minnesota Medical School)
Abstract: Suboptimal treatment adherence is a well-documented concern across disciplines, including ABA. The current study involved searching 1000 randomly-selected notes from an interdisciplinary outpatient mental health clinic to examine the extent to which adherence is discussed, measured, and planned for with clients. A total of 812 notes involved treatment (vs assessment), approximately half of which (53%) mentioned “adherence” or one of eight related terms, while 62% contained a self- or clinician-reported measure of adherence (no notes included measurement by any validated instrument or other formal tool). Individual therapy and medication management were the most common interventions, during which clinicians identified barriers to adherence in no more than 15% of notes, and planned for adherence enhancement in no more than 3%. Discussion will emphasize setting the conditions for adherence to be part of clinical decision making, including meaningful measurement and documentation. Measurement considerations will also be discussed, including the relationship between treatment fidelity and adherence.
 
Descriptive Data of Caregiver Training Insurance Codes
HANNAH CHRISTINE GREY (Salve Regina University, Autism Care Partners), Sofia E. Abuin (Salve Regina University), Elizabeth Bland (Autism Care Partners), Stephanie Hope Jones (Salve Regina University)
Abstract: Conducting caregiver training increases generalization and maintenance of behavior-analytic interventions. Insurance payors often include caregiver training in their Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) codes and recommend frequent use. Previous research demonstrates effective training strategies to improve caregiver implementation of behavior analytic interventions, as well as the positive impact that caregiver training has on client outcomes. However, there is little research on how much caregiver training is provided by clinic-based behavior analysts. The present study collected descriptive data regarding the average monthly duration of caregiver training provided across 10 clinical locations and 184 clients in New England. Results indicate that caregiver training services are underutilized. Clients received an average of 0.59 hours of caregiver training per month and an average of 53.3% of clients received no caregiver training hours each month. Additionally, an average of 10.34% of clients received a total number of caregivers training hours that met the payor recommendation per month. Potential reasons for underutilization, interventions to address underutilization, and implications will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #28
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Caregiver-Led Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA): Redefining Standards for Individualized Care
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 12; Madrid
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kalina Hatzell (Easterseals Hawai’i and Northern California)
Discussant: Michelle Oset (Easterseals Hawaii)
CE Instructor: Kalina Hatzell, M.A.
Abstract:

Historically, applied behavior analysis (ABA) services have consisted of 30-40 hours per week of direct, in person support in a paraprofessional-mediated format. However, emerging research suggests that such high-intensity hours may not be universally required, and Caregiver-Led ABA is gaining recognition as a flexible, effective alternative. A focal point in Caregiver-Led ABA is the implementation of strategies directly by the caregivers with BCBA support to create more community-based inclusivity. This approach empowers families to advocate for their children's needs and foster supportive, natural environments that promote meaningful social interactions and engagement within their communities. Caregiver-Led ABA has shown positive outcomes in communication, social skills, and behavior reduction in individuals with autism and other intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). This symposium will explore the evidence-based foundations of Caregiver-Led ABA, how the model can be implemented in various formats (including telehealth), and provide a review of current adaptive outcomes of caregiver-mediated models when compared to paraprofessional-mediated. Additionally, it will address strategies for supporting neurodivergent caregivers within Caregiver-Led ABA.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): caregiver-led, neurodivergent, parent-training, telehealth
Target Audience:

Participants should have foundational knowledge of behavior analytic principles, including familiarity with the role of behavior-analytic service delivery models, basic supervision practices, and client programming design. Understanding key concepts such as functional behavior assessment (FBA), skill acquisition strategies, and basic parent/caregiver training techniques will enhance comprehension and application of the material presented. The session will bridge these foundational concepts with emerging research and practical strategies in caregiver-mediated ABA models, allowing attendees to critically evaluate and implement flexible, evidence-based approaches.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the Caregiver-Led ABA model
2. Describe the benefits of Caregiver-Led ABA model over telehealth
3. Identify different ways to support neurodivergent caregivers in the Caregiver-Led ABA model
4. Identify the distinct outcomes associated with caregiver-mediated and paraprofessional-mediated ABA models in community-based settings
 
Caregiver-Led Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Programs: Empowering Parents and Caregivers in Their Child’s Treatment
JANESSA CANILAO (Easterseals NorCal)
Abstract: Imagine a world where ABA starts at home, in the natural environment, with a caregiver building connection with their neurodiverse child for the first time. In this world, caregivers are empowered to use strength-based approaches to behavior analysis by learning ABA strategies and procedures to implement directly with their child and receiving real time feedback on implementation. In the same world, providers can pass on knowledge that allows caregivers to enhance their understanding of ABA, neurodivergence and their role in their child's life. This system is known as Caregiver-led ABA and has allowed a reimagining of closed-door clinic practices that make it challenging to support caregivers in a culture of belonging. By opening the door to Caregiver-led ABA caregivers are now empowered to share their knowledge, practice ABA skills in applied environments, and work in collaboration with providers to become their own expert in ABA for their neurodivergent children. By placing caregivers as the primary implementers of ABA in the Caregiver-led ABA model, this system allows a direct access line to the lived experience and places emphasis on caregivers' knowledge and abilities to strengthen all aspects of applied behavioral analysis services.
 
Caregiver-Led Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Telehealth
AMANDA BOLGREN (Easterseals Hawaii)
Abstract: At Easterseals, our purpose is to foster equity allowing people with developmental disabilities to receive services to live independent and fulfilling lives. Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is just one medically necessitated service Easterseals delivers. Currently, staffing shortages at the Registered Behavior Technician (RBT) level and clients residing in an out-of-service area (OOSA) pose significant delays and challenges to the delivery of (ABA) services. This results in autistic individuals, those with disabilities, and their families, not receiving the medically necessary treatment they need and deserve to build communication, daily living, social, and coping skills to decrease problem behaviors. Breaking down barriers to access and belonging is possible by reconceptualizing ways in which effective treatment can be provided. The Caregiver-Led ABA service model is a caregiver-mediated, intensive ABA model for both comprehensive and focused treatment in which the caregiver plays an active, vital role in the service delivery through naturalistic teaching strategies. Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) use Behavior Skills Training (BST) to teach parents ABA concepts and strategies by providing real-time observation and feedback via telehealth or in person services as the parent implements the treatment program with their child. Utilizing BCBAs and telehealth, combats the RBT staffing shortage and allows families outside of service areas to receive ABA treatment, leading to enhanced communication and social skills, and appropriate coping and alternative behaviors as replacement for maladaptive behaviors. This presentation will outline how the Caregiver-Led ABA model increases accessibility for each families unique needs.
 

Evaluating the Effectiveness of Two Models of Applied Behavior Analysis in a Community-Based Setting for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

LINDSEY SNEED (Catalight Research Institute)
Abstract:

Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a complex and heterogenous, neurodevelopmental disorder. Interventions based in applied behavior analysis (ABA) are common for children with ASD with marked improvements demonstrated in communication, social, and adaptive functioning. Two common models of ABA are parent-mediated and paraprofessional-mediated, both of which have strong empirical support. With all 50 States requiring insurance coverage for people with ASD, it is important to evaluate and understand the effectiveness of ABA in community-based settings. The current study evaluated the effectiveness of two models of ABA, paraprofessional-mediated and parent-mediated, in a community-based setting across 106 participants ages 3–7 with a diagnosis of ASD. Results revealed both models of ABA to produce significant and positive improvements in adaptive and communicative functioning on two outcome measures, the Vineland and Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program. Additionally, significant differences were observed between parent-mediated ABA and paraprofessional-mediated ABA with those in parent-mediated ABA having greater improvement in the socialization domain of the Vineland. With the most recent prevalence rates of ASD being one in 36, it is vital to have options for families when considering various supports and interventions for their child with ASD that are effective. This research underscores the effectiveness of ABA in community-based settings for young children with ASD.

 
Supporting Neurodivergent Caregivers
VIRIDIANA BREINIG (Easterseals Northern California)
Abstract: The Caregiver-Led ABA model allows practitioners to support caregivers in applying behavior analytic strategies while also being mindful of their individualized needs. This approach is especially important for neurodivergent caregivers, who may face unique challenges when implementing treatment. The focus of this presentation is to highlight how reshaping systems and practices can be tailored to the conditions and distinct behaviors of neurodivergent individuals and their caregivers, fostering a culture of belonging. There are three key objectives in this presentation. First, working to eliminate the stigma of harmful societal norms. Next, empowering neurodivergent individuals and their caregivers through training and support. Finally, implementing solutions to enhance cultural competency within the neurodivergent service delivery field. This presentation will address concerns beyond access to services, provide a platform to better understand the stigma associated with societal norms, and offer solutions that empower neurodivergent caregivers while ensuring effective and inclusive service delivery for all members of society.
 
 
Symposium #29
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Socially Valid Behavior Analytic Assessment and Treatment: Science and Practice as One
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level -1; Europa
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Stephanie M. Peterson, Ph.D.
Abstract: The science and practice of behavior analysis are not separate activities. Science informs our practice and practice informs our scientific questions. This symposium will discuss examples of how socially-valid practice in behavior analysis emanates from findings of scientific research and how problems in practice have informed important research questions. The presentations will address important questions related to practice, the answers to which are informed by research on the principles of behavior analysis. For example, socially-valid approaches to treatment of severe problem behavior will be discussed through a concurrent operants lens; how extinction procedures can be carefully applied during treatment disruptions to produce non-targeted mands after targeted mands have been taught; how concurrent operant procedures can be applied to the assessment of severe problem behavior to ameliorate concerns with functional analyses, which are designed to evoke problem behavior; and the how telehealth strategies can be applied in socially valid ways during assessment and treatment of problem behavior when face-to-face sessions are either impossible or difficult. Together, these presentations will emphasize the importance of careful integration of scientific research and applied practice in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior for individuals with developmental disabilities and autism.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral assessment, behavioral treatment, social validity
Target Audience: The target audience is individuals who understand the basic principles of behavior and are familiar with concepts, such as concurrent operants, concurrent schedules of reinforcement, resurgence, persistence, functional analysis, functional communication training, and behavioral treatment plans for severe problem behavior.
Learning Objectives: 1. describe a concurrent operant assessment of problem behavior and state its pros and cons related to functional analysis
2. describe the possible effects of extinction on mands during treatment disruption when treating severe challenging behavior
3. describe how recipients of behavioral treatment via telehealth view this treatment modality and how these views should be incorporated into treatment
4. describe how concurrent reinforcement schedules can be incorporated into behavioral treatment strategies to improve social validity of treatment
 
Comparing the Results of and Evaluating Preferences for Functional Analyses and Concurrent Operant Analyses
MARISSA B BAROCIO (Lifetree Behavioral Health), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: It is recommended that a functional analysis be conducted before treating serious problem behaviors. However, it is not always feasible or desirable to do so. For example, the problem behavior may be too dangerous, or the setting may not allow procedures that evoke problem behavior. An alternative solution may be to identify reinforcers for adaptive behavior by increasing socially appropriate/adaptive behavior. Berg et al. (2007) found that the functional analysis and concurrent operant assessment identified the same social reinforcers for both problem and adaptive behavior for the majority of participants. These findings suggest that concurrent operant assessments could be an effective alternative when functional analysis are not feasible. Although Berg and colleagues provided anecdotal evidence that the concurrent operant assessments identified effective treatments, no empirical data were presented on treatment effectiveness. The purpose of the current study was to replicate the study conducted by Berg et al. (Study 1) and extend it to evaluate children’s preferences for functional analysis and concurrent operant assessment methods (Study 2). A final purpose was to implement function-based treatments to evaluate the extent to which the functional analysis and concurrent operant analysis results accurately inform treatment (Study 3).
 

Using Concurrent Schedules to Provide Socially Valid Intervention for Severe Behavior Problems

JENNIFER J. MCCOMAS (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

Social validity should be central to the practice of applied behavior analysts, yet we seem to fall short of this target. After we identify the operant function that maintains a severe behavior problem, there are multiple approaches to intervention that are designed to address the function. How do we select which intervention to implement and how do we consider social validity in the process? Many studies published over the last few decades have demonstrated the effectiveness of concurrent operants arrangements for addressing a wide range of topographies of behavior problems and for promoting instead alternative responses. This presentation will review the concepts and procedures involved with arranging concurrent operants, and published data through the lens of social validity. Attendees will be re-introduced to the existing evidence base of socially valid approaches to addressing severe behavior problems that are client-centered, compassionate, and effective, and be prepared to adjust their own practices and support others to take a socially valid approach to providing behavior analytic services.

 
Evaluation of the Emergence and Persistence of Non-Target Mands During Functional Communication Training and Treatment Disruption
KELLY M. SCHIELTZ (University of Iowa), Chloe M. Lewis (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the emergence and persistence of independent non-target mands displayed by a 4-year-old boy with autism spectrum disorder during treatment (functional communication training; FCT) and treatment disruption (extinction of mands). This study was conducted in three phases. During Phase 1, FCT was conducted within a multiple schedules design across two mand modalities (i.e., picture card; microswitch). During Phase 2, a mand preference assessment (MPA) was conducted within a concurrent schedules design to determine preference for type of mand modality. During Phase 3, extinction was conducted within a multiple schedules design to evaluate the persistence of independent target manding (card touch and microswitch touch). During FCT, independent manding was similar for both mand modalities. A preference for the microswitch over the picture card and higher persistence of target manding in the microswitch condition occurred during the MPA and extinction phases, respectively. During these procedures, two non-targeted mands (vocalizations and manual signing) emerged during FCT, with higher levels associated with the picture card condition. Non-target mands were also observed at relatively high levels during extinction, but without any clear differentiation across target mand modality conditions. Clinical and research implications for these results will be discussed.
 
The Social Acceptability of Consultative Behavior Analytic Service Provided via Telehealth
JESSICA DETRICK (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Kelsey Stapleton (Western Michigan University), Leanne Latocha (Western Michigan University), Daphne Snyder (University of New Mexico)
Abstract: “Telehealth” can be defined as the use of audio-visual transmission of information using videoconferencing and broadband internet (Machalicek et al., 2016). The demand for services to be implemented via telehealth has increased due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Research has demonstrated that a telehealth model of behavioral consultation is effective for implementing assessment and treatment services (Machalicek et al., 2016; Wacker et al., 2013). However, as behavior analysts, we are obligated to assess client and stakeholder preference for services (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2020). We collected data on the social acceptability of our services delivered using a telehealth model at approximately quarterly intervals via descriptive surveys for multiple years. Results of the social acceptability surveys indicate that services remained generally accepted over time. However, client preferences did vary. This presentation will also review issues encountered with telehealth services, as well as a suggestion for a hybrid model for delivering telehealth services as a “best-possible solution.”
 
 
Symposium #30
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Effective Leaders Do What It Takes! Organizational Performance Engineering For Provider, Parent, and Learner Success
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 13; Paris I
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Guy Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC)
Discussant: Richard E Laitinen (Educational and Developmental Therapies, Inc)
CE Instructor: Guy Bruce, Ed.D.
Abstract: Organizational Performance Engineering is a pragmatic engineering process that can change how providers and parents work together so that every learner makes efficient progress towards mastery of the knowledge and skills needed for a successful life. We call that process EARS, which is an acronym for Evaluate the efficiency of learner progress using frequent, accurate, sensitive measures to identify quickly when learners or not making efficient progress towards mastery of the knowledge and skills they need for successful lives; Analyze provider performance problems using direct measures to identify Can-Do problems due to inadequate resources, Know-How problems due to inadequate training, and Want-To problems due to inadequate management; Recommend changes in provider resources, training, and management based on that analysis, and Solve provider performance problems by designing and implementing recommended solutions. ProgressCharter is a web-mobile application that makes it easier to design and implement the EARS process. This symposium will introduce the EARS process of organizational performance engineering and present five case studies showing how ProgressCharter can be used to change how providers work together to ensure that every learner makes efficient progress towards mastery of the knowledge and skills needed for a successful life.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Celeration Efficiency, Organizational-Performance-Engineering, ProgressCharter, Skinner's-Pragmatic-Approach
Target Audience: This workshop is for leaders, supervisors, staff trainers, program designers who have completed a Masters degree in Behavior Analysis.
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe how to evaluate learner progress using frequent, accurate, sensitive measures of behavior change
2. Describe how to analyze causes of provider Can-Do problems due to inadequate resources, Know-How problems due to inadequate training, and Want-To problems due to inadequate management.
3. Describe how to recommend changes in provider resources, training, and management based on the analysis of provider performance problems
4. Describe how to solve provider performance problems by designing and implementing reecommended changes in provider resources, training, and management
 
Effective Leaders Do What It Takes! Organizational Performance Engineering for Provider, Parent, and Learner Success
GUY BRUCE (Appealing Solutions, LLC)
Abstract: I will provide a brief description of the pragmatic EARS process of Organizational Performance Engineering and ProgressCharter and describe their benefits for learners parents, and providers. The EARS Process has the following steps: 1) Evaluate the efficiency of learner progress using frequent, accurate, sensitive measures to identify quickly when learners or not making efficient progress towards mastery of the knowledge and skills they need for a successful life. 2) Analyze causes of provider performance problems using direct measures. 3) Recommend changes in provider resources, training, and management based on the analysis of provider performance problems, and 4) Solve provider performance problems by designing and implementing recommended solutions. ProgressCharter is a web-mobile application that makes it easy to design and implement the EARS process. Effective Leaders use their EARS to change how providers work together so that every learner makes efficient progress towards mastery of the knowledge and skills needed for a successful life.
 
ProgressCharter: A Tool for Independent Learners and Living Independently
ALANNA DRALEAU (Angels of Autism), Karen McTaggart (The McTaggart Method), Guy Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC)
Abstract: The goal of providers is to prepare their learners to become independent. ProgressCharter makes it easy for learners to evaluate their own progress using frequent, accurate, and sensitive measures of the efficiency of their progress towards mastery of the knowledge and skills needed for successful lives. We will present data from two USA providers illustrating how a 7-year boy with autism, at his own request, uses ProgressCharter to evaluate his own performance and progress as tool to facilitate becoming an independent learner, and a 19- year-old woman with autism uses ProgressCharter as a self-management tool to achieve her goal of living independently. ProgressCharter can be used by all types of learners, children with learning difficulties and those without, at the primary and secondary levels of education, their parents, undergraduate and graduate college students, teachers, supervisors, staff trainers, program designers, directors of organizations that provide educational services, corporate trainees and trainers, and therapists.
 
ProgressCharter and Organizational Performance Engineering Go to School
ALICE KORIKI (Easy Steps School), Guy Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC)
Abstract: ProgressCharter is an organizational performance engineering software application which can change how providers work together so that every student makes efficient progress towards mastery. We will present a case study in which Easy Steps, a London, United Kingdom School for children with autism, uses ProgressCharter and the Organizational Performance Engineering process to change how teachers, supervisors, staff trainers, program designers, parents, and students work together to ensure that every learner makes efficient progress towards mastery of the knowledge and skills needed for a successful life. One advanced student will be taught to use ProgressCharter to evaluate his own progress, a component of the self-management and study skills that he will need to become an independent learner. We will also present data illustrating how we used ProgressCharter and the EARS process of Organizational Performance Engineering to: Evaluate the efficiency of learner progress towards mastery of beginning and advanced speaker and listener skills; Analyze the causes of provider performance problems; Recommend changes in provider resources, training, and management, and Solve provider performance problems.
 
ProgressCharter Goes to Spain
GLADYS WILLIAMS (LEARNMOREinc), Mónica Rodríguez Mori (CreaEduca-Ciel), Guy Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC)
Abstract: Our final case study describes how a Spanish school for children with autism, CreaEduca-Ciel, used ProgressCharter, the Verbal Behavior Curriculum, and the EARS Process of Organizational Performance Engineering (Evaluate learner progress using frequent, accurate, sensitive measures of the efficiency of learner progress to identify as soon as possible when a learner is not making efficient progress; Analyze provider performance problems using direct measures to identify their causes; Recommend changes in provider resources, training, and management based on that analysis; Solve provider performance problems by designing and implementing recommended changes in provider resources, training, and management) to change how providers work together so that learners can make efficient progress towards mastery of the language and social skills they need for successful lives. The school, located in Gijon, Spain serves children ages 2-21 with autism or other learning difficulties that make it difficult to teach the language and social skills they need for successful lives.
 
 
Symposium #32
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Ethics
Bridging the Gap: Data-Driven Insights on Programmatic Changes and Treatment Integrity in Applied Behavior Analysis
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 0; Bruxelas
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Meghan Herron (Easterseals Southern California)
Discussant: Keri Stevenson Bethune (Melmark Carolinas)
CE Instructor: Candice Colón, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is characterized by its hallmark emphasis on individualized services and programmatic change to address behavioral needs across diverse populations. However, the extent to which behavior analysts adhere to these principles warrants closer examination. This presentation seeks to contribute to this discourse by presenting findings from a systematic analysis aimed at evaluating the degree to which programmatic changes were made, as documented in treatment plans when the “data indicate that desired outcomes are not being realized” (Behavior Analyst Certification Board [BACB], 2020, P.12). This symposium will first present data on a post hoc review of two hundred and nineteen treatment plans to evaluate the extent to which programming changes were made when data was not trending in the therapeutic direction and how often those changes were made. Additionally, survey data will be presented on the current practices and reported challenges behavior analysts face when conducting procedural integrity as a first step to evaluating programmatic barriers. Implications for training and support regarding errors of omission in our procedural integrity practices will be discussed alongside pinpointed solutions.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): procedural integrity, programmatic changes, supervision, visual analysis
Target Audience:

Target audience is behavior analysts who currently oversee applied behavior analysis services for individuals with autism. The audience can be beginner

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify at least two common barriers to engaging in the procedural integrity process
2. Participants will identify performance management solutions to overcoming procedural integrity barriers.
3. Participants will understand the role of visual analysis in progress evaluation and state the recommendations of when programmatic changes should occur if the data is not trending in the therapeutic direction
 

A Change Would Do Your Data Good: An Analysis of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Programmatic Changes

ADRIANA (ADIE) ANDERSON (Easterseals Southern California/Endicott College/), Meghan Herron (Easterseals Southern California), Lawrence Platt (Easterseals Southern California), Amin Duff Lotfizadeh (Easterseals Southern California/CSUN)
Abstract:

Ongoing visual analysis of data to evaluate client progress is a tenant of applied behavior analysis ([ABA] Cooper et al., 2020; Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2020). While there has been a growing interest in understanding how behavior analysts conduct a visual analysis of the data (Vanselow et al., 2011) and, in turn, how these results may impact programmatic decision-making (Kipfmiller et al., 2019), there is still little consensus across the field of what some consider variable data and in turn warrants a programmatic change. This variability is of concern when considering the BACB (2020) 2.18 ethics code, which outlines that “behavior analysts [must] engage in continual monitoring and evaluation of behavior-change interventions. If data indicate that desired outcomes are not being realized, they actively assess the situation and take appropriate corrective action” (p. 12). However, little is known about how often programmatic changes are being implemented when the data is not trending in the therapeutic direction. To evaluate this, the researchers conducted a post hoc review of treatment plans submitted to an ABA agency in the Southwest United States by 14 providers over two months (December 2023- January 2024). A total of two hundred and fifty-six reports were first identified, with two hundred and nineteen meeting the phase one inclusion criterion. Results will review the number of targets included in the analysis, targets not trending in the therapeutic direction, and how often those changes were made.

 
Procedural Integrity Practices: Investigating Barriers & Developing Solutions
CANDICE COLÓN (LEARN), Abigail Blackman (Behavior Science Technology), Santino LoVullo (LEARN Behavioral), Kerry Ann Conde (St. Joseph's University, Behavior Science Technology)
Abstract: Procedural integrity monitoring in clinical settings is a process that includes observation, data collection, progress tracking, data analysis, and feedback regarding whether a treatment is implemented as prescribed. Procedural integrity has been correlated with clinical outcomes and is a vehicle for effective supervision support and training. The process is vital as it guides pivotal clinical decision-making regarding modifications to client interventions and/or the additional training necessary to support correct intervention implementation. While practice guidelines exist (BACB, 2023; CASP, 2022), there are no published studies that have assessed the status of procedural integrity training, practices, and barriers experienced by Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) in everyday practice. Therefore, we surveyed BCBAs to investigate the current training and clinical practices as well as perceived barriers related to procedural integrity. Implications for training and support regarding errors of omission in our own procedural integrity practices will be discussed alongside pinpointed performance management solutions.
 
 
Symposium #34
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Forgive Us, Sidman, How Did We Go So Wrong? Analysing the Behavioral Stream Through Extended Multiple Exposures to Experimental Procedures
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 13; Porto
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Michelle Ellen Kelly (National College of Ireland )
CE Instructor: Michelle Ellen Kelly, Ph.D.
Abstract:

There are various instruments available for assessing natural verbal relations which have been employed within the behavior-analytic literature, including the implicit relational assessment procedure (IRAP) and multi-dimensional scaling (MDS). However, these two preparations have predominantly been used in a similar way to measures within mainstream psychology. That is, groups of participants have typically been exposed to only one or two instances of the IRAP or the MDS and analysed as such. Recently, however, attempts have been made to employ these procedures in a way that aligns more closely with traditional behavior-analytic research. Specifically, such research focuses on the extended behavioral stream of individual participants, involving multiple exposures to the procedures, sometimes across days and weeks. The current symposium presents three papers that speak directly to this agenda. Specifically, the three papers will consider (1) the use of the IRAP historically and recent attempts to refocus its use behavior-analytically; (2) initial experimental analyses of multiple IRAP exposures (across weeks and months) on the stability of single-participant patterns of responding; and (3) experimental analyses of behavioral stability through multiple exposures to the IRAP and MDS.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavioral dynamics, IRAP, MDS, Multiple exposures
Target Audience:

A basic background in behavior analysis is assumed

Learning Objectives: 1. Summarize historical and contemporary use of the IRAP and MDS for analysing behavioral events
2. Articulate ways in which recent work using the IRAP and MDS have sought to gain prediction-and-influence over single-participant patterns of responding produced on the procedure
3. Provide examples of how recent work using the IRAP and MDS have sought to refocus their use functional-analytic tools
 

Refocusing the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) on Behavior Rather Than Proxies of Behavior: Rescuing Frankenstein’s Monster

(Theory)
DERMOT BARNES-HOLMES (Ulster University), Colin Harte (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract:

The IRAP has been compared in the literature to Frankenstein’s monster, a metaphor that appeals to the hubristic overreaching of a reckless scientist who inadvertently creates his own nemesis. In more concrete terms, the IRAP was originally developed as a tool for analysing relational responding in-flight, but was rapidly dominated focus on the mainstream concept of implicit cognition. In accordance with the mainstream approach, the IRAP was typically administered across just one or two exposures, and the data almost always analysed in the context of group designs. As a result, IRAP research attracted mainstream attention and although the literature rarely made explicit mentalistic claims, its effects were largely interpreted as revealing private events. Conceptually, therefore, the IRAP got sucked into the gravity well of mainstream psychology. Recently, however, a concerted effort has been made to employ the IRAP in ways that are more consistent with the behavior-analytic tradition. The current paper summarises the foregoing history and reflects on some of the recent attempts being made to refocus the IRAP as an effective behavior-analytic method for the experimental analysis of human behavior.

 

Ebbinghaus Revisited: A First (but Unorthodox) Attempt at Analysing the Behavioral Stream Through Extended Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) Exposures

(Basic Research)
COLIN HARTE (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University), Alceu Regaço dos Santos (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Mariana Cunha (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Ramon Marin (Universidade Federal de São Carlos, Brazil), Jesús Alonso-Vega (Universidad Europea de Madrid)
Abstract:

The implicit relational assessment procedure (IRAP) initially emerged within the beahvior-analytic tradition as a context for assessing the dynamics of arbitrarily applicable relational responding (AARR) “in flight.” However, use of the tool quickly became dominated by a focus on mentalistic psychological constructs. Recently, however, researchers have sought to refocus use of the IRAP as a context for analysing the dynamics of AARR. This avenue of inquiry has raised question about the stability of patterns of effects observed on the instrument across time. The current paper presents the results of six participants (with varying degrees of experience with the IRAP) that completed an ABA reversal design involving 60 exposures to the IRAP (20 exposures in each of the three conditions across multiple weeks). Results showed both stability and instability in performances within and across participants. Each participant demonstrated a significant difference between the A and B conditions in accordance with theoretically-based predictions. Performances from one participant highlighted an interesting accuracy-latency “trade-off” effect that would not be immediately apparent through single exposure IRAP implementations. Implications for using the IRAP in future research are considered in light of these findings. Finally, issues related to ergodicity are also discussed.

 

Exploratory Research Assessing Relational Responding Through an Idiographic Approach

(Basic Research)
BREANNA LEE (Ulster University), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University), Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University), Dana Paliliunas (Ball State University), Jordan Belisle (Entiva Behavioral Health), Colin Harte (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract:

With increased emphasis on a process-based approach to human psychological suffering, some have suggested analyzing processes within clinically relevant behavior through Relational Frame Theory (RFT; Harte et al., 2023) and more specifically, by observing relational responding captured by the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP; Finn et al., 2016, 2018). Similarly, recent work has used a theoretical framework of relational density (Belisle & Dixon, 2020) and a statistical procedure, multidimensional scaling (MDS), for examining verbal events in psychological well-being (Paliliunas et al., 2024). Currently, it is unknown how the IRAP and MDS procedures as methods for analyzing relational responding may overlap or differ from one another. Thus, the current project exposed adults to an IRAP and MDS procedure, containing positive/negative valanced images, twice per day for 10 days. A second experiment utilized an ABA reversal design to manipulate specific patterns of responding on the IRAP and MDS procedures. Idiographic analyses of the performances, and potential interactions, are considered in terms of the relative dominance of the “semantic” (Crel) versus “emotional” (Cfunc) properties of the stimuli contained within the procedures. Finally, implications are discussed for the conceptual analyses of RFT and its contribution to a process-based approach.

 
 
Panel #35
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Aligning Values and Service Delivery: Embedding Diversity, Equity, Inclusion, and Belonging (DEIB) Into Clinical Practice, Training, and Supervision
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Milao I/II
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Lisa Tereshko, Ph.D.
Chair: Jill Harper (Melmark New England, Endicott College)
MARY JANE WEISS (Endicott College)
LISA TERESHKO (Endicott College)
KIM EDWARDS (SIQS Educational Consulting, LLC)
Abstract:

Diversity, Equity, Inclusion, and Belonging initiatives have become a priority within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. Specifically, sensitivity to DEIB issues has fueled discussions and been associated with strong calls to action for change within the field. There is convergence and consensus regarding the need for more attention to these matters. The field is at a critical juncture; it is time to move such aspirations into actions. In this panel, specific strategies for the integration of DEIB goals into clinical practice, teaching and training, supervision, and organizational practices will be reviewed. Specific attention will be given to the operational definitions of key terms, in order to facilitate the collection of objective data and the measurement of progress. Strategies will be reviewed within the lenses of cultural responsiveness and cultural humility; specifically, the panel will discuss how to embed such values into professional work. Panelists will share ways to assess individual skills and the climate of the organization, identify goals, determine progress, obtain social validity measures, and develop long-term strategic initiatives. Panelists will also share tools and methods for addressing obstacles, developing consensus, and ensuring authentic and sustainable change.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This panel is classified as intermediate instructional level. It is assumed that attendees have a basic understanding of cultural responsiveness and humility. It is best suited for those seeking to advance the integration of these values into professional practice in concrete ways.

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify tools that can be used to assess individual repertoires related to culturally responsive practice
2. Identify strategies that can be used to change the organizational culture to be more inclusive and to foster a sense of belonging
3. List several ways to collect data on individual and organizational goals related to cultural responsiveness
 
 
Symposium #37
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Recent Research on Bilingual Teaching Strategies
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Roma II
Area: VBC/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Xuehua Zhao (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
CE Instructor: Mirela Cengher, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Over 50% of the global population is bilingual or multilingual (Grosjean, 2019; Romaine, 1995). This symposium highlights recent studies that explored strategies for enhancing bilingual vocabulary acquisition across neurotypical and neurodivergent populations. Previous research has shown that sequential teaching (where one language is taught to mastery before introducing the other) is more effective than simultaneous teaching (teaching both languages at the same time). The first study built on this by comparing simultaneous and sequential teaching methods with college students. Few studies focused on strategies to facilitate discrimination between languages, particularly the "one-person, one-language" (OPOL; where each parent speaks a different language to the child) method—commonly recommended by professionals—and mixed-language method (where a parent uses both languages interchangeably to the child). The second study compared OPOL with a mixed-language approach. Finally, previous studies indicate that children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) can learn a second language, though they may initially struggle with conditional discrimination. The third study investigated repeated tact instruction across multiple sets (i.e., within-subject replication) in monolingual and bilingual conditions with children with ASD. These findings have important implications for clinical practice and highlight the need for future research to optimize bilingual language instruction for diverse populations.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): bilingualism, DEI, foreign language, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

Intermediate- understanding of verbal operants

Learning Objectives: 1. identify the benefits of simultaneous and sequential teaching procedures on learning two languages
2. explain how the one-person one-language (OPOL) approach is implemented in teaching two languages
3. describe the effects of repeated tact instruction across multiple sets on language acquisition in both monolingual and bilingual learners
 
Further Assessment of Sequential and Simultaneous Bilingual Instruction via the Go/No-Go Successive Matching-to-Sample Procedure
(Basic Research)
ARMANDO ANGULO (California State University, Sacramento), ROBBIE HANSON (Lindenwood University), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: Previous research in our laboratory demonstrated that the go/no go-successive matching-to-sample procedure effectively establishes equivalence relations between native and foreign words. Teaching two language vocabularies sequentially – Mandarin Chinese dictated word (A) to picture (C) and Korean dictated word (B) to picture (C) resulted in fewer trials to criterion compared to teaching simultaneously (AC and BC). However, simultaneous teaching produced a higher percentage of emergent intraverbals, tacts, and conditional relations during symmetry (CA/CB) and transitivity/equivalence (AB/BA) tests. Experiment 2 found that after increasing task difficulty for eight participants by teaching 4 rather than 3 stimulus classes per condition, simultaneous teaching resulted in participants reaching criterion in fewer trials than sequential teaching. All participants passed transitivity/equivalence tests after simultaneous teaching, whereas one failed after sequential. Moreover, for 4 participants, simultaneous teaching produced a higher percentage of correct intraverbals. Our results suggest that simultaneous teaching leads to higher percentages of emergent tacts, intraverbals, and novel conditional relations than sequential teaching, possibly because during sequential teaching, the first relation may not be intact during testing. To ensure that the first relation is intact, Experiment 3 will test AC and BC relations simultaneously and teach them if they are not intact after sequential teaching.
 

Exploring the Efficacy and Efficiency of the One-Person One-Language Approach in an Experimental Setting

(Basic Research)
ANN JEANETTE SANTOS (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Tianjiao Li (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Mirela Cengher (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Amal Imtiaz (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Jiselle Magana-Lopez (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract:

There are several strategies to teach children a vocabulary in two languages. For example, the one-person one-language (OPOL) approach (i.e., each parent speaks a different language to the child) is often suggested by professionals and parents. However, limited comparative research was conducted to support its effectiveness and efficiency while controlling for language exposure from both caregivers. We taught college students to tact pictures in two languages using the OPOL approach (e.g., one experimenter taught tacts in Mandarin, and the other one taught tacts in Japanese) and the mixing approach (e.g., a third experimenter taught tacts in both Mandarin and Japanese). In the 1st experiment, we taught tacts in Mandarin and Japanese. Because all the participants reported that learning tacts in Japanese was easier than in Mandarin, we taught Mandarin and Cantonese in the 2nd experiment. We also probed for the emergence of bidirectional intraverbals after the participants demonstrated mastery in tacts. Data indicated that both approaches were effective in teaching tacts and promoting untrained intraverbals in both experiments. The OPOL approach promoted quicker tact acquisition for 10 out of 14 comparisons. Future research should evaluate the external validity of this line of research with other populations, such as children.

 
Learning-to-Learn: A Comparison of Monolingual and Bilingual Instructions
(Applied Research)
XUEHUA ZHAO (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Mirela Cengher (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract: Building on previous research demonstrating that preschool-aged children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) can learn two languages using tact instruction, but often face challenges in meeting mastery criterion—particularly with common errors involving different languages within the same set—our current study investigates the effectiveness of multiple sets of exposure in teaching two languages. We aimed to determine whether repeated vocabulary sets would reduce discrepancies in learning and examine how error patterns may change. Four sets of targets were taught to each of the three participants with ASD in both monolingual and bilingual conditions. Results indicated that participants learned more efficiently in the monolingual condition than in the bilingual condition initially, although these differences diminished across all sets. In the bilingual condition, initial difficulties were evident in the first two sets; however, these challenges lessened in subsequent sets, suggesting that issues primarily arise during the initial exposure to bilingual tact instruction. Error analyses further supported this finding, revealing a decrease in the number of errors emitted across sets. Overall, our findings highlight the potential of multiple sets of exposure to enhance language acquisition in children with ASD and suggest that initial difficulties in bilingual settings may be temporary.
 
 
Symposium #39
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/IBAO
Predicting and Measuring Meaningful Responses to Autism Interventions
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
10:30 AM–11:20 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Roma I
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: John James McEachin (Autism Partnership)
CE Instructor: John James McEachin, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Comprehensive behavioral interventions have demonstrated significant benefits for many children with autism, but individual response to treatment can vary greatly. This symposium features three presentations reporting on the use of standardized norm-referenced measures such as IQ and adaptive functioning to advance our understanding of what works for whom and what constitutes meaningful change for an individual client. The first presentation will describe a meta-analysis of 43 intervention outcome studies from nine countries examining how child variables (e.g., age, autism severity, and developmental level) and treatment variables (e.g., dosage and delivery agent) contribute to observed differences in intervention outcomes. The second presentation describes an outcome assessment tool and the derivation of a Meaningful Change Index that allows evaluation of individual progress during intervention. The final presentation describes the use of Mullen Scales of Early Learning to determine rate of developmental growth during treatment in an Australian EIBI program.130 of 154 children showed an increase in developmental trajectory during treatment.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): outcome assessment, reliable change, treatment predictors
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts and Psychologists interested in assessment of treatment outcomes

Learning Objectives: 1. Explain how meta-analyses of published research synthesize data across studies to uncover insights and patterns that individual single-subject methods cannot reveal.
2. Identify potential explanations for contradictory claims regarding the impact of dosage on treatment outcomes
3. Describe how a Reliable Change Index allows us to better interpret a client’s performance on standardized norm-reference assessment.
4. Describe the importance of capturing the number of participants who showed meaningful improvement, not just group mean change.
 
Identifying Reliable Change in Outcome Assessments for Behavioral Interventions
MIRKO ULJAREVIC (Stanford University), Celine Elias Akouri (John Carroll University), Maria Helton (John Carroll University), Lacey Chetcuti (Stanford University), Thomas W. Frazier (John Carroll University)
Abstract: Behavioral interventions have demonstrated a wide range of benefits, including symptom reductions and cognitive, language, and skill development. Nevertheless, individual variability in treatment responsiveness and variability in the application of outcome assessments remain significant challenges. Accurately quantifying individual-level changes during interventions is crucial for informing evidence-based clinical decision-making. The neurobehavioral evaluation tool (NET), designed for diverse conditions, has been developed and refined as an outcome assessment for behavioral interventions. This study calculated practice-adjusted and standardized regression-based reliable change indices (RCIs) for the NET to establish norms for clinical practice. Across two samples (Ns=498 and 125), traditional RCIs indicated that reliable changes in symptoms and skills typically required shifts of ±0.7 to 1.3 standard deviations. While mean differences over time were minimal, trends pointed towards symptom reductions and skill improvements. Standardized regression-based change norms were largely influenced by baseline scores and indicated that slightly smaller changes are required, on average, to be considered reliable. The RCIs presented here provide a robust framework for assessing individual progress during interventions. Standardized regression-based RCIs may be particularly useful for guiding clinical decisions, particularly in individuals with very low skills/high symptoms at baseline, as they account for regression to the mean in follow-up assessments.
 

Key Determinants of Response to Early Behavioral Interventions for Autism Spectrum Disorder: Insights From Meta-Analysis

LACEY CHETCUTI (Stanford University), Mirko Uljarevic (Stanford University), Rachel Schuck (Stanford University), Antonio Hardan (Stanford University), Maria Helton (John Carroll University), Grace Werner Gengoux (Stanford School of Medicine, Child and Adolescent Psychiatry), David Trembath (The Kids Institute, The University of Western Australia), Thomas W. Frazier (John Carroll University)
Abstract:

A comprehensive understanding of specific factors contributing to variability in responsiveness of children with autism to interventions is paramount for making evidence-based clinical and policy decisions. This meta-analysis aimed to identify child and family characteristics, and aspects of intervention design, related to outcomes of behavioral interventions for children with autism. Literature searches identified 43 studies, published between 1987-2024, encompassing 3,663 children with autism and 1,347 independent effect sizes. Results revealed differential effects based on the intervention approach (Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention vs. Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions), delivery agent, and dosage. Pre-intervention child factors associated with stronger post-intervention effects, across intervention approaches, included higher intellectual and adaptive functioning and milder autism symptoms. However, child age at intervention onset, sex, and family socioeconomic status did not predict the strength of post-intervention outcomes. While study methodology and reporting quality were marginally associated with predictive strength, adjusting for these factors had minimal impact on the reported findings. The insights from this meta-analysis have significant implications for the development of personalized intervention models for children with autism. These models have the potential to optimize outcomes and offer critical guidance for decision-making in both the service and policy levels, ensuring efficient and equitable allocation of resources.

 

Measuring Developmental Trajectories in an Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) Program in Australia

KAREN MCKINNON (Autism Partnership Australia), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership)
Abstract:

There is currently limited research on early, intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) within Australia. The purpose of this paper was to provide a programmatic description and preliminary findings of an intervention approach which provides a high level of intensity of intervention to preschool aged children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). A total of 154 children with autism participated in the program from 2011 to 2022. At the group level, children who received 27 hr per week of intervention showed significant gains on standardized cognitive and adaptive behavior measures during an average one year of intervention. Further examination of the response to intervention at an individual level demonstrated that 130 of 154 children showed an acceleration in their rate of learning during intervention, with 52% more than doubling their rate of pre-treatment growth. Age predicted improvement in developmental trajectory, but intake cognitive abilities did not. In general, children who commenced intervention at a younger age made substantial improvements in their rate of learning, but children who commenced intervention at an older age made even greater improvements relative to their skills at commencement. The implications for addressing the needs of young autistic children in Australia will be discussed.

 
 
Panel #41
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Collaborative Care for Students With Traumatic Brain Injury: Fostering Success in Educational, Residential, and Community Contexts
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
10:30 AM–11:20 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 12; Madrid
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Megan G. Kunze, Ph.D.
Chair: Megan G. Kunze (University of Oregon)
BERENICE DE LA CRUZ (Texas A&M University-San Antonio)
MELISSA MCCART (Center on Brain Injury Research and Training (CBIRT) at the University of Oregon)
DIPTI MUDGAL (Ball State University)
Abstract:

The increasing prevalence of head injuries among students has raised significant concerns regarding the long-term risks and consequences associated with traumatic brain injuries (TBI). Recent statistics indicate that approximately 4% of children and 12% of adolescents have experienced at least one significant head injury (Black et al., 2018), with 62% of moderate to severe cases resulting in disability (Centers for Disease Control, 2018). This panel will explore innovative approaches to addressing these challenges through community-based programs aimed at equipping school personnel with the skills to recognize and support students affected by TBI. Panelists will highlight strategies for enhancing community awareness about TBI, including pre-hospital interventions, school reintegration, and the establishment of concussion management teams within schools. These teams play a pivotal role in supporting students’ academic, athletic, and social success. Additionally, discussions will focus on strengthening the connection between schools, communities, and TBI-related resources, while advocating for legislative action to improve service access. The panel will emphasize the critical role of behavior analysts in fostering interdisciplinary collaboration across school and residential settings, ensuring comprehensive care for students with TBI. Behavior analytic interventions will be highlighted. This panel seeks to advance knowledge, promote advocacy, and foster impactful practices.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

intermediate Participant should have a basic understanding of behavior analysis required of BCaBAs and BCBAs.

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify effective strategies for training school personnel to recognize and support students affected by traumatic brain injuries.
2. Describe community-based approaches, including pre-hospital interventions and school reintegration strategies, to enhance academic, athletic, and social success for students with TBI.
3. Describe the role of behavior analysts in interdisciplinary collaboration and advocacy to improve access to TBI-related resources and services.
Keyword(s): community programs
 
 
Panel #42
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/IBAO — 
Supervision
Severe Problem Behavior: Contemporary Behavior Analytic Approaches
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
10:30 AM–11:20 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Milao I/II
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Joshua Jessel, Ph.D.
Chair: Maurice Feldman (Dept. of Applied Disability Studies, Brock University)
JOSHUA JESSEL (Brock University)
JOHN M. GUERCIO (The Arc of the Ozarks)
PETER STURMEY (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract:

Severe Problem Behavior is a continuing focus of applied behavior analysis research and practice. It results in poor quality of life, limitations in interactions with the environment and learning, restrictive behavior management practices and increased service costs. Concern for severe problem behavior is reflected in the continuing evolution of research, practice and applied behavior analysis technology and efforts to translate research into practice. This symposium illustrates three facets of these efforts. The first includes developing more efficient and brief yet accurate methods of conducting functional analyses that result in reductions in client behavior and increases in client communication and self-management skills. The second is translational work to provide high quality applied behavior analysis services for severe problem behavior such as aggression in routine community settings for adults with developmental disabilities. The third is training caregivers quickly, efficiently and effectively to produce desired client outcomes. This Panel will present on these three inter-related topics. Caregiver training

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

Audience members should have a basic knowledge and prerequisite skills of applied behavior analysis typified by at least a Masters degree in applied behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: 1. Learners will describe the raionale, methods and outcomes for developing more efficient forms of functional analysis.
2. Learners will describe the methods used and client outcomes for ABA services for adults with developmental disabiliites and severe problem behavior.
3. Learners will describe the outcomes of behavioral skills training to train caregivers to implement function-based interventions.
Keyword(s): caregiver training, functional analysis, IISCA, Problem behavior
 
 
Panel #43
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Supervision
Moving the Field Forward With Effective Supervision
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
10:30 AM–11:20 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level -1; Europa
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Lisa Gurdin, M.S.
Chair: Kim Edwards (SIQS Educational Consulting, LLC)
SUSAN AINSLEIGH (Bay Path University)
HANNA C. RUE (LEARN Behavioral)
LISA GURDIN (Northeastern University, LSGurdin Consulting)
Abstract:

Supervision is an essential component of becoming an ethical and successful behavior analyst. However, not every practitioner has the opportunity to learn from a knowledgeable and effective supervisor. For the field to move forward in a positive way, all behavior analysts should receive supervision that focuses on ethical, evidence-based practices that are mutually beneficial and productive. By modeling excellent supervision, we can ensure that meaningful supervision is ongoing. In this panel discussion, participants will learn key components of effective supervision from three highly experienced supervisors of RBTs and aspiring behavior analysts. Panelists will share their own supervision journeys and why, for them, supervision is important and rewarding. They will provide strategies for promoting a positive and productive supervisory experience and suggest tools and resources to support the supervisory experience. The panel will also offer recommendations for how to handle challenging supervision situations and answer questions from the audience. By the end of this panel discussion, participants will have a better understanding of how to provide high quality supervision that supports the growth and success of their supervisees.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Intermediate - BCBAs who are supervising RBTs or aspiring behavior analysts or who are considering supervising others

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe different approaches for creating a positive supervisory experience.
2. Participants will identify different supervision tools and resources to enhance supervision.
3. Participants will identify different ways of addressing challenging supervision situations.
Keyword(s): aspiring BCBAs, positive practice, RBT, supervision
 
 
Symposium #45
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/IBAO
Translating Quality-of-Life Domains Into Behavioural Interventions: Pica, Eating Disorders, Medical Collaboration, and Pain Recognition
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
10:30 AM–12:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 0; Bruxelas
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Chiara Pezzana (Associazione per l'Autismo E. Micheli )
Discussant: Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Daniele Rizzi, M.S.
Abstract:

Behavioural interventions are pivotal in enhancing the quality of life for individuals with autism and developmental disabilities. This symposium explores how quality-of-life domains, as outlined in Schalock and Verdugo's model, can be translated into measurable behavioural procedures. The first presentation focuses on teaching collaborative skills during medical procedures, such as blood sampling. This aligns with the Physical Well-Being domain and contributes to Self-Determination by fostering cooperation skills. The second presentation addresses pain recognition by teaching individuals to identify private events associated with tactile stimuli. This intervention promotes body awareness and self-monitoring, fitting into the Physical Well-Being and Personal Development domains. The third and fourth presentations tackle pica behaviours (intake of non-edible substances) and eating disorders in individuals with ASD and intellectual disabilities. These interventions reduce health risks, improve emotional regulation, and enhance social inclusion and interpersonal relationships by breaking barriers to social interaction. Together, these presentations illustrate how behavioural procedures can operationally translate quality-of-life constructs into interventions that are not only evidence-based but also socially meaningful, improving outcomes across multiple domains

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Eating Disorders, Medical Cooperation, Physical well-being, QOL
Target Audience:

This symposium is intended for professionals with a foundational understanding of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and experience in designing or implementing behavioral interventions. Familiarity with Schalock and Verdugo’s quality-of-life domains and an interest in interdisciplinary approaches will enhance engagement with the topics discussed. Participants should be comfortable addressing complex issues like medical collaboration, pain recognition, pica, and eating disorders, with an awareness of the ethical considerations involved. This session offers an opportunity to refine skills and apply advanced strategies to improve quality-of-life outcomes.

Learning Objectives: 1. denominate the Qol Domains as defined in Schalock and Verdugo's multidimensional model of quality of life
2. describe how Pica can interfere with QoL domains and name evidence based treatments
3. describe behavioral intervention to address Pica, compliance to Medical procedures and pain tacting in people with ASD
 

Teaching Alternative Responses to Increase Collaboration During Blood Draw Procedures for Adolescents With Severe Problem Behaviors

ALESSANDRO DIBARI (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus)
Abstract:

This study evaluated the effectiveness of a Practical Functional Assessment (PFA) and Skill-Based Treatment (SBT) framework (Hanley et al., 2014) combined with demand fading to reduce problem behaviors and teach alternative responses during medical procedures for an adolescent with a history of severe problem behaviors associated with blood draws. Following the PFA, a functional communication response (FCR) was taught, allowing the participant to request a temporary pause in the session, alongside tolerance responses for instances when the request was denied. Once these alternative responses were reliably established, a gradual demand fading procedure was implemented, introducing successive approximations of the blood draw while maintaining high collaboration and zero occurrences of problem behavior. The intervention concluded successfully, with the participant tolerating the full blood draw procedure. The findings highlight the utility of using PFA and SBT to create conditions under which demand fading can be introduced effectively when it may not be feasible as an initial intervention. These results demonstrate the value of this approach in designing ethical and effective interventions for problem behaviors in adolescents within challenging medical contexts. Implications for practice and directions for future research are discussed.

 

Teaching Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Tact Private Events Related to Tactile Stimuli

DANIELE RIZZI (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus - Pescara), Annalisa Galeone (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus - Pescara)
Abstract:

This study’s primary objective was to replicate and extend the work of Rajagopal et al. (2021), focusing on teaching children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to tact private events, such as tactile sensations paired with body parts. Using a multiple baseline design across participants, we evaluated the impact of prompting, fading and differential reinforcement on the percentage of correct, independent tacts of sensation-body part combinations. Participants were trained to tact three sensations paired with body parts, followed by generalization probes with novel body parts, objects, and sensations. Although participants responses successfully generalized to new body parts and objects, they did not generalize to novel sensations. To address this, we introduced a generic response (e.g., "I feel something on [body part]") for untaught sensations, which generalized successfully. These results highlight the potential of combining specific and generic responses to improve communication of private events in individuals with ASD, with important implications for clinical intervention and improving quality of life.

 

Treating Pica Disorder With Non-Invasive Treatments

Francesco Fioriti (Francesco Fioriti, Giovanni Miselli, Davide Carnevali, Claretta Ziliani, Jessica Severgnini, Roberto Cavagnola, Giuseppe Chiodelli), GIOVANNI MISELLI (Istituto Ospedaliero Fondazione Sospiro Onlus (CR), SIACSA, AmicoDI Cremona ), Davide Carnevali (Istituto Ospedaliero Fondazione Sospiro Onlus (CR), SIACSA, AmicoDI Cremona ), Claretta Ziliani (Istituto Ospedaliero Fondazione Sospiro Onlus (CR), SIACSA, AmicoDI Cremona ), Jessica Severgnini (Istituto Ospedaliero Fondazione Sospiro Onlus (CR), SIACSA, AmicoDI Cremona ), Roberto Cavagnola (Istituto Ospedaliero Fondazione Sospiro Onlus (CR), SIACSA, AmicoDI Cremona ), Gioseppe Chiodelli (Istituto Ospedaliero Fondazione Sospiro Onlus (CR), SIACSA, AmicoDI Cremona )
Abstract:

Pica disorder represents an extreme form of dysfunctional behavior as even a single incident could potentially be fatal. This disorder, characterized by the persistent consumption of non-nutritive substances, poses significant challenges in treatment and management. For a long time, and in some ways still today, interventions for pica have exclusively focused on controlling living environments (restricting movement and person's mobility, empty environments, hypercontrol of access to stimuli) and/or treatments managing consequences (penalization and hypercorrection). These traditional approaches, while somewhat effective, often compromise the individual's quality of life and autonomy. This contribution compares three innovative procedures related to antecedents: competitive equivalent stimuli, response blocking and redirection, and Differential Reinforcement procedures teaching an exchange between pica stimuli and competitive gustatory stimuli. The implementation of these non-invasive treatments was carefully monitored and documented over multiple sessions. Data show a reduction to zero emission of pica behaviour in session, demonstrating the potential effectiveness of less restrictive interventions. This work aims to represent one of the first interventions on cigarette butt pica applied in a residential setting in Italy, offering promising implications for future treatment approaches and research in the field of pica disorder management.

 

Using Behavior Analytic Strategies for the Treatment of Severe Food Selectivity in Children With Developmental Disabilities

PETER GIROLAMI (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Food selectivity/avoidance is common in children with autism spectrum disorder and developmental disabilities. Some children only consume a few foods, completely avoiding entire food groups, putting them at risk for malnutrition, growth issues, and medical conditions (e.g., constipation). Depending on the severity and history of food selectivity, children may avoid gatherings or events that revolve around mealtimes leading to social isolation and negatively impacting quality of life. Extreme food selective behavior can also often put financial strains on families required to purchase specific food items to ensure sufficient intake. Behavior analytic approaches have been successful in reducing levels of selectivity and increasing consumption. Case examples will be presented demonstrating the use of behavior analytic strategies (including children having choice in targeted foods) to increase the variety of foods consumed. The impact of increased food variety in improving physical wellbeing and the extension of the treatment gains to settings that promote social interaction will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #47
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Match Point: Elevating Behavior Success With the Self & Match System
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
10:30 AM–12:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Roma II
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jamie Siden Salter (Self & Match Educational Consultation)
Discussant: Jessica Marie Day-Watkins (Rider University)
CE Instructor: Katharine M. Croce, Ed.D.
Abstract:

The Self & Match System, is a manualized self-monitoring intervention enriched with an accountability component. Grounded in established self-monitoring literature, this system has demonstrated practical efficacy in promoting positive behavioral, social, and academic outcomes. The Self & Match System equips individuals with tools to independently monitor and regulate their behavior, fostering meaningful and lasting change. The objective of this symposium is to investigate the developing research of the Self & Match System presenting dynamic applications of this intervention within the context of investigating which behaviors have demonstrated greatest success with the intervention, optimizing intervention effectiveness, and expanding the utilization to improve employee performance. First, an overview of the Self & Match System will be presented to provide the foundation for the demonstration of the application of the intervention. There will be a review of existing literature on the Self & Match System to explore trends of effectiveness based on target behavior. Next, the focus is centered on supporting individuals with moderate to severe disabilities in developing prerequisite skills for self-monitoring utilizing discrimination training and video-modeling. Finally, this session will explore the impact of incorporating a Self & Match system on increasing the frequency of fidelity checks conducted by paraprofessionals to sustain behavior change.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): performance management, SBT, self-monitoring, video-modelding
Target Audience:

Beginner

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify the types of prosocial behaviors most responsive to the Self & Match system and utilize this knowledge to make evidence-based decisions when selecting interventions tailored to their clients’ needs.
2. Participants will be able to describe the impact of incorporating a Self & Match system on increasing the frequency of fidelity checks conducted by paraprofessionals and evaluate the importance of combining self-monitoring with positive reinforcement to sustain behavior change.
3. Participants will be able to describe strategies for supporting individuals with moderate to severe disabilities in developing prerequisite skills for self-monitoring and explain how tiered interventions, including conditional discrimination training and video self-modeling, can enhance the effectiveness of the Self & Match system in achieving behavioral goals.
 
Match Made in Behavior Heaven: Unlocking the Power of the Self & Match System to Target Behavior Success!
KATHARINE M. CROCE (Holy Family University), Theoni Mantzoros (Felician University), Jaslie Castellanos (Rainbow ABA)
Abstract: Finding the best interventions to target challenging behavior is something practitioners spend much time and attention on each and every day. The aim of this presentation is to help lessen this burden on practitioners by bringing focus to commonly targeted behaviors using the Self & Match System. While a prior systematic review has explored the broad application of the Self & Match System, this project aims to build on that foundation by closely examining improvement rate differences for studies utilizing the Self & Match System targeting prosocial behaviors. By identifying the types of behaviors most responsive to this intervention, we provide actionable insights to enhance decision-making for practitioners. Disseminating these findings is vital for guiding professionals in selecting evidence-based interventions that align with their clients’ unique needs to help them achieve behavioral success. Understanding the nuanced impact of the Self & Match System on prosocial behaviors empowers practitioners to maximize its potential in achieving targeted behavioral improvements, ultimately supporting more effective and individualized care.
 
Self & Match System and Reinforcement to Increase the Rate of Conducted Fidelity Checks by Supervisors
MATTHEW C. HOWARTH (MeasurePM), Catherine E. Pope (Escondido Union School District), Efrat Kemp (Verbal Behavior Associates), Tamarah Owens (Verbal Behavior Associates)
Abstract: An experiment was led to examine the effects of a Self and Match system on the rates of fidelity checks conducted on paraprofessionals working in home and school settings. The independent variable was the self-monitoring tool, the “Self-and-Match” system. The dependent variable was the total number of fidelity checks conducted per month by participants. Participants were selected for their consistently low rates of monthly fidelity checks conducted, despite previous interventions which included monthly bonuses, raffles and other positive reinforcement systems without a self-monitoring component. Results showed an overall 20% increase from baseline to the total number of monthly fidelity checks conducted by participants during the intervention. However, a reversal condition indicated that only two out of nine participants maintained the behavior post intervention. A follow up experiment explores the combination of the self-monitoring system with a positive reinforcement system with the goal of establishing a more durable behavior post intervention.
 

Increasing the Efficacy of Self & Match for With Individuals That Lack Prerequisite Skills for Self-Monitoring

ALICIA RITTER-SMIRNIOTIS SMIRALLOTIS (TIEE-Children's Workshop), Hillary Whiteside (TIEE-Children's Workshop)
Abstract:

This single-subject, alternating-treatment experiment explores the use of the Self & Match System with elementary-aged individuals in a non-public school setting who have moderate to severe disabilities impacting awareness, communication, behavior, and cognition. Participants were selected due to a lack of prerequisite self-monitoring skills, such as making binary discriminations and accurately recalling actions. While the Self & Match System has been valuable for educators in communicating expectations and providing feedback, self-monitoring and reporting often remain unchanged without targeted interventions. To address this, the study implements a hierarchy of tiered interventions, including 2-D conditional discrimination training, video self-modeling with feedback, and momentary time-sampling, both immediately and following a delay. The Self & Match System Considerations Guide will be used to tailor the intervention to individual needs and improve implementation effectiveness. Dependent variables include participants’ accuracy in self-monitoring and reporting, as well as meeting individualized behavioral expectations. Data will be collected using a personalized Self & Match System form and represented as daily percentages on an equal-interval chart. This study aims to develop systematic scaffolding strategies to teach self-monitoring skills, enabling meaningful and sustained behavior change.

 

A Tiered Approach to Success: Integrating Self & Match With Skills-Based Treatment (SBT) for a Student With Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD)

DODI PRITCHETT (Hawaiʻi Department of Education), Kelly McCloskey (HABA)
Abstract:

This case study follows a 5th-grade student in a Hawaii public school, diagnosed with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) and receiving special education services under IDEA eligibility for Other Health Disability (OHD). Despite receiving services since second grade, this student faced ongoing challenges with focus, impulsivity, completing assignments, and forming positive peer relationships. High-frequency and intensity verbal and physical aggression further impacted their ability to participate in a general education environment, requiring innovative behavioral interventions. In the 2024-2025 school year, the student’s plan integrated Skills-Based Treatment (SBT) with the Self & Match self-monitoring system. This dual approach helped their reduce problem behaviors while building self-regulation and engagement skills. Initially supported by a modified 3 day schedule and two-on-one assistance, the student progressed to four full school days and increased peer engagement during electives. Intervals for Self & Match were successfully thinned and SBT strategies expanded to include generalization of skills. This discussion will explore the synergistic impact of SBT and Self & Match, demonstrating how these evidence-based interventions supported the student’s academic and behavioral success. Practical insights and data-driven applications for educators and behavior analysts will also be shared.

 
 
Symposium #48
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Innovative Procedures for Advancing Emergent Classes and Verbal Behavior
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
10:30 AM–12:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 13; Paris I
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Discussant: Sarah Frampton (University of Nebraska Omaha)
CE Instructor: Caio F. Miguel, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium explores innovative procedures designed to promote the development of emergent equivalence classes and verbal behavior. The first presentation examines the use of instructive feedback to facilitate equivalence class expansion and transfer of function in children with autism. The second presentation focuses on the refinement of experimental control to assess reading comprehension in typically developing children using the Go/No-Go procedure with compound stimuli, that is usually implemented to establish equivalence classes. The third presentation examines the emergence of tacts in typically developing children using an adapted alternating treatment design involving the simultaneous presentation of pictures and their corresponding names. The fourth presentation examines the autoclitic effect on equivalence class formation in typically developing adults through a pretest-posttest design. The results of the procedures analyzed in each of the four presentation and their implications for the development of instructional techniques to promote emergent performances involving equivalence classes and verbal behavior will be discussed.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): equivalence classes, verbal behavior
Target Audience: Be able to define verbal operants and the characteristics of an equivalence class
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the role of the echoic in the establishment of bidirectional naming and tacts
2. Describe the role of the autoclitics in the establishment of equivalence classes
3. Describe the characteristics of new procedures that can be effective to establish and expand equivalence classes
 
Assessing Class Expansion and Transfer of Function Following Instructive Feedback Teaching
JULIANA OLIVEIRA (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC), Ky Jackson (University of Nebraska Medical Center / University of Nebraska Omaha), Sarah C Connolly (Munroe Meyer Institute), Alice Shillingsburg (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC)
Abstract: The current study examined a procedure to teach children with autism to form stimulus classes for nine age-appropriate categories consisting of 4 stimuli each, and to assess class expansion and transfer of function. The participants were three children with autism. Participants were directly taught the tact for one stimulus in each class and were exposed to the name of the class and to two other stimuli that also pertained to the class. Then, tact, intraverbal, and listener probes were conducted. As a result, participants acquired the directly taught tact relations and some of the tacts taught by exposure only. Additionally, most of the relations taught during tact training emerged during intraverbal and listener probes. We exposed participants to two relations between stimuli in each class (e.g., harp-accordion) and to function of a stimulus in each category (e.g., “we use the harp to play music with”). This study suggests a potential assessment that could be conducted in a clinical setting to investigate class expansion and transfer of function when teaching categories to children with autism.
 

Reading Comprehension With the Go/No-Go Procedure With Compound Stimuli: A Systematic Replication

Nathália Mieko Nakahodo (Universidade de São Paulo), PAULA DEBERT (University of Sao Paulo)
Abstract:

Previous studies showed the effectiveness of the Go/No-go procedure with compound stimuli to produce the emergence of reading comprehension. However, these studies did not pre-tested for trained relations to verify whether emergent relations were actually produced by training. The aim of the present study was to verify whether this procedure would generate emergent conditional relations to attest reading comprehension, even when the relations to be trained are not attested in pre-tests. A procedure similar to the one implemented by Gueiros and Debert (2020) was used, with the addition of AC pre-tests (dictated word and printed word), to obtain a greater experimental control compared to this previous research. A multiple baseline across words sets design and a multiple probe design were used. The stimuli used were dictated words (A), pictures (B) and printed words (C). Five preschool children were exposed to AC, BC, CB and CD Pre-tests, AB and AC Train, and BC, CB and CD Post-tests. All participants showed the emergent relations in the Post-tests only after the AB and CA training. So, the Go/no-go procedure with compound stimuli was effective to establish reading comprehension.

 

The Role of the Echoic in the Emergence of Tacts in Children

THEA SKAU ENGELL (California State University, Sacramento), Karina Zhelezoglo (Endicott College), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

Children acquire vocabulary at an exponential rate between the ages of 2 and 3, often without direct reinforcement. Laboratory studies have struggled to demonstrate whether echoic verbal responses play a role in the emergence of tacts when children simply hear adults talk about objects present in the environment. This study used an adapted alternating treatment design to examine the emergence of tacts in four typically developing children exposed to the simultaneous presentation of pictures and their names. The conditions required an echoic verbal response, an incompatible response, or a quiet condition. For three of the four participants, 100% accuracy on tact probes occurred more rapidly in conditions that allowed echoic verbal responses than in conditions that restricted echoic verbal responses. These findings support the facilitative role of echoic verbal responses in tact acquisition and have important implications for practitioners designing interventions to promote language development in populations with communication deficits.

 
Autoclitic Function on Stimulus Class Formation Through Intraverbal Naming
Claudio Cavalcante (Universidade de São Paulo), João Lucas Bernardy Cardoso (University of São Paulo), Yasmin Sayegh (Universidade de São Paulo), MARTHA COSTA HÜBNER (University of São Paulo)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that intraverbal naming may be sufficient for equivalence class formation; however, these experiments generally overview the role of autoclitics during intraverbal training conditions. We aim to present two experiments that specifically investigated an autoclitic effect through a pretest-posttest design with typical adults as participants. In these studies, participants are exposed to the following conditions: a pretest for two stimulus classes (A1B1C1 and A2B2C2), tact training, a listener test, intraverbal training, a review, and posttests for emergent relations. Throughout these experiments, we manipulated the autoclitic frame presented during intraverbal training: in the first experiment, the autoclitics of sameness-opposition; in the second, the autoclitic greater than-less than. The results show evidence of an autoclitic function that modulates choices during a matching-to-sample procedure and response latencies. These results are discussed in terms of the main features of the procedure, especially the trial structure within the intraverbal training and the limitations of test procedures. Finally, we argue that relational autoclitics play a crucial role in stimulus class formation through intraverbal naming. Also, we point to some future directions, including theoretical repercussions to intraverbal naming and the possibility of investigating autoclitics that tact qualitative/quantitative features of the environment.
 
 
Panel #49
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Intersection of Gender Incongruence and Autism: Co-Occurrence and Implications for Behavioral Practice
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
11:30 AM–12:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Milao I/II
Area: AUT/CSS; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Guido D'Angelo, Ph.D.
Chair: Guido D'Angelo (DALLA LUNA - BARI)
VALERIA PASCALE (The Chicago School, ABA For Disability)
MARIA MARINO (Consultorio DIG - ASL Salerno, Italy)
CHIARA CESARO (Mind The Kids and Aba for disability)
Abstract:

Recent research has highlighted the significant intersection between gender incongruence (GI) and autism, challenging conventional paradigms in neurodevelopmental and gender identity studies. While autism is characterized by persistent challenges in social communication and restricted, repetitive behaviors, GI arises from a distressing incongruence between one’s experienced gender and assigned sex at birth. Emerging evidence indicates that autistic individuals may exhibit higher rates of gender diversity compared to the neurotypical population (Dewinter et al., 2017; Warrier et al., 2020). This panel synthesizes findings from key studies to examine the prevalence, lived experiences, and clinical challenges at the autism-GD intersection. Key topics include the unique social and emotional stressors faced by these individuals, the role of neurodiversity in shaping gender identity, and the need for tailored, interdisciplinary clinical interventions (Strang et al., 2018). Ethical considerations—such as balancing autonomy with caregiver involvement—and systemic barriers to gender-affirming care will also be discussed (Turban & van Schalkwyk, 2018). The panel advocates for the integration of inclusive, neurodiversity-affirming approaches within the behavior-analytic community and emphasizes the need for research-informed training. A call for longitudinal studies and practical frameworks will underscore the importance of bridging research and practice, promoting a nuanced understanding of the experiences of individuals navigating multiple marginalized identities.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board-Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) Board-Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts (BCaBAs) Registered Behavior Technicians (RBTs)

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify clinical and ethical challenges in supporting autistic individuals with gender incongruence.
2. Foster Inclusivity: Learn neurodiversity-affirming practices and future directions for inclusive care and research.
3. Describe community based action that can be embraced as behavior analytic community
Keyword(s): Gender-affirming care, Inclusion, Intersectionality, Neurodiversity
 
 
Panel #50
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Evidence-Based Employee Performance Management Strategies for Service Delivery Settings
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
11:30 AM–12:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level -1; Europa
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Roxanne Rayes, M.A.
Chair: Nicholette Christodoulou (Gateway Pediatric Therapy)
CHRISTINA VESTEVICH (Entrepreneur)
KENZIE STROUSE (Gateway Pediatric Therapy)
ROXANNE RAYES (Gateway Pediatric Therapy)
Abstract: Employee performance management is crucial within the service delivery setting for optimizing organizational success and fostering professional growth. This panel explores evidence-based techniques for identifying performance issues within the workplace and goal-setting in order to increase desired behavior towards the specified goal. Additionally, this panel will review managing employee performance, including scorecards and other systematic review options. Scorecards offer a structured approach to aligning individual goals with organizational objectives, providing a holistic view of performance across multiple dimensions. The panel will delve into the advantages of using performance review systems, including enhanced transparency, improved communication, and more effective goal-setting. Additionally, we will examine common challenges in implementation for performance management strategies, such as aligning metrics with strategic goals and maintaining employee motivation and implementation lessons learned. Attendees will gain insights into how to set goals for performance management, and how to leverage available options in order to maintain alignment between organizational objectives and employee performance while promoting an engaged, high-performing workforce.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: Operators, Directors, People managers
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to identify evidence-based performance management strategies for utilization within a service delivery setting.
2. Attendees will be able to implement and sustain evidence-based performance management strategies within a service delivery setting, such as a balanced scorecard.
3. Attendees will understand the role of evidence-based performance management strategies within a service delivery setting.
Keyword(s): Employee Productivity, Peformance Management, Scorecard
 
 
Symposium #54
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Advancing Trauma Informed Care Through Radical Behaviorism and Participatory Research
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
11:30 AM–12:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 12; Madrid
Area: PCH/DDA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Asude Ayvaci (Brock University)
Discussant: Kendra Finlay (Bethesda Adult Clinical Services)
CE Instructor: Kendra Finlay, M.A.
Abstract: Trauma and Trauma Informed Care (TIC) have received significant attention in contemporary psychology, but behavior analysis has only recently begun exploring these concepts. A radical behaviorist perspective offers a unique opportunity to redefine trauma, trauma responses, and TIC. A behaviorist account of TIC may further foster interdisciplinary collaboration without relying on mentalistic descriptions. Advancing TIC could begin with understanding it through a behaviorist lens, integrating it into practice, and working collaboratively with participatory researchers. This symposium features two complementary talks addressing TIC from different perspectives. The first presentation provides a radical behaviorist account of trauma, demonstrating how theoretical and philosophical foundations are essential for collaboration and addressing complex issues. The second presentation highlights an organization wide initiative led by social workers in Canada, using participatory research from a different philosophical lens. This project assesses service alignment with TIC principles and fosters organizational change toward trauma informed services, involving collaboration among individuals with lived experiences, social workers, and behavior analysts.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): collaboration, participatory research, radical behaviorism, trauma
Target Audience: Attendees will benefit from having previous training in the philosophical underpinnings of behavior analysis and radical behaviorism, along with familiarity with the prevalent concepts in contemporary psychology.
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify how radical behaviorism redefines trauma, trauma response, and trauma-informed care within the framework of behavior analysis.
2. Participants will explain the significance of co developing trauma informed care tools in collaboration with individuals with lived experiences in service settings.
3. Participants will describe trauma informed care from a social work perspective and identify the methodology used to develop and implement agency wide training.
 
A Radical Behaviorist Approach to Trauma Informed Care
SHAWNA GAIN (Independent Researcher; Bethesda; Brock University), Asude Ayvaci (Brock University), Nancy Leathen (Bethesda; Brock University)
Abstract: The central proposition of behaviorism asserts that a science of behavior is not only possible but essential (Baum, 2011; Skinner, 1974). Radical behaviorism posits that a science of behavior, as a natural science, can explain all behavior, including covert events (e.g., thoughts, emotions) and overt events (e.g., turning off a light switch; Baum, 2017). Within a radical behaviorist framework, trauma can be understood through the interplay of phylogeny (i.e., genetic endowment), ontogeny (i.e., an individual’s unique life history), and current contingencies of reinforcement and punishment. However, given that trauma is often framed in psychology through a mentalistic lens, behavior analysts may hesitate to adopt the concept due to its focus on inner mental states. This conceptual paper aims to: (a) provide a behavioral definition of trauma, trauma responses, and the trauma-informed care approach; and (b) translate Greenwald’s (2005) tool for assessing trauma through a radical behaviorist lens, demonstrating how the theoretical and philosophical foundations of behaviorism are essential for addressing complex phenomena. By redefining trauma and the trauma informed approach from a radical behaviorist stance, this paper seeks to foster multidisciplinary collaboration and lay the groundwork for future behavior-analytic research to explore this topic with greater technological precision.
 

Advancing Trauma Informed Practices for Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities in Canada

LEAH JEFFERY (L2M 3A8), John M Keesler (Indiana University)
Abstract:

Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities face a significant risk of trauma (Didden & Mevissen, 2022). Existing research predominantly examines Trauma-Informed Care (TIC) from staff perspectives, often overlooking the lived experiences of this population (Rich et al., 2021). To our knowledge, no tools co-created with individuals with lived experience currently exist to evaluate service alignment with TIC principles (i.e., safety, trustworthiness, choice, collaboration, and empowerment; Keesler et al., 2023). In addition, staff often lack adequate training, and the literature offers limited guidance on fostering organizational shifts toward TIC (Cook & Hole, 2021). To address these gaps, Bethesda Services in Ontario, Canada, partnered with Indiana University to a) evaluate TIC principles in care by co-developing a TIC measurement tool with individuals with lived experiences, (b) explore correlations between TIC tool outcomes and emotional wellness among service users, and (c) assess whether the TIC training package enhances staff understanding of TIC principles in service delivery. The project utilized participatory research, administering TIC and emotional wellness questionnaires via Qualtrics. Training effectiveness was evaluated through a quasi experimental pre-post test design. Findings show an inverse relationship between emotional wellness and TIC principles, with training outcomes showing improved understanding. Clinical, individual, and organizational impacts will be discussed.

 
 
Panel #68
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Ethics
Ethical Assent Based Treatment Across Settings
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Milao I/II
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Annmarie Itgen, M.S.
Chair: Randy Horowitz (Eden II Programs )
ANNMARIE ITGEN (Eden II Programs)
JANINE ANN KIPP (Eden II Programs)
Abstract:

It is not uncommon to enter a room full of behavior analysts or therapists without hearing the word assent. However, our field is increasingly being called to reflect on how we approach treatment, particularly with regard to respecting participants' choices and preferences. The most recent edition of the Ethics Code emphasizes assent as an essential component of ethical and socially valid treatment. In this presentation, we will define assent, distinguish it from consent, and explore its role in honoring participants' preferences for treatment. We will also note that refusal to engage in treatment may serve multiple functions and can reflect a lack of skill, proficiency, exposure or language. Therefore, building skills, fostering self-efficacy, and increasing learning opportunities are key factors to consider in treatment, as they enable individuals to make informed choices and express preferences. Through real-world scenarios, participants will examine how assent applies across diverse settings, learner types, and behaviors. By the end of the session, participants will understand how to initiate treatment within an ethical framework that prioritizes respecting individuals' choices, while also acknowledging the role of skill-building in enabling those choices.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, practitioners, supervisors, educators, mental health professionals

Learning Objectives: 1. Define assent, distinguish it from consent, and explain its role in respecting participants' treatment preferences.
2. Apply ethical principles to treatment planning by considering both the participant's choices and the role of skill-building in enabling informed decision-making, ensuring a socially valid approach to behavior analysis.
3. Apply assent and the ethical code to situations of severe problem behavior (crisis situations). They will recognize potential barriers to assent across settings and be able to identify ways to repair client-clinician relationships.
 
 
Symposium #73
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Enhancing Educators’ Fidelity in Behavior Interventions: The Role of Training and Time on Quality Components"
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Roma II
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Renee Speight (University of Arkansas )
Discussant: Timothy J. Lewis (University of Missouri)
CE Instructor: Renee Speight, Ph.D.
Abstract: Evidence-based behavioral practices and interventions support positive outcomes for students and teachers. These practices include both low intensity classroom supports such as opportunities to respond and behavior specific praise as well as function-based interventions. Yet many teachers need additional support to implement practices to fidelity. Furthermore, little is known about the factors that improve the quality of behavior interventions. In this symposium we will present data from two recent studies, both focused on improving quality implementation. The first is a descriptive record review of 304 functional behavior assessments (FBAs) and behavior intervention plans (BIPs) to evaluate factors that enhance the accuracy of the FBA and increase the effectiveness of the BIP. The second study used a non-concurrent multiple-baseline design to explore the impact of technology-based training procedures that align with behavior skills training (BST) on teacher implementation fidelity in a rural context. A discussant will focus on future research directions and highlight the implications for practice.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral support, educator training, FBA, school consultation
Target Audience: The target audience for this symposia are supervisors of school-based professionals as well as individuals currently enrolled in graduate-level coursework. Prerequisite skills include familiarity with school-based behavioral interventions and approaches including low intensity intervention and function-based methods, understanding of the components of behavior skills training, and familiarity with barriers impacting teacher implementation fidelity.
Learning Objectives: 1. List factors that improve quality implementation of evidence-based practices and supports
2. Identify professional development components that could be adopted to train school-based staff
3. Describe barriers to implementation of evidence-based behavioral practices
 

Enhancing the Accuracy of the Functional Behavior Assessments (FBA) and Effectiveness of the Behavior Intervention Plans (BIP): A Record Review

SHANNA HIRSCH (Clemson University)
Abstract:

Function-based interventions support positive outcomes for students and teachers. Yet little is known about the factors that improve the quality of functional behavior assessments (FBAs) and behavior intervention plans (BIPs). In this study we present a descriptive record review of 304 functional behavior assessments (FBAs) and behavior intervention plans (BIPs). In brief, the research team analyzed each record using a standard rubric. In this study, we conducted a secondary data analysis of a sample of FBA-BIP records. All data were provided by the district. This included the student demographic data (i.e., gender, race/ethnicity, grade, disability eligibility category) and key dates (i.e., date FBA completed, date BIP completed). Preliminary findings indicate that frequently reviewing FBA and BIPs together as the members of the BIP team enhance the accuracy of the FBA and increase the effectiveness of the BIP. The team is currently analyzing a second set of FBA-BIPs from a small rural district. Together these findings will be shared with implications for improving the quality of the FBA-BIP process.

 

Improving Rural Educators’ Fidelity With Technology-Based Behavior Skills Training: A Non-Concurrent Multiple Baseline Study

RENEE SPEIGHT (University of Arkansas)
Abstract:

While low intensity classroom-level interventions foster positive outcomes for students and teachers, many teachers need additional support to implement practices to fidelity. Evidence-based training approaches such as behavior skills training (BST) can enhance teacher implementation fidelity. However, teachers in rural/under resourced schools may not have access to quality professional development approaches. In this non-concurrent multiple baseline study, the researchers utilized technology-based training procedures that align with BST to address these training barriers. We explored whether five rural educators’ implementation fidelity (i.e., dosage, quality) of two classroom management practices improved after participating in a technology-based professional development training aligned with the components of BST. The training package included a multi-media video model of the practices, asynchronous video analysis, and feedback delivered via an online platform. Direct observation data indicated four of the five teachers’ implementation fidelity increased. Teachers also perceived the package positively. These findings suggest technology-based training packages may strengthen teacher implementation fidelity, extending the evidence-base for innovative approaches to practitioner skill development. Limitations and future research directions are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #75
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Supporting the Later Academic, Behavioral, and Social-Emotional Successes of Children Through Applied Behavior Analysis-based Methodologies
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 13; Porto
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Radka Hájek (Palacký University Olomouc)
Discussant: Sheri Kingsdorf (Masaryk University )
CE Instructor: Sheri Kingsdorf, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Quality applications of applied behavior analysis (ABA) pride themselves on proactivity. Developing prerequisite skills, arming underserved caregivers and educators with tools for child success, and laying the groundwork for self-driven social-emotional health gains, all highlight antecedent interventions. This symposium explores such applications of ABA-based methodologies to children's academic, behavioral, and social-emotional growth across diverse contexts. The first presentation examines a training program in Czechia using Behavioral Skills Training to enhance parental competencies in supporting their autistic children, demonstrating improvements in parental and children's skills. The second presentation evaluates a Czech social-emotional learning curriculum integrating acceptance and commitment therapy with ABA, showing enhanced psychological flexibility among primary school students and their teachers. The third presentation investigates a hybrid telehealth/in-person training model for practical functional assessment, comparing delivery formats for educators in Montana and Czechia to identify optimal approaches for underserved regions. The final presentation explores building verbal behavior developmental cusps in school readiness, presenting findings on how observational learning, naming, and generalized imitation impact educational outcomes, along with protocols for inducing these learning capabilities. Together, these studies demonstrate the effectiveness of systematic, behaviorally-based approaches in building support systems for fostering children's educational success and access to least restrictive learning environments.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Antecedent interventions, Least-restrictive environments, School success, Training protocols
Target Audience:

Intermediate; should have a basic understanding of verbal behavior.

Learning Objectives: 1. Compare and contrast the effectiveness of different training modalities and methods for delivering ABA-based training to educators and caregivers in underserved regions.
2. Describe how to integrate Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) principles into ABA-based social-emotional learning curricula for primary school students and teachers, and explain the potential benefits of this integration.
3. Identify key developmental cusps in school readiness (e.g., observational learning, naming, generalized imitation) and explain how to support protocols for inducing these learning capabilities in children.
4. Describe how to apply antecedent-focused ABA interventions, including behavioral skills training, social-emotional learning curricula, and the development of foundational skills, to support children's academic, behavioral, and social-emotional success across diverse contexts.
 

Boosting Development: An Applied Behavior Analysis-Based Training Program for Parents of Young Children With Neurodevelopmental Disability in Czechia

LUCIE MUDROCH LUKÁŠOVÁ (Masaryk University), Lucie Vozáková (Masaryk University), Sheri Kingsdorf (Masaryk University), Kateryna Ivanova (Masaryk University)
Abstract:

In Czechia, parents of children with neurodevelopmental disorders (NDD) increasingly seek support in fostering their children’s socio-communicative development. However, parental training programs grounded in the principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA) remain underutilized. To address this, a novel training program was piloted to enhance parental competencies in environmental organization, reinforcement use, and behavior shaping for children aged 0–4 years with NDD or suspected NDD. Four families participated in a 12-week intervention, incorporating weekly in-person sessions using Behavioral Skills Training (BST) and video feedback, supplemented by structured daily home practice. Using a multiple-baseline design across parental behaviors, the study assessed changes in parents’ implementation of targeted strategies, while also assessing at multiple timepoints changes in their children’s socio-communicative and imitation skills. Through video recordings, data were collected on parental behaviors using fidelity checklists, with additional measures of parent-reported self-efficacy, stress, and program social validity. Preliminary findings indicate increased parental adherence to ABA-based strategies and improvements in children’s targeted skills. This pilot study highlights the feasibility and social validity of an ABA-based parental training model for early intervention, providing actionable insights for scaling up such programs to better support families of children with NDD in underserved regions.

 
Practical Functional Assessment Training in Schools: Giving Teachers the Tools to Support Students
TULLIA SYCHRA REUCCI (Doctoral Student at Masaryk University in Brno)
Abstract: This study investigates the efficacy of combining telehealth and in-person training modalities for practical functional assessment (PFA) among special education teachers and paraprofessionals. Participants underwent a blend of telehealth and in-person behavior skills training (BST) role-play with colleagues. The pilot study involved online BST training with a confederate and online procedural knowledge training conducted with teachers in rural areas of Montana, US. Two groups were examined in the full research study conducted in underserved areas in Czechia. Group 1 utilized a changing criterion design with online modules and biweekly in-person meetings over an eight-week training. Group 2 involved pre- and post-data collection for experimental and control groups, focusing on an online theoretical course over four weeks followed by an in-person BST practice meeting. The goal was to identify the most effective practices for integrating telehealth and in-person PFA training. Preliminary results are promising and they will inform best practices for training special education professionals in functional assessment techniques that can allow for better student outcomes, especially in locales where access to qualified behavior professionals and services are limited.
 

Learning to Learn: Enhancing School Outcomes When Skill Acquisition is Not Enough

GRANT GAUTREAUX (Nicholls State University), Derek Jacob Shanman (Nicholls State University), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University, Touchstone), Jennifer Weber (Nicholls State University), Francis Hwang (Touchstone ABA), Tricia Clement-James (Touchstone ABA)
Abstract:

Assessing school readiness is an important aspect of behavior analytic service provision. There are likely essential prerequisite and requisite skills critical for a learner’s success in a school-based setting. These skills may indeed be necessary but not sufficient as we work towards preparing children so they can benefit from a variety of instructional delivery formats. The acquisition of verbal behavior development cusps appears to increase the likelihood children will be equipped to learn indirectly through observation and incidental exposure. When these cusps are not present, learning may be more difficult and require numerous tactics. We report some initial findings related to children who entered or re-entered a school setting with and without observational learning, Bi-directional Naming and generalized imitation as verbal behavior developmental cusps and their learning outcomes in this setting. We also report evidenced based protocols to reliably induce these cusps and useful tactics for learner success in inclusive educational settings.

 
A Year of Growth: Evaluating a Czech Social-Emotional Learning Curriculum Grounded in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and Applied Behavior Analysis
KAREL PANCOCHA (Masaryk University), Radka Hájek (Palacký University Olomouc), Sheri Kingsdorf (Masaryk University), Helena Vaďurová (Masaryk University)
Abstract: We evaluated the effectiveness of the first Czech social-emotional learning (SEL) curriculum grounded in acceptance and commitment therapy and applied behavior analysis. The curriculum was designed to address the needs of primary school children, align with the national curriculum for primary education, and accommodate the limited resources of public schools. Twenty-three teachers from third, fourth, and fifth grades implemented the program with 460 children over the course of one school year, typically delivering three 20-minute sessions per week. A single-group interrupted time-series design was used to examine changes in psychological flexibility and social-emotional skills among teachers and students. At multiple timepoints during the year, teacher participants completed self-assessments including the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire–II and the Comprehensive Assessment of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Processes. Student participants were assessed by their teachers using the Strengths and Difficulties Questionnaire and additionally completed a psychological flexibility measure. Results indicate increased psychological flexibility and social-emotional skills among both teachers and students, as well as evidence of reduced disciplinary actions in some classrooms compared to the previous school year. These findings suggest that a behaviorally based SEL curriculum adapted to local educational needs can be implemented within an existing national curriculum and enhance social-emotional competencies.
 
 
Symposium #76
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Child Welfare: The Impact of Enhanced Community Engagement and Collaboration
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 12; Madrid
Area: CSS/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Stacie Dertinger (Anchor Rehabilitation Support Services)
Discussant: Sara Altimari (Anchor Rehabilitation Support Services)
CE Instructor: Stacie Dertinger, M.A.
Abstract:

The utilization of Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA) within community settings and child welfare is underrepresented but crucial to successful reintegration of youth into their communities. This symposium will emphasize culturally sensitive, trauma-informed care, caregiver support, contextual considerations, and clinician skill development. The first presentation will explore the PATHways program which was collaboratively developed with Huron-Perth Children’s Aid Society. This program underscores person-centered care for youth, supported by Board Certified Behaviour Analysts. Through behavioural interventions, the program has successfully enhanced community integration and has been replicated across other agencies. The second presentation addresses the challenges caregivers face, highlighting collaboration with mental health professionals to reduce burnout. This includes identifying systemic barriers and inspiring inclusive community practices. The third presentation advocates for incorporating socio-cultural and contextual factors into ABA programs to better reflect individual family values and improve engagement and outcomes. The objective of this section is for clinicians to take away strategies to develop comprehensive interventions. Finally, the fourth presentation emphasizes the development of non-clinical skills in supervision, such as communication and empathy, preparing clinicians to effectively address the needs of diverse populations. Attendees will gain insights and tools to ensure holistic, inclusive practice across various community-based contexts.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Burnout, Child Welfare, Community Collaboration, Supervision
Target Audience:

Necessary prerequisite skills and competencies of the audience for this presentation include one or more of the following: Individuals actively pursuing or have completed a graduate-level degree in Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA) or similar, Board Certified Behaviour Analyst, Board Certified Assistant Behaviour Analyst.

Learning Objectives: 1. Discuss the importance of developing macro goals considering context and culture in community settings, utilizing strategies modelled in the PATHways program.
2. Describe key strategies that are necessary when collaborating with mental health professionals to identify and reduce caregiver and care team burnout.
3. Outline the steps necessary to improve supervision practices to effectively address and meet the socio-cultural needs of diverse populations in ABA.
 

The PATHways Program: Utilizing Applied Behaviour Analysis to Support Youth With Complex Needs

Kristian Wilson (Huron-Perth Children's Aid Society), STACIE DERTINGER (Anchor Rehabilitation Support Services)
Abstract:

The integration of Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA) in child welfare is essential for meeting the complex needs of youth and their families. The PATHways program, a collaboration between the Huron-Perth Children’s Aid Society (CAS) and Anchor Rehabilitation Support Services, highlights the importance of trauma-informed, person-centered care led by Board Certified Behaviour Analysts (BCBAs). In its first year, PATHways served 49 youth and families using evidence-based tools, such as the Essential For Living Assessment, to inform innovative interventions. This model prioritizes partnerships with mental health professionals as well as caregiver and mediator coaching to support youth in their community. Awarded a 2-year provincial grant recognizing the success of this program, PATHways has been replicated across other agencies and continues to serve youth and families in different communities. This effort not only yields cost savings and builds organizational capacity but also serves as a blueprint for inclusive programs. As PATHways continues to grow, it stands as a testament to the power of data-driven, collaborative approaches in transforming child welfare practices.

 
Fostering Caregiver and Mediator Resilience Through Interdisciplinary Approaches
JANE SAVAGE (Master of Social Work)
Abstract: Caring for individuals with complex support needs is both rewarding and stressful, impacting the overall well being of caregivers' and the professional care team. As a result, caregiver burnout and high staff turnover compromise the quality of support that is provided to youth and their families. Despite the use of new strategies to fill gaps in the child welfare sector, measurable and positive outcomes have unfortunately been limited. By addressing these gaps in support, this presentation highlights the importance of collaborative interventions between Board Certified Behaviour Analysts and mental health professionals. A model integrating behavioural principles and mental health approaches can strengthen caregiver resilience, reduce stress and therefore improve the mental and physical health of the care team. Discussion will focus on identifying systemic barriers, advocating for compassionate and realistic care approaches, and offering strategies to bolster caregiver confidence during crises. Emphasis will be placed on the value of enhanced communication among the care team, joint training, and the development of formal and informal networks. Utilizing case studies, the aim is to inspire caregivers and professionals to shape best practices in community support using an interdisciplinary lens.
 

Aligning Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Principles With Socio-Cultural Dynamics to Develop Macro Goals in Community Settings

BRITTANY DAVY (Mcmaster University), Sara Altimari (Anchor Rehabilitation Support Services)
Abstract:

While gaining popularity in recent research, the effective incorporation of culture, context and macro goal planning within Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA), especially in the child welfare sector, is currently limited. By understanding how to consider broader socio-cultural and contextual factors affecting behaviour, Board Certified Behaviour Analysts can design comprehensive interventions that reflect families' unique values and set of circumstances. This approach increases client motivation to engage in programming and recommended strategies, the likelihood of goal attainment, and effectively plans for maintenance of skill acquisition and reduction of maladaptive behaviours. This presentation will: (a) briefly review the literature on current practices to consider socio-cultural dynamics in ABA, (b) highlight the positive impact of such practices on collaboration, client capacity-building, and socially significant goal achievement within child welfare system, and (c) discuss tangible strategies for clinicians to incorporate into their daily practice. This presentation underscores the essential role of bridging conceptual and practical gaps to refine ABA practices for more inclusive, effective service delivery using a big picture perspective.

 
Enhancing the Soft Skills of Supervisees Through a Structured Supervision Model
MARIA ROMANO (Anchor Rehabilitation Support Services), Nicole Banach (Anchor Rehabilitation Support Services)
Abstract: This presentation discusses the integration of assessing soft skills within supervision practices, with the goal of nurturing well-rounded clinicians, to meet the needs of the unique demographic within the child welfare sector. Soft skills such as communication, empathy, and cultural competence are often overlooked as the supervisor-supervisee relationship typically focuses on the technical competencies outlined in the BACB task list. Following completion of the formal supervisory period as part of the BACB certification process, this can result in leaving clinicians unprepared to effectively navigate the complexities of sensitive, high-risk populations in the community. This presentation will explore innovative methodologies to assess, identify, and teach soft skills, ensuring a balanced focus on both clinical and non-clinical skill sets. With access to a comprehensive manual, participants will be able to incorporate the assessment of soft skills into traditional supervision models. Attendees will take away practical strategies aimed at enriching supervision to reflect a holistic approach which prioritizes both technical and soft-skills, fostering growth and adaptability within the field of Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA).
 
 
Symposium #77
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Large-Scale Analyses on the Assessment and Treatment of Challenging Behavior in Persons With Neurodevelopmental Disorders
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 0; Bruxelas
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lisa M. Toole (Eden Autism Services)
Discussant: David M. Richman (Texas Tech University)
CE Instructor: Iser Guillermo DeLeon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Functional analyses (FAs) have transformed the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior, yet important questions about their application and broader implications remain. This symposium presents findings from large-scale analyses to address advancements, safety considerations, and gaps in research and practice. The first presentation reports on data from 116 FAs, revealing large-scale patterns of responding indicative of acquisition across conditions. These findings offer critical insights for refining FA procedures and minimizing unintended behavioral outcomes. The second presentation examines trends in safety measures through an extensive review of FAs for self-injurious behavior (SIB), showing a significant increase in reported protective safeguards to enhance safety during assessments. The third presentation highlights the challenges faced by autistic adults, calling for greater research efforts and tailored interventions based on a systematic analysis of behavioral challenges and unmet needs. The final presentation extends Pelios et al. (1999) by analyzing decades of data on reinforcement- and punishment-based treatments for SIB and aggression, uncovering trends in treatment publication and identifying differential associations between topographies, functions, and interventions. These large-scale studies collectively advance our understanding of behavioral assessment and intervention, promoting safer, evidence-based practices across diverse populations.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, functional assessment, large-scale analyses
Target Audience:

Understanding of fundamental procedures for determining behavioral function of challenging behavior.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe how reporting of protective procedures in functional analysis studies has evolved since Weeden et al. (2010), including the types and frequency of safeguards implemented in research involving self-injurious behavior.
2. Identify patterns of responding associated with acquisition in functional analyses and discuss the clinical implications of iatrogenic effects
3. Summarize trends in the use of reinforcement- and punishment-based treatments for self-injurious behavior and aggression from 1998 to 2022, as well as their associations with specific topographies, behavioral functions, and assessment types
 

Examining Patterns Suggestive of Acquisition During Functional Analyses: A Consecutive Controlled Series of 116 Cases

NATHALIE FERNANDEZ (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Courtney C Hanlin (Hawaii Behavioral Health), Ryan Benson (Butterfly Effects), John Falligant (Auburn University), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
Abstract:

The functional analysis procedures described by Iwata et al. (1982/1994) have been widely used to determine the variables maintaining problem behavior, and the information gathered from these assessments has proven useful in guiding function-based treatments. However, a frequently mentioned concern with the use of functional analysis is that repeated exposure to the contingencies during test conditions, particularly in the tangible condition, may generate false-positive results or induce a novel function (i.e., an iatrogenic effect). We conducted a consecutive controlled case series of 116 functional analysis applications, within the same treatment facility, that included socially mediated conditions and examined patterns of responding associated with acquisition. The results suggested that patterns of responding consistent with acquisition were identified in the tangible, attention, and, to a lesser extent, the escape condition. Additionally, an outcome consistent to automatically reinforced behavior was not strongly associated with iatrogenic effects. Clinical implications for functional analysis practices will be discussed.

 
Protective Procedures in Functional Analysis of Self-Injurious Behavior: An Updated Scoping Review
MICHELLE A. FRANK-CRAWFORD (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nathalie Fernandez (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Savannah Tate (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Erik Bustamante (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Despite the efficacy of functional analyses in identifying the function of challenging behavior, clinicians report not always using them, partly due to safety concerns. Understanding how researchers employ safeguards to mitigate risks, particularly with dangerous topographies like self-injurious behavior (SIB), is important to guide research and practice. However, results of a scoping review of functional analyses of SIB conducted by Weeden et al. (2010) revealed that only 19.83% of publications included protections. We extended the work of Weeden et al. to determine whether reporting has improved. We observed increases in all but two types of protections reviewed by Weeden et al. Additionally, we included new protections not reported by Weeden et al. In total, 69.52% of the studies included at least one protective procedure and 44.39% specified the protections were used for safety. It appears that reporting has increased since Weeden et al. called for improved descriptions of participant protections.
 
From Adolescence to Adulthood: The Need for Focused Research on Problem Behaviors in Autistic Individuals
SUNGWOO KAHNG (Rutgers University), Julia Iannaccone (Rutgers, the State University of New Jersey), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University)
Abstract: As autistic individuals transition from adolescence to adulthood, managing problem behaviors presents unique challenges that are under-researched and inadequately addressed. This presentation will highlight the critical need for focused research on treating problem behaviors exhibited by adult autistic individuals. While significant strides have been made in understanding and supporting autistic children, a substantial gap remains in knowledge and resources for autistic adults. This gap can lead to unmet needs, reduced quality of life, and increased caregiver burden. For example, problem behavior can often be decreased through provision of leisure programming in residential habilitative services, and our recent research suggests that providing adults with choice-making opportunities enhances engagement relative to caregiver-directed programming. By highlighting current research deficiencies, exploring the complexities of adult autism, and advocating for comprehensive, evidence-based interventions, this presentation aims to foster a greater emphasis on research supporting autistic adults. It will delve into the specific behavioral challenges faced by adults on the spectrum, the impact of these behaviors on their daily lives, and the importance of tailored therapeutic approaches. Ultimately, the goal is to develop and implement effective strategies that enhance the well-being of autistic adults, ensuring they receive the support and resources necessary for a fulfilling life.
 

The Influence of Functional Analysis Methodology on Publication of Treatments for Self-Injury and Aggression in Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (IDD): An Extension of Pelios et al. (1999)

ISER GUILLERMO DELEON (University of Florida), Kissel Joseph Goldman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Garret Hack (University of Florida), Maxime Korner (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Pelios et al. (1999) examined the impact of functional-analysis methodology, specifically the publication of Iwata et al., (1982/1994), on the publication of reinforcement- and punishment-based treatment for self-injurious behavior (SIB) and aggression in individuals with intellectual or developmental disabilities. We extended the analysis conducted by Pelios et al. to include the years between 1998 and 2022 and analyzed individual participants in terms of demographics, topographies displayed, and assessment and treatment types used. We found that publication of reinforcement-based treatments for SIB and aggression has decreased from a peak in 1997 but remained elevated since Pelios et al. completed their review. The number of publications including punishment-based treatments has decreased more recently but remained low, averaging between one and two articles published yearly since 1968. Regarding individual datasets, we found that specific topographies of behavior were differentially associated with particular behavioral functions. Similarly, we also observed that treatment type was differentially associated with particular topographies, assessment types, and functions. We discuss these outcomes in terms of variables affecting publication, research on punishment-based treatments, and potential areas for further research.

 
 
Symposium #78
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Advancing Staff Training in Autism Services: Building Compassion, Safety, and Procedural Integrity
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Roma I
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Elizabeth J. Preas (Austin College)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth J. Preas, Ph.D.
Abstract: Effective training of staff working with individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is critical to ensure safe, compassionate, and evidence-based practices. This symposium highlights three studies evaluating innovative training methods designed to address key skills for professionals in ASD services. The first study examined the use of a video-modeling package with voice-over instructions (VMVO) and feedback to teach compassionate supervision skills to six early intervention providers. The results demonstrated the acquisition and maintenance of supervisors providing compassionate supervision to behavior therapists when addressing clinical issues. The second study explored an enhanced behavioral skills training (BST) package to teach six staff members safety intervention skills for managing dangerous challenging behavior. Findings revealed significant improvements in safety skills, which maintained and generalized up to 25 weeks post-training. Finally, the third study evaluated a computer-based training (CBT) module for teaching newly hired staff to conduct preference assessments. While most participants improved after completing the CBT module, mastery often required supplemental in-person feedback and rehearsal, underscoring the importance of hybrid training approaches. Together, these studies highlight the potential of adaptable and scalable training methods to enhance therapeutic relationships, staff safety, and procedural integrity in ASD services, ultimately improving outcomes for both providers and clients.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Compassionate supervision, Procedural integrity, Safety skills, Staff training
Target Audience: This symposium is beneficial for individuals who participate in, deliver, or design staff training for professionals working with individuals with autism in various contexts (e.g., community-based clinics, education and school settings, home-based services, residential). Attendees should have an interest or experience in providing supervision and training to trainees, BCaBAs, RBTs, or direct care staff.
Learning Objectives: 1. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the component skills of compassionate supervision;
2. identify and differentiate the application of effective staff training approaches, such as video modeling, behavioral skills training, and computer-based training modules;
3. and (3) describe the strengths and limitations of different staff training methods to promote compassionate care, staff and client safety, and implementation of behavioral assessments.
 
Teaching Compassionate Supervision Skills to Build Therapeutic Relationships in Autism Services
ELIZABETH J. PREAS (Austin College), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Mary Halbur (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Beverly Nichols (Purdue University), Marisol Loza Hernandez (University of Nebraska Medical Center: Munroe-Meyer Institute), Guangyi Lin (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Erin McCormack (Austin College)
Abstract: Access to mental and behavioral health services remains limited, with a growing demand for highly trained autism service providers (Malik-Soni et al., 2021). Although the number of certified behavioral providers is increasing (Deochand et al., 2024), deficiencies persist in the training and practice of compassionate care skills (Taylor et al., 2019), particularly in providing compassionate supervision to behavioral therapists in clinical settings. This study examined the effectiveness and efficiency of a training package incorporating video modeling with voice-over instructions (VMVO) and feedback to teach compassionate supervision skills to six providers at an early intervention autism clinic. Prior to the study, eight behavior analysts were surveyed to identify common challenges in early intervention settings, and a thematic analysis informed the creation of clinical scenarios used in the study. Next, participants’ use of 13 component skills of compassionate supervision was evaluated during role-play sessions with a confederate therapist. The results showed participants rapidly acquired compassionate supervision skills following VMVO training and brief feedback, and the social validity data indicated high participant satisfaction with the training. This study demonstrates the application of VMVO to enhance supervision practices and the need for further research to address training gaps in compassionate supervision within clinical settings.
 
Evaluation of a Behavior Skills Training Package to Enhance Staff Safety When Managing Challenging Behavior
GEMMA HELEN SWEETMAN (University of Ulster, NECC-MRC), Stephen Gallagher (Ulster University), Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University), Shannon Ward (Mohammed bin Rashid Center for Special Education operated by The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder often engage in dangerous problem behavior, which can sometimes pose safety risks for staff members (Oliver et al., 2012; Newcomb & Hagopian, 2018). In these cases, staff may need to use evasion and physical intervention skills. Behavior skills training (BST) has been used to teach caregivers safety intervention skills for managing dangerous problem behavior safely (Metoyer et al., 2020; Ryan & Peterson, 2012). This study implemented an enhanced BST package, following a large-group training format as part of new staff on-boarding, to teach six staff members three safety intervention skills. Each safety skill was broken down into observable and measurable behaviour and compiled into a scoring sheet. Enhanced BST sessions consisted of 1:1 instruction, modeling, role play, and feedback (Lerman et al., 2015). Participants were required to perform each safety skill a minimum of three times with 100% accuracy. Results showed low baseline scores across all skills with an immediate increase post-training. Skills were maintained and generalized to the classroom setting 5-25 weeks post-training. Mean interobserver agreement was 80% across participants and skills (range, 79%-100%). Results support the future implementation of an enhanced BST package for training new staff safety skills.
 
Efficacy of a Computer-Based Training to Teach Newly Hired Staff to Conduct Stimulus Preference Assessments
BELEN INARAJA LOPEZ (Mohammed Bin Rashid Center for Special Education operated by the New England Center for Children), Aida Rodriguez (Mohammed Bin Rashid Center for Special Education operated by the New England Center for Children), Shannon Ward (Mohammed bin Rashid Center for Special Education operated by The New England Center for Children), Melina Jelic' (Mohammed Bin Rashid Center for Special Education operated by the New England Center for Children), Hebah Al Boun (Mohammed bin Rashid Center-Operated by the New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Conducting preference assessments is a common skill that new therapists working in applied behavior analytic settings are trained on. Behavioral skills training, including in-person feedback and rehearsal components, has proven effective in teaching preference assessment implementation (Roscoe & Fisher, 2008). However, given time and resource constraints common in clinical settings, identifying asynchronous training modalities (i.e., those that do not require in-person delivery) could alleviate these challenges (Deliperi et al., 2015). Self-instruction (Graff & Karsten, 2012; Shapiro et al., 2016) and video modeling (Deliperi et al., 2015; Weldy et al., 2014) packages have been successfully used to teach staff to implement preference assessments. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the efficacy of a computer-based training (CBT) to teach new staff to conduct a paired-stimulus and multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessment. A non-concurrent multiple baseline design was used across four bilingual participants working at a school for autistic children. While most participants showed improvement after completing the CBT, all required in-person feedback and rehearsal to reach mastery. One participant required in-person delivery of the training. These findings highlight the need for continued exploration of antecedent-only training strategies that yield efficacious results while increasing efficiency.
 
 
Panel #79
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Successes and Challenges in Providing Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)-Based Services in the Australian Context
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Roma II
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Bradley Scott Bloomfield, Ph.D.
Chair: Bradley Scott Bloomfield (Monash University)
TRACEY LAWSON (Monash University)
SHANNON EELES (Autism Partnership)
RUSSELL FOX (Monash University)
Abstract:

The field of behaviour analysis has become increasingly accessible in Australia, particularly in providing support to individuals with disabilities. This growth has been significantly influenced by the National Disability Insurance Scheme (NDIS), which has expanded access to behavior intervention and behavior support services across the country (Cowden & McCullagh, 2021). However, the rapid expansion of these services has exposed gaps in the service-delivery models within the Australian context. To address these gaps, the Association for Behaviour Analysis Australia has enacted country-specific self-regulation aligning with Australian laws, values, and practices (ABA Australia; Haberlin et al., 2023). While there is growing evidence in the Australian context (e.g., McKinnon et al., 2024), there are still gaps in knowledge across different domains of practice. In this panel presentation, three practitioners from diverse domains of behavior analysis in Australia (i.e., behavior support, schools, and early intervention) will discuss the growth of the field of ABA, challenges with advocacy in our field, and adaptations to meet the needs of Australian participants. A discussion of ethical considerations, in diverse contexts will also be provided.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behaviour analysts in international settings

Learning Objectives: 1. To describe regulatory requirements in Australia for ABA
2. To analyze adaptions to assessment and intervention practices within the Australian context.
3. To synthesize ethical, legal, and practical considerations in providing high-quality services within diverse domains of behavior analysis.
Keyword(s): Australia, behavior support, early intervention, Education
 
 
Panel #81
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Supervision
Empowering the Future: Cultivating the Next Generation of Behavior Analysts
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Milao I/II
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Mary Ellen McDonald, Ph.D.
Chair: Peter F. Gerhardt (The EPIC Programs)
MARY ELLEN MCDONALD (Hofstra University)
JOANNE SGAMBATI (Eden II/Genesis Programs NYSABA)
HELEN BLOOMER (Branches School of the Berkshires)
Abstract:

The field of behavior analysis is poised for significant growth and innovation, driven by the demand for skilled practitioners to address diverse societal needs. As the field of behavior analysis continues to evolve, the cultivation of the next generation of behavior analysts becomes an important area of focus. This panel presentation will explore the strategies and initiatives essential for developing the next generation of behavior analysts in a global world. The panelists will highlight the integration of collaboration, technology, mentoring, professional development, service to the field and ethical practice to prepare behavior analysts to become the leaders in our field. Research and evidence-based practices must be at the core of training programs, with an emphasis on staying up to date with literature, scientific advancements, and new methodologies. Through these efforts, the panelists aim to inspire educators and practitioners to collaborate in shaping a vibrant and resilient community of behavior analysts ready to lead the field into the future.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Those attending will either have experience as a supervisor, BCBA Supervisors and Managers, Clinical Directors, Program Coordinators, Those who oversee the work of newly certified practitioners or supervise trainees. These individuals will benefit from strategies to elevate their supervisory practices beyond clinical skill-building, focusing on leadership and ethical clinical decision-making. Experienced BCBAs Interested in Mentorship: Seasoned practitioners looking to contribute to the next generation of ABA professionals will benefit from learning effective mentorship techniques that emphasize professional growth.

Learning Objectives: 1. Learners will be able to identify a minimum of 2 specific uses of technology to improve outcomes
2. Learners will be able to describe a professional improvement planning system to be used with behavior analysts
3. Learners will be able to promote the importance of going to the research literature when problem-solving
Keyword(s): leadership, mentoring, training
 
 
Symposium #82
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Ethics
Ethics in International Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 13; Lisboa
Area: PCH/CSS; Domain: Theory
Chair: Antonella Cavallaro (...)
Discussant: Stephanie Teixeira (BCBA, IBA, OPP)
CE Instructor: Michael M. Mueller, Ph.D.
Abstract: Ethical decision-making is rarely black and white, as ethical behavior often depends on context. Deontological ethics, which classify behaviors as inherently “right” or “wrong,” offer inflexible guidelines that disregard intent or situational factors. Some ethical codes guiding behavior analysts adopt this rigid approach. In contrast, utilitarian ethics assess the ethicality of actions based on their intent or outcomes, allowing greater flexibility. This perspective considers essential factors such as context, culture, and situational variables, making it a practical framework for ethical decision-making. This symposium will explore how these distinct ethical frameworks impact decision-making in applied behavior analysis. Through real-world examples, we will demonstrate why a utilitarian approach is often more suitable for the global Applied Behavior Analysis community. Emphasizing the importance of cultural and contextual sensitivity, we will advocate for ethical practices that go beyond rigid rules, ensuring decisions align with both professional standards and the unique needs of diverse populations.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ethics, international aba
Target Audience: This presentation is ideal for Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) and BCBA supervisees who seek to enhance their ethical decision-making skills by understanding the impact of cultural and situational factors.
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will compare different philosophical theories of Ethics.
2. Attendees will learn why context is important in ethical decision making.
3. Attendees will learn why cultural considerations should play a role in the ethics of ABA.
 
Ethics in International Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA): Multiple Relationships
MICHAEL M. MUELLER (IBAO)
Abstract: Multiple relationships in applied behavior analysis (ABA) are often labeled as potentially exploitative and harmful, with ethical guidelines recommending they be avoided. However, the complexities of service delivery bring up important questions: Are multiple relationships inherent in ABA practice? Is it feasible to avoid them entirely? This presentation examines these issues through real-world examples, including behavior analysts supervising parents, maintaining familial or friendly ties with client families, and engaging in acts like gift-giving. The presentation will delve into whether such relationships always lead to harm or exploitation or if they can be managed ethically. These topics will be analyzed using the ABA ethical codes and guidelines, emphasizing how cultural contexts influence the perception and ethical considerations of these relationships. This presentation aims to provide attendees with practical tools and insights to navigate these situations ethically, balancing universal ethical standards with cultural sensitivity and the realities of ABA service delivery. Attendees will leave equipped to handle the ethical challenges of multiple relationships while maintaining professionalism and ensuring the best outcomes for their clients.
 
Cultural Influences on Ethical Decision-Making in Behavior Analysis
CHAD WILLIAM HONEYCUTT (EBCS)
Abstract: The impact of macro and micro cultures on ethical considerations in behavior analysis is profound and multifaceted. Macro cultures, encompassing societal norms, values, and laws, provide the overarching framework within which ethical guidelines in behavior analysis are developed and interpreted. These broad cultural factors shape foundational principles such as autonomy, beneficence, and justice, which guide ethical practice. Conversely, micro cultures—including organizational cultures, professional communities, and the immediate social contexts of clients and practitioners—affect the practical application of these principles. Cultural variability can lead to differing interpretations of ethical behavior and effective practice, especially regarding sensitive issues such as consent, cultural competence, and individual rights. This dynamic interplay requires behavior analysts to remain vigilant and adaptable, ensuring their practices align with universal ethical standards while respecting the unique cultural contexts of their clients. Fostering cultural humility and ongoing dialogue within the field is essential to navigating these complexities and promoting equitable, effective interventions. Ultimately, the goal is to increase access to reliable, professional behavior analytic services. This symposium will explore challenges and solutions arising from these cultural factors, offering actionable insights for the applied dimension of behavior analysis.
 
 
Symposium #83
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
A Generative Learning Assessment and Intervention Program Based on Skinner’s Verbal Behavior (1957)
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level -1; Londres
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Alice Shillingsburg (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC)
CE Instructor: Caio F. Miguel, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The language skills of a typically developing toddler accelerate rapidly between 18and 36 months of age. At the root of this language burst is an effect Wittrock(1974) termed generative learning. Wittrock suggested that toddlers are active learners who generate linguistic meaning and understanding by integrating new information with their existing cognitive frameworks. A behavioral interpretation (Skinner, 1957) of this important linguistic effect suggests that the contingencies of reinforcement establish generative linguistic meaning and understanding for a toddler. However, some children with autism or other intellectual disabilities have trouble acquiring new language skills through generative learning. For these children, an assessment of the various types of generative learning may reveal that a child is missing a prerequisite or component repertoire of a generative learning skill or that there is some other cause of the problem. The first presentation in this symposium will describe the development of a generative learning assessment tool based on Skinner’s (1957) analysis of verbal behavior. The next two presentations will focus on applying the assessment results to developing intervention programs that can help establish generative learning repertoires for those who fail to acquire them.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): generative cusps, generative learning, language assessment/intervention, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

Practitioners

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe some of the cusp skills that would lead to generative learning
2. Describe the process of field testing an assessment and developing a curriculum
3. Learn to program lessons to teach generative skills
 

Developing the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP) Generative Language Assessment: A Behavior-Analytic Approach to Language Generativity

CAIO F. MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento), Mark L. Sundberg (Sundberg and Associates), Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri-St. Louis)
Abstract:

Assessing the repertoire essential for language generativity requires a precise examination of specific skills and their behavioral components. Each skill should be conceptualized from a behavior-analytic perspective and assessed based on the foundational behaviors that comprise a broader domain. This process involves a thorough review of both conceptual and empirical literature, alongside the establishment of clear criteria for analyzing each domain. Another key aspect is ensuring the feasibility and practicality of the assessment, which demands clear operational definitions of observable behaviors and a detailed technical description of the assessment procedures. The development of the VB-MAPP Generative Language Assessment (GLA) entails a comprehensive and meticulous analysis of each generative domain. This includes the creation of guidelines for direct assessment of the component skills within each domain, a detailed description of assessment procedures and scoring criteria, and the collection of feasibility and predictive validity data. In this presentation, we will provide examples of the outcomes of this process as applied to different GLA domains, such as joint attention and bidirectional naming. We will present specific information on the key aspects of the assessment for each domain.

 
Enhancing Social Interest as a Foundation to Generative Learning
SARAH FRAMPTON (University of Nebraska Omaha), Alice Shillingsburg (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC), Danielle LaFrance (Verbale and ABA Technologies)
Abstract: Participating with others in activities across a variety of contexts creates new opportunities for learning and ways of accessing reinforcement. Whether in adult-led instruction, group games, or free-play contexts- cooperation enhances the potential of interacting with others successfully and, therefore, enhances opportunities to learn new things. As such, cooperating with instruction can be viewed as an important cusp skill and starting point for intervention. One way to improve cooperation with instruction involves increasing social interest in others.As social interactions become more reinforcing or enjoyable, children may be more willing to work with or cooperate with others. Further, as instructors are frequently paired with reinforcement, instructor behavior takes on discriminative functions,which accelerates learning. The current presentation examines the principle that social interest, or motivation to engage with others, is foundational for establishing instructional control as an outcome. Procedures to develop a social approach and its subsequent effect on cooperative behaviors will be described. Implications for effective curricular design to establish generative learning across contexts will be discussed
 
Intervention Tactics to Promote Generative Learning in Practice
DANIELLE LAFRANCE (Verbale and ABA Technologies), Sarah Frampton (University of Nebraska Omaha), Alice Shillingsburg (Munroe-Meyer Institute, UNMC)
Abstract: Effectively teaching generative learning cusps requires a combination of appropriate contexts for instruction, evidence-based tactics, and meaningful content. However, balancing these priorities and bringing them into the realities of practice may be overwhelming. Thematic instruction is an integration of applied verbal behavior and equivalence-based instruction that can creatively, flexibly, and readily be applied by practitioners. Thematic instruction provides ongoing opportunities for assessing a variety of generative learning cusps while teaching educationally and clinically relevant content. We will describe the steps for developing a thematic curriculum and deploying it across contexts using multiple exemplar training. For some learners, more intensive instructional approaches maybe required, such as multiple exemplar instruction. Multiple exemplar instruction may be applied to establish a variety of generative learning cusps by integrating speaker and listener behaviors. We will detail this procedure and its application to produce critical learning outcomes. Recommendations for supporting implementers delivering these approaches in ongoing service delivery and educational contexts will be provided.
 
 
Panel #85
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/IBAO — 
Ethics
Profound Autism: Considerations for Supporting Challenging Behaviors Across Settings
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
4:30 PM–5:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Milao I/II
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Dana Zavatkay, Ph.D.
Chair: Dana Zavatkay (Parallel International Consultants)
JOANNA LOMAS MEVERS (Marcus Autism Center)
TRACY L. KETTERING (Bancroft)
AMANDA ZANGRILLO (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Challenging behaviors exist along a continuum and may be conceptualized as externalizing behaviors producing significant impact on the individual, others, or the environment that can impact participation in home, school, and/or community activities. Referrals related to assessment and intervention for individuals with profound autism are common for behavior analysts; however, applying principles of behavior to these referral concerns can be complex. This panel, comprised of board members from the Applied Behavior Analysis International Challenging Behavior Special Interest Group, will discuss evidence-based practices related to assessment and intervention of challenging behavior for persons with profound autism spectrum disorder. Panelists will be prepared to discuss other considerations impacting care for this complex population including (a) staff, client, and stakeholder safety, (b) assent, consent, and compassionate care, (c) quantification of meaningful outcomes, and (d) increasing success in generalization settings. Last, the panel will discuss future considerations across the life span. Panelists will leverage lived work experience providing services for children and adults in partial hospitalization, clinic, school, and residential settings.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts Psychologists

Learning Objectives: 1. Will be able to identify ethical considerations when providing compassionate care to clients with challenging behavior.
2. Participants will be able to identify variables to consider selecting outcome measures.
3. Those in attendance will be able to describe how the care setting influences assessment and treatment of challenging behavior.
4. Those in attendance will be able to identify safety considerations for patients, staff and stakeholders during assessment and treatment of severe challenging behavior (aggression, self-injury, destructive behavior, elopement and/or pica).
Keyword(s): assessment/treatment, challenging behavior, profound autism, safety
 
 
Symposium #86
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Attempts to Determine Effective Alternatives to Escape Extinction: Novel Approaches to Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
4:30 PM–5:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level -1; Europa
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jocelyn Destiny Castro (University of Maryland Baltimore County)
CE Instructor: Brian Greer, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Resistance to change can be defined as emotional responses triggered by changes in routines, changes in the environment, or exposure to novel stimuli (Joseph et al., 2013; Richler et al., 2010). Change-resistant feeding behavior is a common symptom of pediatric feeding disorders, and practitioners consider this in the development of effective treatments. Escape extinction is a frequently used intervention for pediatric feeding disorders. However, this may not be efficacious for all children. Functional analyses of mealtime behavior can help develop interventions that reinforce appropriate behaviors, such as bite acceptance, rather than inappropriate behaviors. Preference and reinforcer assessments incorporate choice to inform reinforcement-based procedures. In the first study, researchers evaluated the efficacy of function-based interventions designed to increase bite acceptance while minimizing emotional distress. In the second study, a choice-based, low-intensity intervention was examined as an alternative approach to enhance food consumption. In the third study, preference and reinforcer assessments were conducted to inform treatment packages to increase self-feeding. Together, these studies highlight the importance of functional assessments and choice-based strategies in addressing feeding disorders and considering positive behavioral change.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Choice, Escape extinction, Feeding disorder, Functional analysis
Target Audience:

Individuals attending this symposium should have interest and prior knowledge in feeding disorders, choice-based interventions, functional analyses of mealtime behavior, and reinforcement-based interventions. The target audience are practitioners who are interested in learning about alternative interventions to escape extinction for individuals feeding difficulties or varying intensity. Additionally, researchers who are interested in the direction of this line of research will be a target audient

Learning Objectives: 1. Understand the utility of choice-based interventions
2. Be familiar with functional analyses of mealtime behavior
3. Comprehend the comparison between positive and negative reinforcement-based interventions
 
A Functional Analysis and Assessment Model to Reduce the Side Effects of Escape Extinction in a Feeding Context
ANN JEANETTE SANTOS (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Escape extinction is a commonly studied treatment component implemented to treat pediatric feeding disorder. Although escape extinction is well-supported by the literature, it may not be efficacious or clinically recommended for all children with feeding disorders. Thus, thorough evaluation of alternative interventions is warranted. Functional analyses of inappropriate mealtime behavior often inform escape extinction-based treatments. Alternatively, interventions informed by functional analyses of bite acceptance and deposit could encourage treatment based on reinforcers for appropriate behavior instead of inappropriate behavior. We identified reinforcers for bite acceptance and deposit using a functional analysis to identify a starting point for treatment (Study 1). Results of Study 1 produced idiosyncratic results, and a function-based treatment was evaluated (Study 2) to increase bite acceptance without initial escape extinction. This approach was effective for one out of three participants. Implications of conducting functional analyses of appropriate behavior as a part of an assessment model in a feeding context are discussed.
 

Comparison of Positive and Negative Reinforcement to Increase Self-Feeding for Children With Feeding Disorders

JOCELYN DESTINY CASTRO (University of Maryland Baltimore County)
Abstract:

Previous research on the treatment of self-feeding has not evaluated reinforcement before their manipulations to response effort (Kerwin et al. 1995) and bite sequences (Rivas et al., 2014). Lalli et al. (1999) compared reinforcement in a non-feeding context and found positive reinforcement without the use of escape extinction to be effective. This study aimed to extend current research on self-feeding by evaluating the effects of presenting tangible items versus removing self-feeder bite presentations contingent on self-feeding. This study involved three children attending an intensive day-treatment pediatric feeding disorders program. The design included an alternating treatments and nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants. During the condition consisting of contingent presentation of tangible items, self-feeding resulted in access to a preferred tangible item or reinforcer. During the condition consisting of contingent removal of self-feeding, self-feeding a programmed number of bites resulted in the remaining bites to be presented in a non-self-feeder format. All participants demonstrated variable levels of self-feeding in both conditions. These findings suggest providing a tangible or presenting the remaining bites in a non-self-feeder format contingent on self-feeding to be ineffective to increase self-feeding.

 

Low-Intensity Intervention for Feeding Difficulties

Timothy Morris (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute, Severe Behavior Department), Kathryn M. Peterson (Emory University and Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Halle Norris (New Jersey Autism Center of Excellence), BRIAN GREER (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School)
Abstract:

Resistance to change can be defined as emotional responses caused by changes in routines, changes in the environment, or exposure to novel stimuli (Joseph et al., 2013; Richler et al., 2010). The purpose of this experiment was to replicate and extend the findings of Crowley et. al (2020). This choice-based intervention was adapted to a lower level of intensity of procedures with the goal of increasing the consumption of a variety of foods for individuals displaying feeding difficulties. An intervention evaluation was conducted across the following conditions: structured baseline, free choice, asymmetrical choice, single choice. A multiple baseline design across target foods with an embedded reversal design was used to display experimental control. Results indicated that the structured baseline condition was effective in increasing consumption for 4 of the 6 target foods. The single choice condition was effective at increasing consumption for the two remaining foods. Limitations and implications for future research are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #88
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/IBAO
Harnessing Technology for Enhanced Decision-Making, Measurement, and Training in Behavioral Interventions
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
4:30 PM–5:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 13; Lisboa
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Amin Duff Lotfizadeh (Easterseals Southern California/CSUN)
CE Instructor: Amin Duff Lotfizadeh, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium explores how technological advancements in data analytics, AI, and robotics address critical challenges in behavioral interventions. By enhancing decision-making, measurement precision, and clinical training, these innovations improve outcomes for clients and clinicians alike. The first presentation highlights how data visualization and analytics tools empower applied behavior analysis (ABA) practitioners by delivering real-time insights into learner progress and staff performance. These tools enhance decision-making by identifying treatment targets requiring attention, optimizing teaching opportunities, and supporting proactive program modifications, ultimately driving better adherence and outcomes. The second presentation examines the potential of AI-driven tools and environmental monitoring technologies to revolutionize sleep measurement. By capturing comprehensive physiological and environmental data, these tools inform individualized behavioral interventions, reduce reliance on medications, and improve adherence to non-invasive treatments, particularly for neurodivergent populations. The third presentation showcases the use of humanoid robots as innovative tools for training and assessing behavior technicians. Robots demonstrated effectiveness in teaching differential reinforcement procedures and evaluating treatment integrity, offering scalable solutions for improving clinical skills and ensuring fidelity. Together, these studies illustrate how technology can transform behavior analysis by enhancing decision-making, improving measurement, and advancing training practices, paving the way for more effective and scalable interventions.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): clinical data, robot, sleep, technology
Target Audience:

Leadership and supervisory level staff

Learning Objectives: 1. Explain how clinical data visualization and real-time analytics tools enhance decision-making in applied behavior analysis (ABA), improving treatment target identification, learner progress, and staff performance.
2. Discuss the potential of AI-driven measurement tools and environmental monitoring technologies to address challenges in sleep interventions, including reducing reliance on self-reports and enhancing adherence to behavioral treatments for complex sleep conditions.
3. Describe the use of humanoid robots as innovative tools for training and evaluating behavior technicians, including their role in improving treatment fidelity and demonstrating the efficacy of differential reinforcement procedures.
 

Data in Action: Turning Insights into Impact for Better Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Outcomes

EMALEY MCCULLOCH (Motivity Systems), Rex Jacobovits (Motivity)
Abstract:

Behavior Technicians and Behavior Analysts face significant challenges in managing and evaluating clinical data to optimize treatment outcomes. This study aims to assess how clinical data visualization and analytics tools can enhance responsiveness and efficiency by enabling real-time insights, identifying areas needing immediate attention, and supporting data-driven decision-making to improve treatment effectiveness and learner progress. Using a Comparative Interrupted Time Series (CITS) design and implementation research, we evaluate these tools’ effectiveness in identifying treatment targets and goals requiring additional attention, improving dosage adherence, and increasing learning opportunities across sessions. The study emphasizes real-time insights into trials-to-criterion, the number of teaching opportunities per session, and the facilitation of proactive program modifications. Staff metrics dashboards will also be explored to support better outcomes for learners. Furthermore, we will assess the tools’ feasibility, adoption, fidelity, and acceptability to demonstrate their ability to optimize clinical decision-making and establish a new standard for ABA therapy.

 

Advancing Sleep Measurement With Artificial Intelligence (AI)-Driven Tools to Enhance Behavioral Interventions

CONNER HERMAN (Percy Sleep)
Abstract:

Accurate and valid measurement of environmental variables influencing sleep is essential for improving sleep treatment. Current sleep data collection methods, such as self-reports and actigraphy, often neglect critical environmental factors like light, sound, and activity levels. This gap is particularly impactful for children with neurodivergent conditions or chronic pain, where poor sleep exacerbates problem behaviors, impairs cognitive function, and worsens health outcomes. Despite the efficacy of behavioral therapies in addressing sleep disturbances, pharmaceutical interventions remain the primary approach due to inadequate measurement tools. In this study I examined the integration of emerging technologies, such as AI-driven tools and sensor fusion, to capture comprehensive sleep and environmental data. I will share results from a product and literature review identify existing measurement tools and explore how enhanced data collection can inform individualized behavioral interventions. Preliminary findings suggest that leveraging AI and environmental monitoring technologies can improve adherence to non-invasive treatments, reduce reliance on medications, and transform sleep health outcomes.

 

Robotrainer: Using Robots to Train and Assess Behavior Technicians Clinical Skills

ELLIE KAZEMI (Behavior Science Technology (BST) & CSUN)
Abstract:

Ongoing staff training and performance evaluation are necessary for any behavior intervention plan to succeed. With advances in technology, behavior analysts are equipped with additional tools that can be used to change and evaluate behavior. In the first of two studies, a humanoid robot was used to train behavior technicians to implement differential reinforcement procedures. Using a multiple baseline across participants design, we demonstrated that the robots successfully implemented differential reinforcement to train the participants. In the second study, robots served as confederates to evaluate treatment integrity across two types of behavior intervention plans. A randomly selected group of participants implemented a behavior intervention plan depicted in narrative format on a confederate robot. A second group of participants was randomly assigned to implement the same behavior intervention plan depicted in a flowchart format. The results indicated that behavior technicians implemented the procedures with 20% greater accuracy with the flowchart. These findings indicate that robots can serve as effective confederates to teach and evaluate behavior technician’s clinical skills. However, current hardware limitations prevent fully autonomous functionality and future research is needed to evaluate autonomous functionality.

 
 
Symposium #89
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Breaking Barriers: Reflections, Ethical Considerations, and Stories of Empowerment From Womxn Entrepreneurs in Behavior Analysis
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
4:30 PM–5:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 13; Paris I
Area: CSS/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jennifer Baker (LittleStar ABA Therapy )
CE Instructor: Lauryn Toby, Ph.D.
Abstract:

On average, womxn (i.e., cisgender women, transwomen, and nonbinary individuals assigned female at birth) are significantly underrepresented in leadership roles compared to men (Bertrand, 2018). This is true for those who are self-employed or working for a company. The challenges womxn face in starting independent projects, businesses, or service lines are varied, but differ compared to those faced by men (Keller et al., 2023). This symposium seeks to highlight the experiences of womxn in behavior analysis in leadership and entrepreneurship roles. It will focus on ethical and intentional decision-making when creating a new business or project, with the aim of guiding participants in meeting their professional goals while still adhering to ethical standards. Through three interconnected presentations, participants will learn to transform their ideas into reality, starting with an initial concept, engaging in thorough research and networking, and culminating in a successful launch. Barriers to success and practical solutions will also be discussed. The presentations will reference the BACB ethics code, with a focus on Responsibility in Practice and Responsibility as a Professional. Key takeaways for attendees include the importance of engaging with stakeholders, reflecting on personal values, and committing to lifelong learning. As Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) continues to evolve, this symposium offers crucial insights for professionals seeking to navigate these changes ethically and effectively.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Entrepreneurship, Imposter syndrome, Womxn leaders
Target Audience:

N/A

Learning Objectives: 1. List 3 ethical considerations when starting your own business, project or company
2. Discuss 3 challenges you may encounter when starting a writing project
3. Outline at least 3 studies regarding the success of womxn in business
 

From Doubt to Draft: Conquering Imposter Syndrome on Your Author Journey

(Theory)
LAURYN TOBY (Indiana University Health), Erica Ranade (University of Louisville)
Abstract:

Womxn writers have a long history of facing obstacles to publication when compared to men, both in academia and mainstream contexts (Sidhu et al., 2009). Gender discrimination in publishing can lead to increases in self-doubt for womxn looking to publish their work or start a new written project. Specifically, research indicates that imposter syndrome presents at higher levels in womxn authors compared to other professions (Hengel, 20107). Imposter syndrome, or when individuals experience high levels of self-doubt despite their achievements, is also disproportionately experienced by high-achieving womxn, and can lead to delays completing desired projects (Ling, Zhang, & Tay, 2020). This presentation will discuss real-life strategies for success for those wishing to write and publish in behavioral health. Previous research in this area will be reviewed, and recommendations for combating imposter syndrome, as well as a discussion of common challenges and ethical considerations will be discussed through the context of the author’s own experiences with publishing.

 
From Idea to Impact: Starting Your Own Mission-Driven Organization
(Service Delivery)
STEFANIE MITCHELL (Run The Gamut, Inc)
Abstract: Founders of new organizations face a momentous task: building with intention. They must create an entity that embodies their mission and purpose, adheres to best practices, follows current research, and fosters a positive, supportive environment for all stakeholders. While a multitude of empirically based sources exists to guide decision-making, building an organization from the outset to incorporate all recommendations is a significant challenge. For example, Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) research has examined various aspects of improving workplace environments, including increasing efficiency, retaining staff, and identifying characteristics of effective leadership (Reid et al., 2021; Daniels, 2009). Additionally, research in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has explored best teaching practices and effective tools to increase the likelihood of meaningful outcomes (Bahry et al., 2022). This presentation will examine the decision-making process from the inception of an idea to the opening of a new organization, focusing on best practices, current research, and ethical considerations. Furthermore, it will address barriers to executing a mission as planned and strategies for overcoming adversity.
 
Creating a Community of Belonging
(Service Delivery)
JENNIFER D. SMITH (Cincinnati Children's Hospital Medical Center)
Abstract: Community inclusion is a right for people with developmental disabilities (DD) and their families. The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) serves as a guideline for physical accessibility in community spaces but is not enough to promote true inclusion. As behavior analysts and psychologists, we have a responsibility to provide guidance to our community partners so they are properly equipped. This presentation will discuss Cincinnati Children’s Hospital’s Starting Our Adventure Right (SOAR) program as a model to help community venues plan for accessibility, inclusion, and true belonging. SOAR has developed partnerships with several organizations in Cincinnati including an international airport, zoo, museums, theaters, parks, sports teams, and retail spaces. The goal of SOAR is for families to have opportunities to participate in successful outings based on what is right for them. Similarly, SOAR works to ensure that community members feel successful in supporting individuals with DD and their families during any visit to their venue, not just during specially designated events. Qualitative and quantitative feedback from SOAR has been positive. Attendees will hear steps guided by ethical and intentional decision-making to develop SOAR, how to apply steps in their own communities, and lessons learned regarding successes and challenges thus far.
 
 
Panel #93
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Supervision
Embedding Supervision Support Strategies Within Existing Organizational Structure
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
4:30 PM–5:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 12; Madrid
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Meghan Herron, M.S.
Chair: Paula Pompa-Craven (Easterseals Southern California)
JACQUELINE B. GANLEY (Easterseals Southern CA)
JENNIFER RUANE (Melmark)
MEGHAN HERRON (Easterseals Southern California)
Abstract: Providing high quality supervision to front-line associates is essential in applied behavior analysis (ABA) services. Infrequent and ineffective supervision not only negatively impacts client outcomes directly, but indirectly by contributing to associate turnover. Providing frequent supervision to frontline staff and training to supervisors to be more effective is time and labor intensive. This panel will briefly provide data and overviews of their recent studies that embedded interventions to improve supervision practices within existing organizational structures. One study used behavioral skills training (BST) via pyramidal approach in a three-tier supervision model to increase the amount of performance feedback provided to associates during session overlaps. The second study used a checklist and supervisor feedback system to improve submission of medication documentation. The third study provided in situ feedback via conditioned reinforcer to improve associate fidelity across four clinical skills. The panelists will provide insight into the importance of effective and efficient technologies as well as assessing the social validity of such approaches.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Prerequisite skills and competencies include understanding of commonly used behavioral interventions and strategies (behavioral skills training, feedback, and conditioned reinforcement).
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to describe how to embed a pyramidal training procedures and identify the positive outcomes of such a model.
2. Attendees will be able to describe how to modify consequence-based feedback delivery to align with the principle of reinforcement and how it impacts behavior interventionist fidelity of clinical skills.
3. Attendees will understand how performance management strategies can be embedded into current organizational systems to increase regulatory compliance related to the timely submission of medication administration documentation.
Keyword(s): Procedural Fidelity, Regulatory Compliance, Supervision
 
 
Symposium #94
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/IBAO
Measuring Quality of Life Through Behavioral Indicators: Validating Outcomes in Severe Developmental Disabilities
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
4:30 PM–6:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 0; Bruxelas
Area: DDA/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Daniele Rizzi (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus - Pescara)
Discussant: Troy A Fry (Essential For Living)
CE Instructor: Valentina Spagone, M.S.
Abstract:

The debate about quality of life (QoL) for people with developmental disabilities (DD) has evolved as key topic for the practical evolution of persons with DD and the construction of services and support policies. However, for people with moderate to severe DD, while it seems possible to obtain a relatively accurate indirect measure of meaningful dimensions of quality of life, it can be challenging to have a direct measure of their perception of quality. This symposium will try to align the scales related to Schalock and Verdugo's framework (2002) (Personal Outcome Scale) with observable behaviors of people with moderate to severe DD that lead to obtaining an effective, socially valid measure of changes in the quality of their lives. Behavioral analytic-based interventions that focus on teaching required repertoires within and across relevant contexts (Essential For Living, McGreevy, Fry 2012), as well as solving for challenging behavior (Skill Based Treatment Hanley et al 2012), have demonstrated a significant impact on improving the QoL for individuals with moderate to severe DD and their families. During this symposium, the presentations will discuss and begin to confirm the relationship between targeting required repertoires and challenging behavior and improvements in quality of life as measured by identified instruments.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Problem Behavior, QoL, SBT, Social Validity
Target Audience:

attendees should possess the following prerequisite skills and competencies: Foundational Knowledge of Behavior Analysis: Understanding of basic principles and concepts in behavior analysis, including reinforcement, punishment, and behavior measurement. Experience with Functional Behavior Assessment (FBA): Familiarity with conducting FBAs to identify the functions of challenging behaviors. Understanding of Sensory Impairments: Awareness of the unique challenges faced by individuals with sensory impairments, particularly deafblindness, and how these challenges impact behavior and learning. Competence in Designing Behavior Intervention Plans (BIPs): Ability to develop and implement BIPs based on assessment data to address challenging behaviors. These competencies ensure that participants can effectively engage with the material and apply the strategies discussed in the presentation. Please note that this presentation is intended for behavior analysts and related professionals;

Learning Objectives: 1. The attendee will be able to describe the reasons why the concept of automatic reinforcement should probably be abandoned when assessing and treating HD-SIB.
2. The attendee will be able an alternative set of assumptions for assessing HD-SIB that allows for effective skill-based treatment.
3. The attendee will be able to describe the importante of the allignment to QoL for behavioral interventions
 
Behavioral Assessment of Quality of Life: Parent-Staff Perspectives in Moderate to Severe Disabilities
CHIARA PEZZANA (Associazione per l'Autismo E. Micheli), Valentina Spagone (Associazione Per l'Autismo Enrico Micheli ETS Novara), Sonia Grego (Associazione Per l'Autismo Enrico Micheli ETS Novara), Giovanna Pagnoncelli (Associazione per l'Autismo Enrico Micheli ETS Novara), Giuseppe Cacucciolo (Associazione per L'Autismo Enrico Micheli ETS), Troy A Fry (Essential For Living)
Abstract: Quality of life (QoL) assessment in individuals with severe disabilities presents unique challenges, particularly when direct self-reporting is not feasible. This study introduces a novel methodological approach combining behavioral analysis with QoL assessment through a structured multi-informant framework. Our research developed and implemented a questionnaire integrating behavioral indicators with traditional QoL measures administered to both, parents and professional caregivers, of individuals with severe disabilities. This study involved more than 50 participants with severe intellectual disabilities and the respective data collected from their parents and professional caregivers. The assessment tool focused on identifying observable behavioral markers that correlate with life satisfaction and well-being across multiple domains. Preliminary results suggest significant correlations between specific behavioral indicators and QoL dimensions, providing a more objective framework for assessing well-being in non-verbal individuals. The analysis revealed consistent patterns between behavioral improvement through ABA interventions and instruments like Essential for Living (McGreevy, Fry 2012), PFA/SBT (Hanley 2012), and enhanced QoL scores. This innovative approach offers a more reliable method for evaluating QoL in individuals with severe disabilities who cannot self-report, while also providing valuable insights for tailoring behavioral interventions to enhance quality of life .
 
Intractable Self-Injurious Behavior: Functional Reconsideration and Treatment Strategies to Improving the Quality of Life
FLORIANA CANNIELLO (MeaVia Clinic, Rome), Gregory P. Hanley (FTF Behavioral Consulting), MARIA ROSARIA RICCO (MeaVia Clinic), Giulia Mazzarini (MeaVia Clinic)
Abstract: When head-directed self-injurious behavior (HD-SIB) occurs under most or all conditions without any reliable antecedent, behavior analysts often describe the behavior as automatically reinforced (Vollmer, 1994). Contemporary approaches attempt to differentiate automatic reinforcement subtypes with the aim of improving treatment outcomes (Hagopian, Rooker, & Zarcone, 2015), but the automatically reinforced HD-SIB remains, among the problem behavior types that Behavior Analysts face, the most treatment-resistant. Despite the general usefulness of the concept of automatic reinforcement (Skinner, 1953, 1957, 1968, 1969; Vaughn & Michael, 1982), an argument will be presented in favor of reconsidering this concept when evaluating and treating HD-SIB. An alternative framework will be described that assumes of multiple control by socially mediated reinforcements and further consideration of whether HD-SIB is tik-like, an avoidant type, or both. Cases study will be shown to support this assumption to understand the usefulness of this alternative framework. In addition, the significant results of reduction of HD-SIBs with the use of Skill Based Treatment (Hanley et al. 2014) and the social validity obtained from the intervention will be present.
 
Integrating Essential for Living and Competing Stimulus Assessment to Enhance Engagement and Quality of Life for a Deafblind Individual
GIULIA FERRAZZI (University of Modena and Reggio Emilia - ABA ITALIA), Tiziano Gomiero (Lega del Filo d'Oro)
Abstract: This study integrates the principles of Essential for Living (EFL) and Quality of Life (QoL) into the application of Competing Stimulus Assessment (CSA) for a 32-year-old individual named D., supported by Lega del Filo d'Oro, an Italian organization dedicated to assisting individuals with deafblindness and complex sensory impairments. D. exhibits specific behavioral characteristics, including self-injurious behavior, apnea, and behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement. The intervention addresses sensory deprivation and promotes environmental enrichment while considering medical and pharmacological factors that may influence behavior. The CSA protocol is designed to identify stimuli that reduce challenging behaviors, foster functional engagement, and align with EFL’s focus on pivotal skills that enhance autonomy and communication. Through structured sessions, stimuli are systematically evaluated for their capacity to decrease self-injurious behaviors, increase active participation, and encourage meaningful interactions. The outcomes aim to significantly enhance D.'s QoL by fostering independence, access to preferred activities, and richer social engagement. This work aligns closely with the mission of Lega del Filo d'Oro to empower individuals with deafblindness, emphasizing interventions that prioritize functional skills and overall well-being.
 

Enhancing Quality of Life in Children With Autism: Essential for Living in COLIBRI' Project

VALENTINA SPAGONE (Associazione per l'Autismo Enrico Micheli ETS Novara), Serena Guglielmetti (Associazione per l'Autismo Enrico Micheli ETS Novara), Chiara Marelli (Associazione per l'Autismo Enrico Micheli ETS Novara), Chiara Pezzana (Associazione per l'Autismo E. Micheli)
Abstract:

Essential for Living (EFL) is a treatment model that assesses essential skills needed for independent, functional daily living. This intervention aims to analyze the alignment between the skills acquired through EFL and improvements in the quality of life (QoL) of students with moderate to severe disabilities. The sample consisted of 10 students diagnosed with autism, aged between 5 and 10 years. Each participant was assessed using EFL, focusing on areas such as functional communication, autonomy in daily activities, and social interaction management. QoL was measured through questionnaires completed by parents and practitioners, as well as direct observations in various daily contexts (home, school, social settings). The results showed a positive alignment between progress in functional skills and perceived improvements in QoL. Participants who improved in functional communication and daily autonomy reported higher family satisfaction, reduced problem behaviors, and greater social participation. Specifically, enhanced communication and increased independence were key factors contributing to emotional well-being and overall QoL. These findings highlights the importance of an integrated approach that considers both functional development and its overall impact on psychological and social well-being, significantly contributing to participants' QoL.

 
 
Symposium #95
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Supervision
Quality Improvement in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Service Delivery: Assessment and Auditing
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
5:30 PM–6:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level -1; Europa
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Casey J. Clay (Utah State University)
Discussant: John M. Guercio (The Arc of the Ozarks)
CE Instructor: Casey J. Clay, Ph.D.
Abstract:

High-quality behavior analytic services rely on consistent, evidence-based practices to improve client outcomes and quality of life. This symposium highlights findings from two studies demonstrating the impact of systematic performance improvement strategies. The first study used the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services (PDC-HS) to implement a non-indicated intervention—written and verbal performance feedback—to improve the documentation of session notes by Registered Behavior Technicians (RBTs®) in an autism clinic. A non-concurrent multiple baseline design showed that the intervention significantly increased the completeness and objectivity of session notes. The second study focused on a quality control and auditing process developed by a service provider in Brazil. Independent audits assessed clinical supervisors’ compliance with documentation standards and technicians’ fidelity in implementing behavior programs. Results revealed improvements in procedural fidelity, documentation quality, and supervisor performance. Together, these studies illustrate the effectiveness of structured performance feedback and systematic auditing processes in enhancing service delivery. Practical applications and strategies for maintaining long-term service excellence will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): OBM, PDC-HS, quality control, staff training
Target Audience:

Audience will need to be aware of basic supervisory practices (e.g., feedback, monitoring, reinforcement). Audience will have to have some familiarity with typical ABA service delivery goals andarrangments.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the the role of independent audits in assessing compliance with technical documentation and fidelity in behavior program implementation.
2. Identify strategies for addressing areas for development to maintain long-term excellence in behavior analytic service delivery.
3. Describe uses of the PDC-HS related to documentation of ABA service delivery.
 

Improving Service Delivery for Individuals With Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities Through Quality Control Practices

CAROLINE ESPINDOLA DO NASCIMENTO (Grupo Conduzir), Fernanda Dib Coutinho (Grupo Conduzir), Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri-St. Louis)
Abstract:

High-quality behavior analytic services ensure evidence-based and person-centered interventions for individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. The consistent delivery of behavioral services is crucial for meaningful progress in clients' intervention outcomes and quality of life. Ensuring excellence involves monitoring all aspects of the client experience, tracking progress, and guaranteeing service integrity. Large agencies serving multiple clients may implement structured quality control strategies to maintain high standards. To achieve these outcomes, a systematic quality control and auditing process was developed by a service provider in a metropolitan city in Brazil. The first phase of this process focused on the performance of clinical supervisors and technicians. Periodic independent audits with direct measurements, were conducted to assess supervisors’ compliance with technical documentation and technicians’ fidelity with the implementation of behavior programs. This presentation will explore the effects of quality audits on service delivery, emphasizing the importance of systematic and comprehensive technical documentations, supervisor performance enhancement, and procedural fidelity improvements. Additionally, areas identified for further development and preventive strategies for maintaining long-term service excellence will be addressed.

 

The Effects of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services Non-indicated Intervention on Improving Documentation Notes

Abstract:

The Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services (PDC-HS) is an empirically supported assessment that has been used in diverse human service settings to determine an effective intervention to improve employee performance. In this study, we used the PDC-HS assessment to determine an indicated and non-indicated intervention to improve the completeness and objectivity of session note documentation completed by Registered Behavior Technicians (RBTs®) in an applied autism clinical setting. Using a non-concurrent multiple baseline design across participants, the participating RBTs® all showed an increase in the percentage of required components of complete and objective session notes during implementation of the non-indicated intervention of performance feedback (written and verbal). The results suggest that the PDC-HS non-indicated intervention might also be effective in improving RBT® performance in completing session note documentation. Further research should be conducted to evaluate the impact of the indicated versus non-indicated intervention on improving employee performance potentially taking into consideration the specific skill being assessed.

 
 
Symposium #98
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Scaling Up Data Analysis for the Everyday Practitioner
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
5:30 PM–6:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Roma I
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Joshua Jessel (Brock University)
CE Instructor: Joshua Jessel, Ph.D.
Abstract: Data analysis may, often times, feel outside of the reach for many practitioners. In this talk we provide three levels of data analysis that are meant to be available and accessible for the everyday practitioner and could improve service delivery. In Presentation 1, we provide a structured visual analysis that could be used to support interpretations of results from a multielement design intended to be employed in real-time. We also introduce a free software that automates interpretations using that structured visual analysis to improve practicality. In Presentation 2, we compare and contrast different methods for evaluating skill acquisition during academic instruction. We focus on curriculum-based measurement and how the methods you use could impact the decision-making process regarding your student’s academic growth. In the largest level of data analysis, we discuss Open Science Practices in Presentation 3. Open Science Practices can play an important role in tailoring evidence-based practices to the individual clients the practitioners are serving, not to mention it provides the practitioner with the opportunity to contribute to the broader scientific community.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): curriculum-based measurement, data analysis, open science, visual analysis
Target Audience: The audience should have completed some MA level coursework in ABA and be working towards or already hold a BCBA/BCBA-D. The audience should know the basics of measuring behavior and analyzing behavior represented in graphic form.
Learning Objectives: 1. apply open science practices in their own clinical setting
2. use structured visual analysis with multielement designs
3. determine best approach to curriculum-based measurement in their clinical setting
 
Structured Visual Analysis for Practitioners Using Multielement Designs
VALDEEP SAINI (Brock University)
Abstract: Multielement designs are among the most common single-case experimental designs used by behavior analysts in practice. For example, such designs are the most used during functional analysis of severe challenging behavior or when comparing the efficacy of different language-acquisition interventions. Despite their popularity, some have argued that interpreting these designs can be challenging for novice behavior analysts, and that consistency of data interpretation can be influenced by data level, trends, and variability. As a result, this design can often lead to false positive and false negative decisions regarding assessment and treatment utility. This presentation will discuss an objective method of interpreting multielement designs referred to as structured visual analysis. In doing so, audience members will be exposed to how structured visual analysis can be employed in their own practice settings in real-time. Audience members will also be exposed to a new software tool that automates interpretation of data derived multielement designs. Practical applications of this software, as well as potential avenues of future research, will be explored.
 
Evaluating Data from Curriculum-Based Measurement of Academic Skills
COREY PELTIER (University of Oklahoma)
Abstract: Curriculum-based measurement (CBM) is an approach to evaluate the effectiveness of academic instruction by tracking student growth across time. CBMs have a rich empirical literature base that suggest practitioners can obtain reliable and valid data in which to evaluate the effectiveness of their instruction and the rate of student learning. A complexity that arises in their use is how to evaluate the time-series data. The focus of this presentation will be to explore how the conclusions drawn from CBM data may vary based on the method used for analysis. Using an extent data set including 91 reading studies, 51 math studies, and 68 writing studies (see Van Norman et al., 2021), we will explore decisions vary when applying structured visual analysis procedures (i.e., conservative dual criterion; rate of improvement), non-overlap methods, mean-based methods, and trend-based methods. Audience members will be able to determine how each method can be applied in their own practice while also gauging the limitations to each method in their interpretation.
 

Open Science in Action: Enhancing Data Synthesis and Analysis for Clinicians in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)

ART DOWDY (Temple University)
Abstract:

Open Science Practices (OSP) are reshaping how data is synthesized and analyzed, offering significant benefits to clinicians in ABA. By emphasizing practices such as preregistration of studies, open data sharing, and collaborative data synthesis, clinicians can enhance the reproducibility, reliability, and utility of single-case design outcomes. This symposium will highlight the Many Labs replication framework, a collaborative initiative designed to test the replicability of findings across diverse contexts. Many Labs provides a roadmap for clinicians to evaluate the generalizability of interventions and tailor evidence-based practices to individual clients with greater confidence. Attendees will gain knowledge about using open-data repositories to access and contribute to transparent datasets, structured visual analysis tools to interpret data more objectively, and synthesis frameworks to aggregate findings across studies. We will illustrate how OSP empowers clinicians to not only improve their own practice but also contribute to the broader scientific community. We will also provide a forward-looking perspective on the integration of OSP into ABA. By the end of this symposium, participants will leave equipped with actionable strategies to apply OSP in their own clinical settings, ensuring that their practices are not only effective but also aligned with the highest standards of scientific rigor and transparency.

 
 
Panel #99
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/IBAO — 
Ethics
In Pursuit of Evidence-Based Ethical Practices: A New Look to Research Assent
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
5:30 PM–6:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Milao I/II
Area: EDC/PCH; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Javier Virues Ortega, Ph.D.
Chair: Javier Virues Ortega (The University of Auckland)
SHANNON WARD (Mohammed bin Rashid Center for Special Education operated by The New England Center for Children)
MICHELLE P. KELLY (Emirates College for Advanced Education (ECAE))
TIFFANY KODAK (Marquette University)
Abstract: This panel will discuss the role of ethical processes in behavior-analytic research, focusing on evidence-based practices and assent procedures. Assent refers to a meaningful affirmative response to agree to participate in research, often required from those unable to legally consent. Experts will explore the foundational ethical principles in behavior-analytic research, with particular emphasis on assent. Using ethical naturalism, ethical practices can be operationalized and studied as behaviors shaped by environmental contingencies. Concepts like "research assent" can be seen as choices influenced by the environment and subject to change. The panel will present examples of using ethical naturalism to develop data-driven approaches and experimental models to define and assess ethical standards in real research scenarios. Special attention will be given to the complexities of assent, including how it is obtained and maintained across populations. The session will also cover assent prerequisites and skills acquisition. Practical examples will illustrate the integration of ethical decision-making with evidence-based practices. Recommendations will be provided for researchers and practitioners working with populations requiring assent prompts, such as children and individuals with disabilities. This panel aims to advance ethical standards and promote continuous improvement in research and service delivery.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Attendants should be familiar with some key ethical concepts in the field (e.g., consent, ethical guides).
Learning Objectives: 1. Understand the concept of assent
2. Understand the concept of evidence-based ethical practice
3. Understand the applications of ethical a naturalism
4. Understand operational definitions of assent
Keyword(s): ethical naturalism, evidence-based ethics, research assent
 
 
Panel #100
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Conceptual and Methodological Issues in the Analysis of Basic and Complex Human Behavior: From Developmental Precursors to Transformation of Stimulus Function and Rule Governed Behavior
Wednesday, November 12, 2025
5:30 PM–6:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 12; Madrid
Area: PCH/VBC; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Martha Pelaez, Ph.D.
Chair: Douglas L. Robertson (Florida International University)
RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (Emergent Learning Centers)
CARMEN LUCIANO (University Almeria, Spain)
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University)
Abstract:

In this panel we will discuss conceptual and experimental issues that remain unclear in the precursors of derived stimulus relations, transformation of stimulus functions, and rule-governed behavior. TOF occurs when the functions of one stimulus alter or transform the functions of another stimulus in accordance with the derived relation between the two (Dymond & Rehfeldt, 2000). Similarly, rule-governed behavior is influenced or modified by the functions of verbal rules that specify contingencies without the need of subjects to experience the direct consequences of their behavior, and often in juxtaposition of direct contingencies (e.g., Catania & Shimoff). This generativity effect has been demonstrated for more than three decades in many studies of stimulus equivalence, derived stimulus relations like bidirectional naming, using different experimental preparations (Conditional Discrimination, Multiple Exemplar Training), applying instructions/rules (Pelaez & Moreno), and in different populations. The panelists will outline a number of conceptual issues and methodological problems that range from basic units of analysis and developmental precursors of verbal behavior to complex behavior and networks of stimulus relations.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

intermediate

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify three issues with contemporary models of verbal behavior
2. Describe issues and redundancies in models of derived stimulus relations
3. Point methodological challenges related to the study of complex human behavior
 
 
Symposium #104
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Toward Improving Treatment Outcomes Through a Comprehensive Understanding of Stakeholder Procedural Fidelity
Thursday, November 13, 2025
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 13; Paris I
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Matthew L. Edelstein, Psy.D.
Abstract:

Perhaps the single most important predictor of behavior analytic treatment durability is the meaningful participation and correct implementation of procedures by stakeholders. Procedural fidelity is central to the establishment of a functional relationship between dependent and independent variables. Understanding the predictors and mediators of procedural fidelity is essential to ensuring that stakeholders can be adequately trained to implement treatment procedures. In the first presentation, Dr. Chunta will provide a granular analysis of caregiver acquisition of treatment procedures, highlighting the benefits of early identification of caregiver skills deficits. In the second, Dr. Lent will present data on correspondence between challenging behaviors targeted for reduction and their caregivers’ mastery of critical treatment procedures. In the third, Dr. Picardo will discuss strategies to improve caregiver procedural fidelity through increasingly intrusive prompting. Collectively, these studies seek to highlight the factors that influence mastery of treatment procedures and provide remediation strategies for poor procedural fidelity.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Caregivers, Data-Based Decisions, Procedural Fidelity, Treatment Outcomes
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts, Licensed Psychologists, Applied Researchers

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify factors that contribute to caregiver skill acquisition during the treatment process
2. Describe connection between caregiver procedural fidelity and overall treatment outcomes
3. Describe strategies to remediate caregiver skills related to correct implementation of treatment procedures
 
Examining Trajectories of Treatment Procedure Acquisition Across High Dosage Behavior Treatment
ALICIA CHUNTA (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Alicia Sullivan (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The ability to implement programmed treatment procedures can have a significant impact on parent-mediated behavioral treatment outcomes. For caregivers, adhering to treatment recommendations with high accuracy is associated with better short- and long-term outcomes for their children. However, literature on caregiver skill acquisition focuses primarily on child skill acquisition as a target for treatment modification and individualization. Measures of caregiver procedural fidelity (CPF) may serve as an indicator of early caregiver skill acquisition which could correspond to expected CPF throughout treatment. The ability to identify caregivers with poor CPF proactively would allow for early treatment individualization, ultimately leading to better treatment outcomes. The current study examines if the rate of baseline CPF corresponds to CPF over a treatment course. Participants included primary caregivers and their children, ages 3-12, with challenging behavior and mixed diagnostic profiles. Participants completed 20-hours of high dosage behavior intervention over two or five weeks. Baseline procedures consisted of a parent-led synthesized contingency analysis. Intervention phases included functional communication training, differential reinforcement of other behaviors, and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior. Results suggest that caregivers differed in baseline CPF and subsequent treatment CPF trajectories. Implications for a priori identification are discussed.
 
Correspondence Between Caregiver Procedural Fidelity and Reductions in Child Challenging Behavior
MARIA C. LENT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alicia Sullivan (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Despite the established connection between caregiver procedural fidelity (CPF) and long-term maintenance of behavioral treatment outcomes, few studies have sought to understand the correspondence between CPF and session-by-session behavioral outcomes. Understanding CPF skill trajectories and their relation to challenging behavior reductions may have important treatment implications (e.g., slowing the pace of the intervention to achieve mastery). The current study examines the trajectory of CPF across treatment phases and its association with reductions in child challenging behavior. Participating families completed approximately 20-hours of intervention over two or five weeks. CPF was probed during five treatment phases: baseline, functional communication training, differential reinforcement of other behavior, differential reinforcement of alternative behavior, and generalization. Treating clinicians administered CPF probes from an adjacent observation room. Percent reduction of challenging behaviors from baseline was calculated at the end of each session. Preliminary results suggest an inverse correlation between child challenging behavior and CPF: as child challenging behavior reduced to zero, CPF increased to 100. Moreover, variable CPF at baseline did not appear to impact the rate of children’s behavior reduction. Implications for caregiver inclusion and leadership in treatment are discussed.
 

Improving Caregiver Procedural Fidelity With Hierarchical Remediation Strategies

ROCHELLE PICARDO (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Alicia Sullivan (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Behavioral skills training (BST) is effective for promoting skill acquisition in caregiver-mediated treatments for problem behavior. However, there is limited research on systematically improving caregiver procedural fidelity (CPF) when poor performance is identified. While most-to-least prompting is accepted as the gold standard strategy for supporting rapid and durable skill development in children, the effectiveness and acceptability of this strategy for promoting caregiver skill acquisition is unknown. The purpose of this exploratory study is to evaluate the effects of hierarchically implemented skill remediation procedures following caregivers’ failure to meet mastery criteria during probes of procedural fidelity. In this study, CPF probes occurred following teaching (i.e., clinician led) and coaching (i.e., parent led) trials in each assessment and treatment phase. Failure to meet mastery (defined as correct implementation of procedures at 90% of opportunities or greater) resulted in implementation of one of four strategies, implemented hierarchically based on caregiver performance: 1. Rehearsal with clinician; 2. Immediate feedback from clinician; 3. Self-monitoring; and 4. Bug-in-ear coaching. Preliminary results indicate support for the effect of least-to-most remediation strategies on caregiver fidelity and raise questions about tiered intervention for caregiver skill acquisition.

 
 
Symposium #105
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Enhancing and Improving Caregiver Behavior
Thursday, November 13, 2025
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 13; Porto
Area: EAB/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Nicole Pantano (Assumption University)
CE Instructor: Nicole Pantano, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium will examine several aspects of caregiver behavior and explore how research can inform and enhance caregiving behavior. The presentations will provide recommendations for improving caregiving behavior in different contexts. The first study will address how previous caregiving experience influences responding to aversive stimuli and how this information can be applied to parent training. Through an analogue format, adult participants were exposed to conditions of negative reinforcement (i.e., behavior terminated infant crying) or no-reinforcement (i.e., behavior did not terminate infant crying). The results will compare data from those with no caregiving experience to those with caregiving experience. The second study will review the behavioral persistence of positive caregiving behavior, specifically in the presence of infant crying. Results will show how behavior from adult participants varied contingent on a lean or rich reinforcement schedule. The final study will provide information on the effects of using programming of conditions to develop behavior (PCDB) to a new domain, parent training. Data will be presented from three parent-child dyads on how this technology can improve parent performance when seeking their child’s compliance.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral persistence, caregiving behavior, negative reinforcement, parent training
Target Audience: Intermediate. Audience members should a strong knowledge of behavioral principles, behavioral-persistence research, and parent training research
Learning Objectives: 1. define behavioral persistence and explain the role of reinforcement level in distinct contexts in determining the persistence of behavior in disrupting situations.
2. identify implications for selecting relevant behavior as it relates to PCDB-based parent training programs
3. describe how negative reinforcement effects caregiver's behavior in the presence of inconsolable crying and identify recommendations for caregiver training
 
Effects of Negative Reinforcement and Caregiving Experience on Caregiver Behavior
(Basic Research)
Nicole Pantano (Assumption University), ELIZABETH KATHERINE SLOAN (Worcester Public Schools)
Abstract: Crying is often exhibited by infants, and it is important to understand how caretaking behavior functions to stop and prevent crying. The present study extended past research by using RealCare Baby® 3 Infant Simulators to assess how neurotypical, adult participants (ages 18 to 25), responded to inconsolable crying (i.e., crying that will not terminate) following periods of exposure to negative reinforcement. We created periods of negative reinforcement by terminating crying contingent on a researcher-selected target behavior (e.g., rocking, feeding, playing). We also created periods of no-reinforcement by withholding the removal of crying (e.g., crying was presented continuously during the research session). Data from participants with and without caregiving experience were compared to identify if a history of caregiving experience effected behavior during period of inconsolable crying. This symposium will address how research from participants without caregiving experience (Participant 1 and 2) showed some differentiation compared to participants with caregiving experience. We will also address how sensitivity to negative reinforcement can inform guidelines for caregiver training when caregivers are presented with inconsolable crying.
 
Behavioral Persistence of Positive Caregiving Behavior
(Basic Research)
KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (Assumption University)
Abstract: In caregiving situations, infant crying can be intractable (colicky baby) and caregivers experience distractions (other children). Ideally, caregiving behaviors (rocking, feeding) will persist and not be replaced by negative behaviors (shaking/yelling at baby) with extended crying. Behavioral-persistence research indicates that behavior reinforced in a relatively rich (versus lean) context is more resistant to challenges. Typical-adult participants interacted with simulation infants that cried and were asked to respond as they normally would to a baby. Crying was sometimes turned off contingent on target behavior (rocking/feeding/playing) in lean and rich baseline reinforcement sessions in two different research-lab settings. After each baseline, participants experienced a challenging situation (extinction, distraction). The percentage of change in caregiving behaviors in the test sessions was compared across the lean and rich conditions in a within-subjects design. Data for two participants who have completed the study (see figures) show high rates of responding during reinforcement and lower overall rates during extinction. For one participant (P2), proportion baseline responding was higher in extinction after the rich session. These data replicate prior work showing caregiving behavior is maintained by negative reinforcement and suggest that persistence of caregiving behavior might be sensitive to the overall amount of reinforcement in a context.
 

Using Programmed Conditions to Develop Behaviors (PCDB) to Improve Parental Instruction and Compliance in Children With Autism

(Service Delivery)
Victoria Druzian Lopes (Universidade Estadual de Londrina; University of Missouri-St. Louis), Nádia Kienen (Universidade Estadual de Londrina), Silvia Cristiane Murari (Universidade Estadual de Londrina), Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri-St. Louis), KATIE RENAUD BRENEMAN (University of Missouri-St. Louis)
Abstract:

Programming of conditions to develop behaviors (PCDB; Kienen et al., 2013) is a teaching technology derived from Skinner's Programmed Instruction that has been successfully applied in different domains, such as higher education and leadership training. However, limited research exists on its application for parent training of children with developmental disabilities, including autism. The present study examined the effects of a PCDB-based parent training program on the levels of instructions delivered by parents and compliance demonstrated by children. Participants included three parent-child dyads, with children aged 2 to 10 years diagnosed with autism. Parents participated in weekly 90-min training sessions across 6 weeks. Training topics included observing and analyzing target behaviors, formulating clear and attainable instructions, implementing a three-step guided compliance procedure, and delivering appropriate consequences for compliance. Results showed considerable improvement in parent skills relative to baseline. Children's compliance levels also increased after PCDB-based parent training. The outcomes of the current study contribute to the development of effective PCDB-based parent training programs. We will discuss the implications for selecting relevant behavior and developing effective parent training programs, along with recommendations for future research.

 
 
Panel #106
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/IBAO — 
Supervision
Reflections on Remote Supervision From International Supervisors of New Age Behavior Analysis
Thursday, November 13, 2025
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level -1; Europa
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Geetika Agarwal, Ph.D.
Chair: Jennifer M. Gillis (Binghamton University)
GEETIKA AGARWAL (Ball State University)
LILIANE ROCHA (The Behavior Web, LLC)
Abstract:

The profession and certification in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is unique in two significant aspects. First, it allows for a pre-certification candidate to complete all their supervision remotely, or with the help of an off-site supervisor. Second, models have been primarily western-based, specifically the United States, where online programs provided by universities make it accessible for international candidates to complete formal pedagogy of this science. While global access to training is a boon for resource-constrained countries, it also poses several challenges and unique problems that can affect the overall quality, and effectiveness of supervision as well as professional development of behavior analysts. This panel will focus on a robust and data-based discussion of relevant topics, including a comparison of experiences of off-site and on site- supervision of individuals residing in non-U.S. countries, including the role of the BACB and QABA, addressing cultural differences, incorporation of ethical and regulatory standards across global boundaries, evaluation of the role of technology for providing ongoing professional development, advocacy and navigating academic and professional landscapes to promote high standards of supervision in behavior analysis in these countries. The panel experts will share some directions and recommendations for those looking to provide and also seek international supervision.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience for this panel will be supervisors providing remote supervision to candidates or current certificants within ABA. This will be an intermediate to advance level panel.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to describe challenge and different approaches in remote supervision for certification candidates living outside of USA.
2. Participants will be able to describe at least one strategy to provide effective remote supervision and professional development for certification candidates/ certified candidates living outside of USA
3. Participants will be able to list differences in supervision access and equity for certificates within the USA and certificates who do no reside in the USA
 
 
Panel #108
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Upholding Quality in Behavior Analysis Service Provision: Standards of Care and Supervision in Special Education and Residential Programs
Thursday, November 13, 2025
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 12; Madrid
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Helena L. Maguire, M.S.
Chair: Helena L. Maguire (Melmark )
RITA M. GARDNER (Melmark)
THOMAS L. ZANE (University of Kansas)
SHAWN P. QUIGLEY (Melmark)
Abstract: The term “quality” refers to a characteristic or outcome that distinguishes a person, place, or thing (Merriam-Webster, n.d.), and in the field of medicine, high-quality outcomes, such as extending life and reducing disease impact, have long been established goals (Claridge & Fabian, 2005). Similarly, in applied behavior analysis (ABA), defining, measuring, and implementing practices that promote quality are central to enhancing patient care (Brodhead, Cox, & Quigley, 2022). Behavioral supervision, a science-based approach, supports this process by helping employees learn, demonstrate, and sustain behaviors that align with the mission to uphold high standards of care. This panel discussion will explore standards of care in ABA-based special education and residential programs for individuals with profound autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other neurodevelopmental disorders, such as cognitive impairment. Drawing from recent practitioner guides (e.g., Bird et al., 2023; Gardner et al., in press; Luiselli et al., 2021; Maguire et al., 2022, 2023), the panelists will discuss how organizations can develop and apply effective standards of care in these settings. Emphasis will be placed on maintaining quality care through a behavioral supervision framework (e.g., Luiselli et al., 2021; Maguire et al., 2022; Parsons et al., 2012), highlighting the critical role of supervision in achieving and sustaining high standards of care. Join us for an in-depth discussion on the implementation of quality standards and the pivotal role of supervision in enhancing patient care within ABA-based educational and residential environments.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: This panel discussion is designed for behavior analysts, special education teachers, program administrators, and clinical supervisors as well as students of behavior analysis and organizational behavior management. Attendees should have foundational knowledge of autism spectrum disorders (ASD), the basic principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA), and introductory understanding of organizational behavior management (OBM).
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to define “quality” in the context of applied behavior analysis (ABA) and explain its importance in enhancing patient care.
2. Participants will learn methods for defining, measuring, and assessing quality in ABA practices to ensure continuous improvement and high standards of patient care.
3. Participants will provide examples of how behavioral supervision can support the development, demonstration, and sustainability of high-quality care practices in educational and residential settings.
Keyword(s): Behavioral Supervision, Organizational Metrics, Quality Indicators
 
 
Symposium #110
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Innovating Inclusion: Global Perspectives on Diversity, Equity, Inclusion, and Access in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and Beyond
Thursday, November 13, 2025
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 13; Lisboa
Area: CSS/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Alyssa Kavner (she/they) (Easterseals Southern California)
Discussant: Paula Pompa-Craven (Easterseals Southern California)
CE Instructor: Alyssa Kavner (she/they), M.A.
Abstract:

As the field of Applied Behavior Analysis and the need for services continue to grow, clinicians and staff will increasingly work with individuals and families from diverse cultural backgrounds. Integrating diversity, equity, inclusive, and accessibility (DEIA) practices allow clinicians to better serve the needs of diverse clientele by addressing disparities to service access and improving health quality and outcomes. Initiatives aimed at increasing cultural responsiveness not only improve client outcomes but also foster a more inclusive and positive workplace environment. Starting in 2027, the BACB will require clinicians to complete CEUs on cultural responsiveness and diversity connected to ethical practices and DEIA-focused initiatives. This symposium addresses the importance of DEIA initiatives in behavior analytic organizations and their relevance to global professional practices. Speakers will provide organizational leaders and associates with strategies to incorporate cultural considerations into their practice across all levels of the organization. Speakers will highlight opportunities that exist within organizational leadership and staff to ensure that practitioners are equipped with knowledge of cultural humility and considerations in their interactions with co-workers and clients. Finally, lived experiences that can contribute to understanding and addressing workplace inclusion challenges will be shared.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Diversity, Equity, Inclusion, Lived Experiences
Target Audience:

N/A

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify effective strategies, including Behavioral Skills Training (BST), to teach cultural humility to organizational leadership.
2. Analyze how lived experiences, such as those of autistic professionals, contribute to understanding and addressing workplace inclusion challenges.
3. Develop actionable plans for implementing mentorship programs and other organizational initiatives to promote DEI within behavior analytic settings.
 
Advancing Global Behavior Analysis Through Diversity, Equity, Inclusion, and Access: A Pathway to Inclusive Professional Practices
ALYSSA KAVNER (SHE/THEY) (Easterseals Southern California)
Abstract: In an increasingly interconnected world, behavior analytic organizations must prioritize diversity, equity, inclusion, and accessibility (DEIA) initiatives to ensure ethical, culturally competent, and globally relevant professional practices. This presentation will explore the significance of DEIA efforts in fostering inclusive environments within the field of behavior analysis. We will discuss how diverse perspectives enhance problem-solving, decision-making, and innovation, while equitable practices address historical disparities and promote fairness in access to education, training, and professional opportunities. Inclusion will be highlighted as a critical factor for creating environments where individuals of all backgrounds feel valued and supported. The presentation will also provide actionable strategies for integrating DEIA principles into organizational policies, training curricula, and community engagement efforts. Case studies from behavior analytic organizations worldwide will illustrate how DEIA initiatives have positively impacted service delivery, research, and collaboration in multicultural and international contexts. Attendees will leave with a deeper understanding of how DEIA is essential for aligning behavior analytic practices with global professional standards and for promoting ethical and effective services in diverse communities. By embracing DEIA, behavior analytic organizations can not only meet contemporary challenges but also contribute to a more inclusive and equitable global society.
 
Evaluating Behavioral Skills Training to Build Culturally Responsive Clinical and Supervisory Repertoires
FATOU NJIE-JALLOW (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Providing culturally responsive treatment is a priority in the field of behavior analysis, yet there is limited empirical research on effective methods to teach cultural responsiveness. Behavioral Skills Training (BST) has been successfully used to teach a variety of skills, such as naturalistic interventions and interview techniques. This study evaluates the use of BST to teach cultural humility and responsiveness to organizational leadership. Participants were trained to demonstrate three key cultural responsiveness indicators: humility, curiosity, and effective collaboration, in clinical and supervision scenarios. Using a multiple probe design, the study assessed the effectiveness of BST in increasing the demonstration of these cultural responsiveness behaviors. Results indicated that BST significantly increased the number of culturally responsive behaviors in the post-test performance of all participants. However, generalization of these skills to additional scenarios was variable. Social validity measures indicated strong participant endorsement of the procedures. This study provides initial empirical evidence supporting BST as an effective method for teaching culturally responsive interaction skills across different contexts. Future research may focus on refining the definitions and exemplars of cultural humility to enhance the training's applicability and effectiveness.
 
Empowering Autistic Voices: Lived Experiences and Inclusion in the Workplace
AARON LIKENS (Easterseals Southern California)
Abstract: Lived experiences of autistic individuals are crucial in the discussion of inclusion in the workplace. These experiences provide clinicians and staff with the perspectives and insights into the strengths, challenges, and barriers that autistic individuals experience in workplace settings. This insight also leads to a more inclusive workplace by increasing autism awareness, providing more diversity in perspectives, promoting a culture of acceptance, fostering more accessible spaces (e.g., through communication, physical, and spatial accommodations), and by empowering autistic employees. Employment has been shown to increase well-being and quality of life for autistic individuals, yet research studies tend to focus on workplace interventions and outcomes, failing to include the voices of autistic individuals. This presentation will highlight the lived experiences of Aaron Likens, Chief Started of the Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation (NTT) IndyCar Series, public speaker, author and passionate advocate for autism awareness. Aaron will share his successes and challenges faced as he pursued his passion for autism racing, eventually earning a place on the flag stand at the Indianapolis Motor Speedway. Aaron will share his lived experiences in the workplace, address inclusion challenges, and provide strategies for workplace inclusion.
 

Creating Impactful Diversity, Equity, Inclusion, and Accessibility (DEIA) Programs for Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Organizations

KHRYSTLE LAUREN LOTFIZADEH (Easterseals Southern California)
Abstract:

Implementing Diversity, Equity, Inclusion, and Accessibility (DEIA) practices in the workplace creates an environment in which associates feel supported, respected, and empowered. Organizational DEIA practices aid in addressing and reducing biases and increasing cultural responsiveness within the workplace and in clinical practice. Other positive outcomes resulting from DEIA initiatives include better communication and collaboration among staff, an environment that promotes psychological safety, and higher job satisfaction and retention. Ultimately, fostering an inclusive and positive workplace environment results in better outcomes for those receiving services from the organization. This talk will provide a framework for ABA organizations seeking to create impactful DEIA programs for their associates to work towards a more inclusive workplace environment. We will provide actionable plans to implement DEIA programs including career advisement and counseling, mentorship, and trainings to celebrate diversity and increase cultural humility. Implementing DEIA initiatives results in a more diverse workforce, associates who feel supported in their academic and professional pursuits, and clinicians who are more culturally responsive to the diverse needs of their clientele and connected to their co-workers.

 
 
Symposium #111
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/IBAO — 
Ethics
Centering Human Rights in Behaviour Assessment and Support for Individuals With Challenging Behaviour
Thursday, November 13, 2025
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Roma II
Area: DDA/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Erin S. Leif (Monash University )
Discussant: Russell Fox (Monash University)
CE Instructor: Erin S. Leif, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Centering human rights in behaviour assessment and support for individuals with challenging behaviour represents a pivotal shift in the field of applied behaviour analysis. This symposium examines the intersection of human rights and behaviour support, offering guidance to practitioners seeking to align their practices with contemporary rights-based frameworks. Drawing on the principles outlined in the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UNCRPD), this session underscores the ethical and practical imperatives of prioritising autonomy, dignity, and safety in behaviour support practices. Presenters will provide actionable recommendations to help behaviour analysts develop and implement plans that uphold the rights of individuals, include the voices and choices of individuals in the design and delivery of their own behaviour support services, navigate the balance between duty of care and dignity of risk, and apply non-aversive strategies during crisis situations. The presentations aim to equip participants with the knowledge and skills to embed human rights into their service delivery models, fostering a culture of ethical and compassionate practice that respects the individual values, needs and preferences of those they support.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavior support, challenging behavior, functional assessment, human rights
Target Audience:

Participants should have an intermediate understanding of functional behaviour assessment and behaviour support planning for people with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Participants should have experience conducting functional behaviour assessments and developing behaviour support plans.

Learning Objectives: 1. At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to describe how the human rights model of disability informs the development of behaviour support plans that prioritise autonomy, dignity, and inclusion.
2. At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to evaluate risk assessment practices through a rights-affirming lens, balancing duty of care with the dignity of risk.
3. At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to identify and describe non-aversive reactive strategies that prioritise safety, dignity, and human rights during crisis situations.
 
The Human Rights Model of Disability: Implications and Practical Recommendations for Behaviour Analysts Who Develop Behaviour Support Plans
ERIN S. LEIF (Monash University)
Abstract: The human rights model of disability, as described by the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (UNCRPD), calls on behaviour analysts to critically examine and adapt traditional approaches to behaviour assessment and support planning. In this presentation, the implications of this model for applied behaviour analysis will be explored, highlighting the importance of adopting person-centred and rights-affirming practices. Participants will gain insights into aligning behaviour support planning with core principles of autonomy, dignity, and inclusion, even when addressing complex behavioural challenges. The session will provide practical guidance to ensure behaviour support plans honour the preferences, strengths, and rights of individuals. Key strategies will include approaches for obtaining informed consent, embedding personal goals, and minimising the use of restrictive practices. Emphasis will be placed on fostering collaboration with individuals and their support networks to create interventions that are respectful, empowering, and aligned with human rights standards. By adopting this approach, behaviour analysts can uphold their ethical responsibility to promote a culture of respect and inclusion, positioning their work within contemporary human rights frameworks while enhancing the quality of life for those they support.
 

Duty of Care, Dignity of Risk, and Human Rights: Toward Rights-Affirming Risk Assessment for Individuals Who Display Challenging Behaviour

CHELSEA TROUTMAN (Elements ABC)
Abstract:

Support teams face significant challenges in supporting individuals with complex behaviour support needs, particularly in balancing community safety, client empowerment, and rehabilitation. When this balance is not achieved, risk management often overshadows treatment and support, leading to reliance on restrictive practices that disempower clients, hinder skill development, and compromise their rights. This presentation explores rights-affirming approaches to risk assessment, emphasising the human rights model of disability and the importance of balancing duty of care with dignity of risk. We will examine how therapeutic environments responsive to individual needs—addressing trauma, skill deficits, and motivation—can foster autonomy and participation. By effectively engaging individuals in their own risk management, more meaningful outcomes and empowerment within ethical and therapeutic frameworks may be achieved. Participants will gain practical strategies for conducting risk assessments that prioritise dignity and safety while respecting individuals’ rights to take risks as part of a fulfilling life. By adopting these approaches, behaviour analysts can promote growth opportunities, reduce challenging behaviours, and create environments that uphold human rights.

 

Non Aversive Reactive Strategies: Prioritising Safety, Dignity, and Rights When Responding to Challenging Behaviour

GEOFF POTTER (The Centre for Positive Behaviour Support)
Abstract:

Reactive strategies are often necessary when addressing challenging behaviour, yet traditional approaches (extinction and punishment) can undermine the dignity and rights of individuals. This presentation highlights the importance of adopting non-aversive approaches to foster trust, reduce the use of restrictive practices, and improve overall quality of life for individuals receiving support. Through data-based case examples, participants will explore how the use of non-aversive reactive strategies can rapidly reduce the rate and magnitude of challenging behaviour. Examples of ways to measure both rate and episodic severity, defined as the measure of intensity or gravity of a behavioural incident, will be provided. Episodic severity is an under-reported but potentially useful dependent variable in behaviour analysis research and practice. Emphasis will be placed on evidence-based practices that reduce harm and preserve the individual’s dignity during crises. By embedding these strategies into their practice, behaviour analysts can ensure that their responses to challenging behaviour are respectful, humane, and trauma informed.

 
Co-creating Behaviour Support Plans: Integrating Disability Studies and Individual Rights
ALINKA FISHER (Flinders University)
Abstract: Rights-based behaviour support integrates behaviour analytic principles with a values-driven, culturally responsive, and person-centred approach that prioritises individual autonomy, inclusion, and dignity. This presentation will draw from disability studies and the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD) to strengthen rights-based practices, emphasising the importance of recognising the socio-cultural dimensions of disability and valuing lived experience. It will explore implications for holistic case formulation that considers an individual’s unique circumstances, preferences, and strengths, as well as practical strategies for actively involving people with disability in their own behaviour support planning. Emphasis will be placed on rights-based, accessible communication and planning that incorporates diverse perspectives and preferences, ensuring that the person’s voice remains central throughout plan development and implementation. By prioritising meaningful involvement and collaboration, behaviour analysts can enhance the effectiveness, sustainability, and integrity of behaviour support plans while fostering a culture of respect, empowerment, and inclusion in line with human rights principles.
 
 
Symposium #112
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Comparing Equivalence Based Instruction to a Progressive Approach to Discrete Trial Teaching
Thursday, November 13, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Roma I
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Discussant: Robert K. Ross (Ross Consultation LLC)
CE Instructor: Joseph H. Cihon, Ph.D.
Abstract: Discrete trial teaching is a commonly used approach to teach a variety of skills for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Two studies will be presented within this symposium that involve comparisons of equivalence-based instruction to a progressive approach to discrete trial teaching (Leaf et al., 2016). The first presentation will describe a study that compared equivalence-based instruction to a progressive approach to discrete trial teaching using an adapted alternating treatments design with typically developing adult participants and children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The second presentation will describe a study that compared equivalence-based instruction using the recommended guidelines provided by Maguire and Allen (2023) to progressive discrete trial teaching using the guidelines provided by Leaf et al. (2016) to teach three three-member stimulus classes to four children diagnosed with neurodevelopmental disorders. Both studies will be discussed with respect to their strengths, limitations, and potential future directions by the discussant.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, DTT, Equivalence-Based Instruction, Progressive ABA
Target Audience: This symposium of will likely be of interest to any professionals providing ABA-based interventions for individuals on the autism spectrum. BCBAs who have been practicing in this area for at least 5 years would be the primary target audience as they likely have developed the component skills to understand the concepts and procedures described across the two studies being presented.
Learning Objectives: 1. identify and describe some conditions under which equivalence-based instruction or discrete trial teaching may be more or less preferred
2. identify and describe how advances in discrete trial teaching methodology and can be used to enhance instruction
3. identify methods of instruction that may be viewed as more or less socially valid to participants, staff, and caregivers
 

Toward Efficiency and Effectiveness: Comparing Equivalence-Based Instruction to Discrete Trial Teaching

JOSEPH H. CIHON (Autism Partnership Foundation), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract:

Research has found equivalence-based instruction (EBI) to be effective and efficient, with recent research extending these finding to individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). EBI has also been compared with more traditional approaches to teaching, such as traditional lectures, reading assignments, and video lectures. However, the we are unaware of any comparisons of EBI to other similar behavior analytic approaches such as discrete trial teaching (DTT). This presentation will discuss two experiments. The first experiment compared EBI to progressive DTT using an adapted alternating treatments design with typically developing adults. Experiment 2 compared the two teaching methods with children diagnosed with ASD. The teaching approaches were evaluated with respect to mastery of trained relations, emergence of untrained relations for the EBI condition, and participant preferences. Results of the two experiments found that both teaching methods were effective, progressive DTT was found to be more efficient for six participants, EBI was found to be more efficient for two participants, and overall progressive DTT was found to be more preferred by participants.

 

Comparing Progressive Discrete Trial Teaching to Equivalence-Based Instruction to Teach Concepts to Children With Neurodevelopmental Disorders

JULIA FERGUSON (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract:

Research on EBI for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities has demonstrated the teaching methodology to be efficient and effective. Although EBI has been found to be effective, the teaching procedures implemented often vary widely across the research. Maguire and Allen (2023) developed a practical guide and lesson plan for best practice recommendations for the implementation of EBI. The purpose of this study was to extend the previous research comparing EBI to other instructional methods. This study compared EBI using the recommended guidelines provided by Maguire and Allen (2023) to progressive DTT using the guidelines provided by Leaf et al. (2016) to teach three three-member stimulus classes to four children diagnosed with neurodevelopmental disorders. The teaching approaches were evaluated with respect to the mastery of relations taught and the emergence of untrained relations. Additionally, the efficiency of each teaching approach was evaluated. Results of the study found that the progressive DTT condition was effective for all participants. The EBI condition was effective for three of the four participants. In terms of efficiency, the progressive DTT condition was found to be more efficient across sessions and teaching time to mastery across all participants.

 
 
Panel #113
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Neurodiversity Affirming Treatment: Implications for Applied Behavior Analyst (ABA)-Speech Language Pathologist (SLP) collaboration
Thursday, November 13, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Milao I/II
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Mary Ellen McDonald, Ph.D.
Chair: Joanne Gerenser (Eden II Programs)
MAREILE A. KOENIG (West Chester University)
MARY ELLEN MCDONALD (Hofstra University)
JOANNE GERENSER (Eden II Programs)
Abstract:

The term "neurodiversity" (ND) was first introduced by Singer in 1998, an Australian sociologist and a self-identified autistic woman (Singer, 1999). This resulted in an advocacy movement that raised awareness of social injustices in the autism community and lead to a surge of clinical providers eager to deliver ND-affirming treatment. At this time, however, the peer reviewed literature is sparse and much information is presented in social media. As a result, descriptions of this care are sometimes idiosyncratic and conflicting. Additionally, some recommendations include a total disregard of selected interventions (e.g., Applied Behavior Analysis, social skills interventions). As SLPs and Behavior Analysts are often members of autism support teams, it is important that the two disciplines are able to effectively collaborate. This presentation will provide an overview of the literature on ND affirming practices. Particular focus will be on those recommendations that appear conflicting with strategies and recommendations for both SLPs and BA. In the end, a goal of this presentation is to open a thoughtful dialogue about this topic between SLPs and BA to guide clinical practice and research.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

no prerequisites

Learning Objectives: 1. Provide a description of neurodiversity
2. Describe several neurodiversity affirming practices
3. Understand the barriers that may challenge ABA-SLP collaboration
4. Analyze conflicting literature through the lens of evidence based practice
Keyword(s): "autism", "collaboration", "neurodiversity"
 
 
Symposium #115
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Motivational Interviewing Meets Behavior Analysis
Thursday, November 13, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level -1; Europa
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Paul Paulie Gavoni (Professional Crisis Management Association)
Discussant: Monica Gilbert (Crystal Minds New Beginning)
CE Instructor: Monica Gilbert, Psy.D.
Abstract:

In Applied Behavior Analysis, effective interventions depend significantly on strong collaboration with clients, families, and stakeholders. This symposium introduces behavior analysts to Motivational Interviewing (MI), an evidence-based approach aimed at enhancing client engagement and minimizing resistance to intervention strategies. Participants will learn how MI fosters respectful dialogue, shifting the focus from directive communication to active collaboration with clients and their families. Attendees will be introduced to the Transtheoretical Model of Change, a framework for assessing clients' readiness and aligning intervention strategies accordingly. Through practical applications and real-world scenarios, behavior analysts will develop the necessary skills to improve client cooperation and engagement, ultimately leading to better outcomes. This symposium is designed to equip behavior analysts with effective MI tools, promoting successful therapeutic relationships and facilitating meaningful behavior change in their practice. Join us to enhance your skills and integrate MI principles into your behavioral work for improved client interactions and results.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): motivational interviewing, parent coaching, parent training
Target Audience:

n/a

Learning Objectives: 1. Assess parent's motivation based on the trans-theoretical model
2. Explore how MI serves as a motivating operation (MO) to create value-altering and behavior-altering effects that enhance educator motivation and commitment to behavior interventions.
3. implement MI techniques to align behavior interventions with educators' values and beliefs, ultimately resulting in more effective practices in the classroom.
4. Describe motivation from an ABA perspective
5. Identify traps that can harm clinician-parental relationships;
 

Empower Parents and Get "BUY IN" With Motivational Interviewing

MONICA GILBERT (Crystal Minds New Beginning)
Abstract:

We walk the walk, but do we talk the talk? As clinicians, do we speak WITH parents or TO them? Is it effective in motivating them to engage in interventions or do you find that sometimes they inhale and exhale at the sight/sound of parent coaching(training) sessions? Although Behavior Analysts offer empirically validated strategies and successfully change behaviors, it can be difficult for parents to follow the treatment. Resistance (“discord”)is evoked by an antecedent stimulus (clinician's confrontational language), which is reinforced by escape of the aversive stimuli. Motivating Operations have a behavior/value altering effect in that they make "escaping" the stimuli (clinician) by engaging in resistant behaviors more or less reinforcing. Motivational Interviewing (MI) is an empirically proven intervention that has shown substantial success in the literature in changing addictive behaviors in substance misuse population, medication adherence and developmental disabilities. During this workshop, I will present the proven strategies and techniques of MI to decrease resistance and increase cooperation between parents and clinicians. The Transtheoretical model (stages of readiness) which helps identify parent’s level of resistance will also be introduced. Attendees will build skills in assessing parents’ level of resistance, measure change talk (most indicative of changed behavior) and learn to use MI procedures to successfully increase "Buy in" from parents and while effectively establishing and maintaining rapport.

 

Motivational Interviewing as a Motivating Operation (MO): Enhancing Educator Buy-In for Sustainable Behavior Change

PAUL PAULIE GAVONI (Professional Crisis Management Association)
Abstract:

Gaining assent from primary consumers, particularly learners with disabilities, is widely recognized as essential in behavior analysis. However, in educational settings, educators serve as vital secondary consumers whose engagement is crucial to intervention success. Motivational Interviewing (MI) functions as a motivating operation (MO) for educators, producing both value-altering and behavior-altering effects. By enhancing the value of behavior interventions aligned with educators’ own values and beliefs, MI increases the likelihood of educator commitment and follow-through, transforming passive acceptance into active collaboration. This session provides an introductory overview of MI, demonstrating how it can function as an MO to drive meaningful, sustained improvements in both student outcomes and classroom environments through educator engagement and value-driven buy-in. Ultimately, fostering a culture of collaboration around MI principles can empower educators, enhance their overall effectiveness, and lead to better outcomes for all students involved in the learning process, thereby creating a more inclusive and supportive educational environment.

 
 
Paper Session #116
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Behavior Analysis: Cultural and Professional Issues
Thursday, November 13, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 13; Porto
Area: OBM
Instruction Level: Advanced
CE Instructor: Mel Velar, Ed.D.
 
Cultural Humility and Responsiveness in Applied Behavior Analysis: A Mixed Methods Study
Domain: Service Delivery
MEL VELAR (Spalding University)
 
Abstract: This study explored how Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) supervisors defined and described experiences with training individuals to be culturally responsive for the delivery of services in an international capacity. This was a mixed method’s study with quantitative as well as qualitative data. Quantitative data collection utilized the Culturally Responsive Supervision Self-Assessment (CRSS) (Gatzunis et al., 2022) tool with 8 ABA supervisors working within an international program that originated in the Northeast United States and expanded into the island of Puerto Rico. For qualitative data collection interviews were also conducted with follow-up questions about the four domains within the CRSS checklist and barriers to cultural responsiveness in teletherapy models of ABA supervision. These findings expand on the use of tools like the CRSS and their potential contributions to enhancing cultural humility and responsiveness within Applied Behavior Analysis. The findings underscore the importance of understanding culture and how we communicate with the families receiving ABA services and supervisees delivering it. A call to action for supervisors in ABA to uphold the shift from cultural competency to cultural responsiveness and ensure cultural humility is included in caregiver training, treatment planning and collaboration was prevalent and the importance of ensuring systematic and intentional training of staff in culturally responsive care was emphasized throughout. By prioritizing cultural humility in supervision practices and cultural responsiveness in service delivery, practitioners can ensure that their interventions are not only technically sound but also socially valid, ultimately leading to better outcomes for clients and greater acceptance within diverse communities.
 

Overcoming Obstacles and Leveraging Opportunities in Australia: Integrating Constructional and Accomplishment-Based Approaches in Service Delivery

Domain: Service Delivery
Oliver Roschke (Lojic), JOHN ROGER WOODERSON (Lojic)
 
Abstract:

The nationwide rollout of Positive Behavior Support (PBS) funding under the National Disability Insurance Scheme in Australia presents substantial opportunities for behavior analysts to expand practice beyond traditional autism services into diverse settings such as supported living, vocational services, mental health, aged care, and out-of-home care. However, this expansion faces significant barriers, including fragmented state policies, inconsistent PBS definitions, and workforce limitations. Many PBS practitioners lack formal training and mentorship opportunities in behavior analysis, and the application of applied behavior analysis outside autism remains constrained by limited evidence. These challenges hinder the consistent delivery of high-quality services and the broader dissemination of applied behavior analysis in Australia. This paper explores how our organization addresses these challenges by developing new service models and applying principles from organizational behavior management. We demonstrate how Israel Goldiamond’s Constructional Approach and Tom Gilbert’s accomplishment-based human performance technology are integrated across service departments to overcome operational hurdles, enhance staff development, and deliver proactive, client-centered support. Recommendations for other organizations include adopting systemic frameworks, continuously evaluating service quality, and leveraging performance engineering to sustain effective behavior analytic practices in diverse environments.

 

The Professionalization of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in France : A Framework for Developing Country Specific Qualification Standards in ABA

Domain: Service Delivery
LEANNE BOURGUIGNON (ONPAC, ABA-online)
 
Abstract:

The BACB’s announcement to suspend certification for individuals residing outside of the United States provided the antecedent conditions necessary for internationally based behavior analysts to develop action plans. France was notable in the strides taken to develop and implement qualification standards in applied behavior analysis. A consensus obtained through an initial survey targeting all levels of professionals working in the field of ABA in France, regardless of certification status, led to the founding of ONPAC, a National Organization for the Professions of Behavior Analysis. Five-year assessment of results of the work of ONPAC highlight the development of a Job Task Analysis, three levels of certification in ABA, Professional Codes of Conduct, a Knowledge and Skills Repository, a certification examination, guidelines and a curriculum for supervised practice. An overriding goal in all tasks is to ensure quality standards attaining cultural correspondence with France and adhering to the defined values of integrity, benevolence, efficacity and responsibility. Certified members of ONPAC has increased from 18 to 163 over four years. The challenges and accomplishments experienced by ONPAC can be beneficial in guiding other professional organizations in similar endeavors.

 
 
 
Symposium #117
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Ethics
Developing Values-Driven, Contextually Appropriate Standards for Training and Practice in Behaviour Analysis
Thursday, November 13, 2025
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 12; Madrid
Area: PCH/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Aoife McTiernan (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Discussant: Conor Nolan (National College of Ireland)
CE Instructor: Aoife McTiernan, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The field of applied behaviour analysis (ABA) is fast evolving around the world. Development of the field internationally has been accelerated by a number of factors. Firstly, critics of ABA have called into question the social validity of professional practice based on the science of behaviour analysis, leading to a collective response within the field to reflect on the centrality of this concept in both research and practice. Professional skills for effective practice, beyond mastery of behavioural technology, have also been proposed as essential for behaviour analysts in response to criticisms. Secondly, the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) decision to revise their international focus in December, 2019 led to substantial efforts worldwide to develop country specific standards for training and practice in ABA. This, along with criticisms of the field, has resulted in efforts to develop values-driven, contextually appropriate frameworks and standards for training and practice. The first presentation in this symposium will reflect on criticisms of ABA as well as key values and perspectives in the field. The second presentation will communicate the results of qualitative research investigating behaviour analysts’ perspectives of core values and ethical frameworks essential for practice in Ireland.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Ethics, Social Validity, Values
Target Audience:

Individuals at all levels involved in the provision of ABA services - RBT's, BCaBA's, BCBA's.

Learning Objectives: 1. discuss the importance of social validity as it relates to behaviour analytic practice
2. identify key values that are essential for current behaviour analytic practice
3. list core values and ethical guidelines that govern Irish Behavior Analysts practice.
 

The Evolution of Values in the Science of Behaviour Analysis: A Discussion Paper

AOIFE MCTIERNAN (National University of Ireland, Galway), Darren Bowring (States of Jersey, Channel Islands, UK, Special Needs Service)
Abstract:

Behaviour analysis has been subject to considerable criticism in recent years. This paper sets out to discuss key values, concepts and perspectives in the field that are essential for current behaviour analytic practice, while highlighting and acknowledging necessary improvements for practice and training. These include the importance of behaviour analysts (BAs) focusing on social validity outcomes; the value of consumer opinions, alongside collaborative and relationship-based practice; the importance of proactive, function-based interventions that take into account learning histories; and the use of system-wide, quality of life interventions, including capable environments. This paper highlights areas where behaviour analysis needs further focus to ensure adherence to the underpinning values of the science and to continue to evolve as a science of behaviour grounded in clear and modern humanist values. This paper additionally reflects on the later development of behaviour analysis in the UK and Ireland and the influence of positive behavioural support (PBS) in graduate teaching and service application to develop values-based practice.

 
Core Values and Ethical Frameworks for Practice: Perspectives of Behaviour Analysts in Practice in Ireland
SHAUNA DIFFLEY (University of Galway), Sinéad Quinlivan (Lizard Centre Melbourne), Ciara Gunning (University of Galway), Aoife McTiernan (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract: While the number of behaviour analysts (BAs) practicing in Ireland has grown, behaviour analysis remains an unregulated profession. Many Irish BAs continue to be guided by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB), Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts as well as the Psychological Society of Ireland’s, Code of Professional Ethics. Given the BACB’s discontinuation of its global certification and recognition of the cultural differences associated with practicing outside of the United States, countries like Ireland are beginning to develop their own ethical frameworks and codes to guide professional practice in behaviour analysis. Research is necessary to inform the development of future ethical codes to ensure that they reflect practitioner values, protect and empower persons supported, and that they are contextually appropriate to the country within which behaviour analytic practice is being conducted. To that end, the current study aims to explore Irish BAs’ perspectives on core values and ethical frameworks for practice in Ireland. Focus groups were conducted with BAs who practice in Ireland. Data were analysed using reflexive thematic analysis. Implications of the findings for research and practice will be discussed, specifically how findings may inform the development of future frameworks for practice.
 
 
Symposium #120
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Current Research on Treatments for Challenging Behavior
Thursday, November 13, 2025
10:30 AM–11:20 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Roma II
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa)
CE Instructor: Matthew O'Brien, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Challenging behavior (e.g., aggression, property destruction, and self-injury) and communication difficulties (e.g., limited communication repertoires) are common among individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (Davies & Oliver, 2016). Individuals who engage in challenging behavior may have limited access to reinforcing and less restrictive environments (Lecavalier et al., 2006). Therefore, behavioral interventions are often required to decrease challenging behavior and promote appropriate communication, such as functional communication training (FCT; Carr & Durand, 1985). This symposium highlights research on function-based interventions for challenging behavior. The first presentation will describe procedures for an assessment to establish a preference hierarchy for communication modalities during FCT and its effects on resurgence of challenging behavior. Our second presentation describes an evaluation of immediate reactive prompting following challenging behavior during FCT. Finally, our last presentation extends previous research by evaluating the prevalence, latency, and persistence of ABA and ABC renewal across implementer, setting, and task changes using data from an intensive outpatient clinic for challenging behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, FCT, renewal, resurgence
Target Audience:

Functional analyses Function-based intervention Resurgence and renewal Functional communication training

Learning Objectives: 1. describe procedures for assessment procedures to identify preferred communication modalities during functional communication treatment
2. describe procedures for assessing varying renewal effects
3. describe procedures for prompting following challenging behavior during functional communication training
 

An Evaluation of Immediate Reactive Prompting During Functional Communication Training

KEVIN AYRES (University of Georgia), Amani Shukukani (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia)
Abstract:

Treatment options to reduce challenging behavior exhibited by individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities include communication-based approaches. Functional communication training (FCT) represents an example of an effective function-based intervention that reduces challenging behavior by teaching individuals more appropriate ways of communicating their needs and wants. Researchers have evaluated various prompting strategies designed to bring about the functional communication response (FCR) at the outset of FCT-based interventions. These prompting methods include prompting the functional communication response (FCR) immediately after challenging behavior occurs (immediate reactive), implementing a time-out (delay) before prompting the FCR, or prompting immediately after disrupting access to reinforcers (pre-emptive). The current study evaluated the effects of immediate reactive prompting following challenging behavior during FCT for two individuals with autism spectrum disorder who engaged in challenging behavior maintained by postivie reinforcement. The results of this study indicated that immediate reactive prompting reduced tangible-maintained challenging behavior to low levels and was shown to increase the acquisition of FCRs. Further, the study found no evidence of response chains developing during the course of FCT with immediate reactive prompting.

 

Analysis of Renewal of Challenging Behavior Across Contexts and Renewal Types in an Outpatient Clinic

MATTHEW O'BRIEN (The University of Iowa), Alex Pauls (University of Iowa), Sara R. Jeglum (Blank Children's Hospital), Carla N Martinez-Perez (University of Florida), Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Florida), Christopher T. Franck (Virginia Tech)
Abstract:

Behavioral renewal is the return of previously extinguished behavior following a return to a context previously associated with reinforcement (ABA renewal) or a novel context (ABC renewal). Recent retrospective analyses in clinical settings serving individuals with challenging behavior have shown that renewal is relatively common following changes in setting or implementer. However, studies have yet to evaluate renewal following task changes or differentiate between types of renewal (i.e., ABA vs. ABC) in their analyses. This study aims to extend previous research by evaluating the prevalence, latency, and persistence of ABA and ABC renewal across implementer, setting, and task changes using data from an intensive outpatient clinic for challenging behavior. Preliminary analysis of data across 98 patients indicates a similar prevalence of renewal to previous studies, with task changes producing renewal at levels comparable to those seen with implementer and setting changes. Only minor differences were observed in the prevalence of ABA and ABC renewal, which may be contrary to findings from basic research laboratories. The clinical implications of these findings, as well as suggestions for future research, will be discussed.

 
 
Panel #122
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Supervision
Breaking Barriers: Applying Behavior Analysis in Hospital Settings
Thursday, November 13, 2025
10:30 AM–11:20 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 12; Madrid
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Olivia Miller, M.A.
Chair: Olivia Miller (Children’s National Hospital; Simmons University )
SARA R. JEGLUM (Blank Children's Hospital)
PATRICK ROMANI (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
JENNIFER REECE (Texas Children’s Hospital)
Abstract: Children with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) face higher hospitalization rates and more frequent emergency visits compared to neurotypical peers, often due to behaviors that pose risks of harm and impede medical care. These challenges lead to extended hospital stays, increased staff stress and injuries, financial strain on institutions, and decreased caregiver satisfaction. Behavior analysts bring a unique skill set to address these systemic issues through consultation, training, and implementation of evidence-based practices. Despite their potential contributions, behavior analysts often face barriers to entering healthcare systems that lack awareness of their expertise or the value of applied behavior analysis (ABA). This panel features four experienced behavior analysts across four different major pediatric hospitals, who have successfully developed and implemented behavioral health programs that have reduced patient length of stay and staff injuries while improving caregiver satisfaction. The panelists will share their strategies for overcoming common barriers through evidence-based behavioral interventions in hospital settings. Topics include practical approaches to navigating hospital systems, implementing effective staff training, and meeting diverse stakeholder needs. Participants will gain concrete tools for building interdisciplinary partnerships and creating sustainable behavior-analytic programs that improve patient care while advancing their professional growth in healthcare settings.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience: Attendees will benefit most from the panel discussion if they possess the following skills and qualifications: (a) advanced coursework or completion of graduate studies in applied behavior analysis; (b) appropriate licensure and credentials to legally and ethically deliver behavior-analytic services; and (c) prior experience with interprofessional collaboration in healthcare settings or direct work within healthcare environments.
Learning Objectives: 1. identify common barriers to implementing behavior-analytic practices in hospital settings
2. gain concrete tools for building interdisciplinary collaborations with healthcare teams
3. acquire techniques for training and supervising hospital staff
Keyword(s): consultation, hospital, interdisciplinary collaboration, staff training
 
 
Symposium #123
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Applied Behavior Analysis in the Child Protection System
Thursday, November 13, 2025
10:30 AM–11:20 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 13; Lisboa
Area: CSS/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Kimberly Crosland, Ph.D.
Abstract: Children who enter the child protection system and are placed in foster care placement are among the most vulnerable for social-emotional problems and behavior problems. This can result in higher levels of placement instability, school failure, runaway behavior, and juvenile delinquency (Stone & Zibulsky, 2014). The continued need for applied behavior analysis services within child welfare is evident. This symposium will present some of the latest research with youth and caregivers in the child welfare system. The first study focused on implementing agency-wide PBIS in a residential facility for children in foster care. This involved changing the culture of the facility, training staff, and implementing positive strategies with youth. The second study extended the literature on the Functional Assessment Interview for Runaways by training case managers to conduct the interview and develop interventions to reduce youth runaway behavior. The final paper describes how youth in foster care are vulnerable to human trafficking lures. Understanding the mechanisms in which traffickers appeal to youth could assist in developing targeted prevention and interventions strategies to reduce victimization. These papers focus on critical areas in child welfare including improving residential placements, decreasing runaway behavior, improving placement stability, and preventing victimization.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Child Welfare, Foster Care, Human Trafficking, Runaway Youth
Target Audience: Basic knowledge of functional assessments and developing interventions based on outcomes of functional assessments. Understanding of positive behavior supports implemented at a Tier 1 (school/agency wide level)
Learning Objectives: 1. List the important questions to ask youth to determine the function of runaway behavior
2. Match interventions to function for youth who runaway
3. Discuss the components needed to implement agency wide PBIS
4. Describe the types of lures used by human traffickers to entice youth in foster care
 
Implementing Agency-Wide Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports in a Child Welfare Residential Care Facility
ROCKY HAYNES (Palma Academy of Learning), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Marissa A. Novotny (Health Innovation of America (HIA))
Abstract: Worldwide, there are between 2 and 8 million children supported in residential care, including foster care. In the United States there are over 350,000 children in foster care with approximately 23% residing in residential care (US Department of Health and Human Services, 2022). These systems have a long history of utilizing punishment-based, coercive techniques for managing problem behavior (De Valk et al, 2015). Although these methods are thought to be further traumatizing for youth who have already been traumatized, the punishment-based techniques are ubiquitous throughout residential care placements. This paper will describe a study that evaluated the feasibility of adapting and adopting the School-Wide Positive Behavior Interventions and Supports (PBIS) model to residential care at a Florida agency that housed youth in foster care in five separate cottages (small homes) on the campus. A concurrent multiple baseline across cottages design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of agency-wide PBIS. Results indicated that two cottages at the facility met high PBIS fidelity and experienced a decrease in reported inappropriate youth behavior across daily behavior scores and incident reports. The results are promising and suggest PBIS can be adapted within residential facilities. Limitations, challenges, and future research will be discussed.
 

Addressing Runaway Behavior: Evaluating Virtual Training to Teach Case Managers to Use the Functional Assessment Interview for Runaways (FAIR) and Create Individualized Interventions

ASHA FULLER (Intermountain Centers), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Arturo Garcia (University of South Florida), Emily Ullrich (SAFY of America)
Abstract:

According to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (2022), over 600,000 youth were served in the child welfare system the previous year. Youth in child welfare can have a variety of placements including foster family homes with relatives or non-relatives, group homes, or residential facilities. Running away is a problem across different placements and can be defined as an event where a youth disappears from their caregiver’s custody (Administration for Children’s Services, 1992). Currently, for youth that chronically run away from their child welfare placements, interventions are placement changes and/or counseling type therapy. The Functional Assessment Interview for Runaways (FAIR) is a semi-structured interview to be used for developing individualized behavior support plans for youth who frequently run away from alternative living settings (Crosland et al., 2020). The current study used an online training to teach case managers to use the FAIR and monthly online consultation meetings to create individualized interventions to address runaway behavior of youth in child welfare. FAIR results for youth and subsequent individualized interventions that were implemented by child welfare personnel will be described.

 

Form and Function of Lures: How Traffickers Exploit Vulnerabilities of Runaway Foster Care Youth

ARTURO GARCIA (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Human trafficking involves the involuntary commercial exchange of sexual activity or labor services of a vulnerable individual through the use of force, fraud, or coercion. While the specific circumstances may differ, for youth in foster care, victimization often corresponds with their history of maltreatment and certain risk factors (e.g., running away). Traffickers exploit these vulnerabilities using targeted strategies, or lures, to manipulate or entice a person to a situation or to engage in a behavior that will likely result in their entrapment or exploitation. Research suggests that vulnerability to trafficking changes by (a) the prevalence of certain risk factors, (b) the trafficker-used lure, and (c) the environmental conditions at the time of victimization. This paper will discuss a theoretical framework for the functional relationship of the cumulative risk factors that increase the likelihood of victimization and vulnerability to exploitation of youth in foster care in relation to a trafficker’s commonly used lures. Identifying a functional relationship may provide insight into the mechanisms of human trafficking and inform prevention efforts. Understanding how traffickers adapt their lures to exploit specific vulnerabilities of youth in foster care can inform the development of targeted interventions aimed at reducing victimization.

 
 
Symposium #124
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Ethics
Creative Methodological Approaches to Assessing the Determinants and Effectiveness of Intensive Supports for Severe Challenging Behaviors
Thursday, November 13, 2025
10:30 AM–11:20 AM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Roma I
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Thurka Thillainathan (Brock University)
Discussant: Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Alison Cox, Ph.D.
Abstract: A subset of individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities exhibit severe challenging behavior that often result in profound injury to themselves and others or extreme damage to property, which can negatively impact their quality of life. When less intrusive means do not produce clinically meaningful outcomes, intensive programming featuring the concurrent application of reinforcement-based approaches, decelerative strategies, and/or emergency restraints may be systematically employed to maximize benefits and reduce harm. Although, demographic research suggests the high prevalence of intensive programming across sectors, a thorough understanding of factors predicting its application and effectiveness remains limited. This symposium features two complementary talks that address these gaps in the literature by retrospectively examining intensive programming using innovative methodological approaches (e.g., Stability Check, modified Brinley plot), which may be characterized as nontraditional in behavior-analytic research. The first presentation describes a study enacting multi-tiered descriptive and statistical analyses to examine determinants of emergency restraint application in adolescents with intellectual and developmental disabilities who engage in high-risk challenging behavior. The second presentation showcases effectiveness outcomes of a systematic program evaluation examining a comprehensive behavioral intervention package targeting severe challenging behavior within an applied context.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, ethics, intensive supports, methodology
Target Audience: Attendees will benefit from having prior experience working with severe challenging behaviors, a solid foundation on the implementation of comprehensive multi-component programming (e.g., restraints applied concurrently with reinforcement-based approaches) to support client success, and training in applied research methodology, including descriptive and/or statistical analyses.
Learning Objectives: 1. identify participant characteristics associated with emergency physical restraint in children and adolescents with intellectual and developmental disabilities who are outpatient service recipients
2. describe a tiered approach to data analysis, including descriptive statistics (e.g., single-response and multi-response coding) and statistical analyses (e.g., regression analysis), which may facilitate utilizing these techniques in their own work (e.g., examining restraint determinants)
3. identify opportunities wherein the featured methods (e.g., program evaluation, consecutive case series) and tools (e.g., Stability Check, modified Brinley plot) may be leveraged in applied research and clinical settings interested in evaluating program effectiveness
 

Factors Associated With Restraint Application in Children and Adolescents With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities Displaying Severe Challenging Behavior

ASUDE AYVACI (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University), Daniel R. Mitteer (Emory University)
Abstract:

According to recent demographic studies, emergency physical restraints (PR) are still widely used, with prevalence rates ranging from 11%–78% across service sectors (Fitton & Jones, 2020). Behavior analysts may recommend PR when severe challenging behavior (CB) poses significant safety risks (e.g., intense aggression causing severe tissue damage; Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2020; Vollmer et al., 2011). Most PR literature features inpatient psychiatric populations despite the prevalence of restraints among individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. The current study partnered Rutgers University and Brock University. The multilevel analysis was informed by retrospective outpatient data (N = 12) from children and adolescents with intellectual and developmental disability who required emergency PRs. The study aimed to a) examine participant and restraint application characteristics and trends, and b) determine if CB severity at intake predicted latency to restraint application. Descriptive analysis results suggested most participants were experiencing polypharmacy, received moderate to high scores on the partnering agency’s CB severity tool, and primarily exhibited tangible or multiply controlled CB. Regarding restraint characteristics, the average restraint rate was 0.091 per hr. Regression results indicated that the median CB severity score significantly predicted latency to the first restraint applications. Clinical implications will be discussed.

 
Program Evaluation of a Specialized Treatment Home for Adults With Severe Challenging Behavior
THURKA THILLAINATHAN (Brock University), Bruce Linder (Pryor, Linder & Associates), Alison Cox (Brock University)
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities who engage in severe challenging behavior may comprise 5%–10% of this clinical population. Unfortunately, challenging behavior literature tends to: (1) underrepresent adult participants in comparison to child participants; and (2) emphasize efficacy (Does the intervention work?) more often than effectiveness (Does the intervention work in real world settings?). We conducted a systematic program evaluation across three specialized treatment homes to examine the effectiveness of a comprehensive behavioral treatment package involving combination interventions with decelerative strategies. This was accomplished using a hybrid nonexperimental consecutive case series design featuring all adults (N = 8) who experienced the treatment package, regardless of their success. The results depicted a substantial decrease in challenging behavior (i.e., frequency of negative target behavior episodes) from baseline to intervention for most participants and a commensurate increase in adaptive behavior (i.e., number of mastered skills targets) across sessions for all participants. Further, the treatment package was implemented with impressive integrity by frontline staff (M = 84%, range, 82%–90%) and was deemed instrumental for achieving a better quality of life by participants (100%) as well as caregivers/case managers (100%). Project limitations, clinical considerations, and future directions are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #128
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/IBAO
Basic and Applied Research on Function-Based Treatments for Challenging Behavior in Youth With Developmental Disorders
Thursday, November 13, 2025
10:30 AM–12:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 13; Porto
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Courtney Roler Mauzy (SUNY UPSTATE)
Discussant: Wayne W. Fisher (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School)
CE Instructor: Brian D. Greer, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Translational research examines the generality of laboratory-based principles to novel clinical applications such as new subject populations or new clinical procedures. The research presented in this symposium focuses on lines of research that impact the treatment of challenging behavior in youth with developmental disorders. The first presentation describes data from non-human animals observed during periods of extinction and illustrates how the inclusion of novel stimuli at the onset of extinction might mitigate an extinction burst. The second presentation builds on the first by further examining how dimensions of reinforcement (e.g., magnitude) might impact extinction bursts for youth with challenging behavior. The third study examined the role of communication modality preference during functional communication training on the persistence of communication when faced with treatment disruptions. The final study described a randomized control trial of a novel caregiver training intervention for behavior problems and showed that the intervention reduced the occurrence of challenging behavior relative to a control condition, while preliminary data revealed that those youth whose caregivers received training were less likely to show signs of treatment degradation during periods of extinction. The translational link among these investigations and suggestions for future research will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

The target audience is new and seasoned BCBAs and licensed psychologists working with youth with developmental disabilities. Attendees would be expected to have basic familiarity with schedules of reinforcement, extinction, dimensions of reinforcement, and differential reinforcement as a treatment for challenging behavior. More advanced concepts include matching law, behavioral momentum theory and variables impacting treatment relapse and response persistence.

Learning Objectives: 1. identify the extent to which dimensions of reinforcement impact behavior during periods of extinction
2. understand the role of topography preference on the persistence of communicative behavior
3. identify variables that impact response persistence and relapse in clinical populations
 
The Extinction Burst: Effects of Alternative Reinforcement Rate
(Basic Research)
TIMOTHY A. SHAHAN (Utah State University), Matias Alejandro Avellaneda (Utah State University), Joshua B. Hiltz (Utah State University), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Wayne W. Fisher (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School)
Abstract: An extinction burst is a transitory increase in an operant behavior soon after it is placed on extinction. A matching-law based quantative model suggests the extinction burst results from the elimination of competition from reinforcement-related behavior that accompanies the transition to extinction. Consistent with this notion, clinical case reviews suggest that availablility of alternative reinforcement can reduce the prevalence of the extinction burst. The model predicts the extinction burst should be increasingly mitigated as rates of alternative reinforcement increase. We report two experimetns with rats examining this prediction. In Experiment 1, the availability of alternative reinforcement eliminated the extinction burst compared to when no alternative response was available, but contrary to model predictions different rates of alternative reinforcement all similarly mitigated the extinction burst. In Experiment 2, we show that even the introduction of an alternative response that never produces reinforcement can eliminate the extinction burst compared to when no alternative response is available. Together, these results suggest that even a brief period of distraction by a novel stimulus at the onset of extinction might be used to prevent the extinction burst. We discuss how to incorporate such effects into the quantitative model.
 
Effects of Alternative Reinforcement Rate, Magnitude, and Quality on Extinction Bursts in the Clinic
(Applied Research)
BRIAN D. GREER (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Wayne W. Fisher (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University), Casey Irwin Helvey (Rutgers University (RUCARES)), Catherine Kishel (Rutgers University), Samantha Breeman (Children's Specialized Hospital - Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services)
Abstract: An extinction burst is a temporary increase in previously reinforced responding when placed on extinction. The Temporally Weighted Matching Law suggests that extinction bursts result from the removal of behavior associated with the now unavailable reinforcer (e.g., approaching, consuming, and savoring a morsel of food). As such, manipulations of reinforcement rate, magnitude, and quality that directly affect such reinforcement-related behavior in baseline should also affect the prevalence and magnitude of extinction bursts both in the laboratory and in the clinic. We report preliminary data from three experiments in which previously reinforced destructive behavior was placed on extinction while an alternative response resulted in the same reinforcer from baseline, a degraded version of that reinforcer from baseline, or no reinforcer. We isolated one dimension of alternative reinforcement (i.e., rate, magnitude, or quality) per experiment to assess its effects on the bursting of target destructive behavior. Potential implications of our early results are discussed.
 

Further Evaluation of the Relation Between Response Preference and Persistence

(Applied Research)
JOEL ERIC RINGDAHL (University of Georgia), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa)
Abstract:

Modality selection during functional communication training (FCT) has a recent history of emphasis in the behavior-analytic literature. Researchers have evaluated modality related variables such as novelty and efficiency. In general, research has shown FCT to be efficacious regardless of these variables, with some aspects such as efficiency producing quicker therapeutic outcomes. Relatedly, Ringdahl et al (2018) reported a general relation between communication modality preference and resistance to extinction. Specifically, participants demonstrated greater persistence of high-preferred communication modalities, relative to low-preferred communication modalities. The study demonstrated this general finding across FCT and mand training interventions. The purpose of the current study was twofold: first, we sought to replicate the findings related to the impact of response preference on persistence; second, we sought to enhance the history of reinforcement for low-preferred (communication modalities to increase their persistence relative to the high-preferred response modality. Results showed that the relation between response preference and persistence was a replicable phenomenon. However, enhancing the reinforcement history for the low-preferred response did not lead to greater persistence. The results are discussed with respect to implications for modality selection during communication-based interventions, as well as the apparent robust nature of preference as a variable that impacts response persistence.

 

Describing a Novel Parent Training Program to Address High-Frequency Challenging Behaviors in Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD)

(Applied Research)
Henry Roane (Upstate Medical University), COURTNEY ROLER MAUZY (SUNY UPSTATE), Kevin Antshel (Syracuse University)
Abstract:

Several group-based parent training programs have been developed to address behavioral concerns in young children with and without developmental disorders. Typically, these programs have been designed to address core symptoms of autism spectrum disorder (ASD: e.g., the Incredible Years for ASD) or broad coaching to address parent response to child misbehavior (e.g., Parent-Child Interaction Therapy). Despite the efficacy of these programs, they have limited application to the most common forms of challenging behavior that occur within the ASD population. This presentation describes the outcomes of a randomized control trial of a 6-week group-based parent training curriculum to specifically address high-frequency challenging behaviors among children with ASD: aggression, feeding difficulties, and sleep dysfunction. Data were collected across a range of standardized measures are three time points. An overview of the curriculum and outcomes for the experiment group relative to the control group will be provided. Secondary analyses on caregiver behaviors (e.g., depression symptoms) will be discussed. In addition, preliminary data will be shown from a subsequent examination of the extent to which the parent-training curriculum mitigates treatment relapse.

 
 
Symposium #129
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/IBAO
Increasing Early Social and Language Skills in Children at Risk for or Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD)
Thursday, November 13, 2025
10:30 AM–12:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 13; Paris I
Area: LBD/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
Discussant: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
CE Instructor: Mary Jane Weiss, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The effectiveness of early intervention is well known. Social and language deficits are core deficits associated with Autism Spectrum Disorders. As such, it is especially important to develop skills in socialization and language at early stages of development. Recent work (e.g., Neimy et al., 2020; Pelaez et al., 2018; Shillingsburg et al., 2022) has highlighted the effectiveness of behavioral interventions using contingent responding to increase early social and communication skills. In this symposium, research will be presented on the use of these interventions with young children diagnosed with or at risk for autism. Presenters will discuss the comparative effects of contingent vocal imitation and parentese on the rate of child vocalizations and the development of echoic skills. Discussion will include data on corollary social variables (eye contact and affect) and extensions of this work using similar procedures to build manding repertoires and joint attention. Across all presentations, the focus will be on the improvement of pivotal skills in early childhood development using behavioral procedures. Procedures to integrate caregivers and train professionals in these procedures will also be emphasized; social validity measures will be discussed. Clinical implications of these findings will be outlined; suggestions for future research directions will be shared.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): contingent imitation, joint attention, mands, vocalizations
Target Audience:

Audience members will possess general knowledge of child development, basic verbal operants, and social skills including joint attention.

Learning Objectives: 1. describe different contingent reinforcement procedures for promoting language and social skills in infants and young children
2. compare the effectiveness of various strategies on increasing echoic, mand, and joint attention repertoires
3. discuss implications for clinical application of procedures to increase early language and social skills in children diagnosed with or at risk for autism
 

Effects of Bilingualism and Caregiver Differences on the Vocalizations of Infants and Toddlers With a High Likelihood of Autism

HAYLEY MAY NEIMY (HOLLYBURN FAMILY SERVICES), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Rebecca Pelaez (Florida International University), Elisa Valle (Florida International University)
Abstract:

We expand on previous studies that compare the use of different operant social reinforcement procedures to promote early vocalizations among infants with a high likelihood of autism. In the present studies, we extend across caregivers, in both single and bilingual speaking households, all delivered in a telehealth format. The results from these cases confirm findings from previous research that contingent reinforcement procedures are more effective than non-contingent reinforcement, including the use of “motherese”/”parentese” and vocal imitation (Neimy & Pelaez, 2021; Pelaez, Borroto, & Carrow, 2018; Neimy et al., 2020). Additionally, implications from these cases further support and illustrate: (a) the efficacy of systematically arranging the social consequences delivered by caregivers within the natural environment, (b) how to promote early communication repertoires using contingent reinforcement, (c) methods for identifying idiosyncratic preferences of the infants, and (d) the importance of adopting culturally sensitive and client-centered therapeutic practices that engage multiple caregivers. Implications for future research and ethical practice, including considerations for prevention, optimal infant-caregiver environmental arrangements, misplaced contingencies, and establishing caregivers as potent social reinforcers.

 

Teaching Parents to Use Contingent Responding to Increase Vocalizations of Infants With and Without Known Risk for Autism

LORI E. MASTROGIACOMO (Endicott College / Gold Coast Children's Center), Hayley May Neimy (HOLLYBURN FAMILY SERVICES), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
Abstract:

Contingent responding to infant vocalizations is a promising intervention for increasing spontaneous vocalizations and echoics in young children. The purpose of the current study is to extend the work of Neimy et al. (2020) by examining the impact of contingent parentease (“babytalk”) speech, contingent vocal imitation (CVI), and noncontingent speech (a control condition) on rates of vocalizations of infants with and without known risk for Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Infants (ages 6-14 months) at risk, i.e., those with an older sibling diagnosed with ASD, and infants without known risk and their parents/caregivers (three per infant) will participate. Caregivers will be trained to implement each of the three strategies using Behavioral Skills Training (BST). A nonconcurrent multiple baseline across caregivers (with embedded alternating treatments design) will be used to evaluate effects on rate of infant vocalizations. Data on auxiliary variables (infant echoics, infant and caregiver eye contact and smiles) will also be collected for further analysis. Expert judges (speech language pathologists) will examine vocalizations and code phonetic quality to determine emergence of new sounds during the intervention. Results of this study may have implications for providing caregivers with simple yet effective teaching strategies to boost early language development in their children.

 

Utilization of a Contingent Vocal Imitation Intervention in the Acquisition of Mands in Young Children With Autism

CAROLYN CRYSDALE (Endicott College), Jill Harper (Melmark New England, Endicott College), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Hayley May Neimy (HOLLYBURN FAMILY SERVICES)
Abstract:

The rapid rise in autism spectrum disorder (ASD) diagnoses underscores the critical need for effective early intervention strategies targeting communication and language development. This study examined the impact of contingent vocal imitation (CVI) on mand acquisition in young children with ASD or those at risk of ASD. Building on established research, CVI has been shown to enhance vocalizations in infants and toddlers across various populations, yet its application to functional language, such as mands (requesting), remains underexplored. Using an ABCACB reversal design, the study compared the efficacy of CVI, parentese, and vocal modeling in increasing the frequency and accuracy of mand vocalizations. Six child-therapist dyads participated, allowing for counterbalancing of all conditions. The results identified the most effective intervention condition, advancing the understanding of CVI as a tool for fostering mand acquisition in children with ASD. The findings can inform future research questions and allow for CVI to be used as a piece of early intervention packages to treat young children with ASD effectively.

 

Remotely Coaching Caregivers to Promote Joint Attention Skills With Neurodiverse Infants in Norway

KATERINA MONLUX (Oslo Metropolitian), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
Abstract:

Deficits in social engagement are among the core diagnostic criteria observed among children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). In particular, joint attention is a critical skill for developing more complex social interactions and occurs at a lower rate in those with ASD. However, behavioral strategies and brief parent-infant engagement training have successfully taught joint attention. The current presentation reviews and extends previously published procedures for training joint attention modeled after Pelaez and colleagues’ (2012) operant. Data will be presented, showing the acquisition of responding to joint attention and subsequent emergence of initiating joint attention in the natural environment over telehealth, using caregivers as therapists, learning paradigm with data from toddlers with an older sibling with ASD as well as with ASD. A model for expanding previous findings to the natural environment with a younger population at a higher likelihood of qualifying for an autism spectrum disorder diagnosis due to familial history is proposed.

 
 
Panel #133
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Ethics
Behavior Analytic Approaches to Support Sexual Development of Individuals With Extensive Support Needs
Thursday, November 13, 2025
11:30 AM–12:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 12; Madrid
Area: LBD/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jennifer Pollard, Ph.D.
Chair: Tiffany Christmas Lee (Daily Behavior Management and Consulting)
ERICA B MCCLURE (University of Louisville)
JENNIFER POLLARD (University of Louisville)
CHIARA CESARO (Mind The Kids and Aba for disability)
Abstract:

There is a long history of individuals with extensive support needs (ESN) being sterilized without their knowledge and consent. Additionally, contextually inappropriate sexualized behavior (CISB) is fairly prevalent among individuals with ESN; estimates suggest that 18% to 28% of individuals diagnosed with intellectual or developmental disabilities (IDD) engage in these behaviors. Part of the reason this occurs is a lack of comprehensive sex education (CSE), limited awareness of individuals’ with ESN sexual development, and a lack of interventions to address sexual behaviors and build skills related to self-determination or informed decision-making. Panelists will discuss multiple aspects of addressing and supporting the sexuality of individuals with ESN, including identification of barriers to access, collaboration with other stakeholders, and proactive and reactive behavior analytic interventions to support individuals with ESN throughout sexual development. Based on their experiences as practitioners, researchers, and trainers, panelists will offer guidance on how to address specific barriers and implement individualized behavior analytic interventions effectively and ethically.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Individuals should have an understanding of basic ABA concepts and the application of behavior analytic interventions across multiple contexts. Individuals should also understand the different aspects related to collaborating with different stakeholders.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe steps to collaborate with stakeholders in the development of individualized interventions to support sexual devlopment.
2. Describe how to ethically implement behavior analytic interventions related to sexual development.
3. Identify specific methods, including function-based interventions, to address contextually inappropriate sexual behaviors.
Keyword(s): appplied interventions, comprehensive sexuality, sexuality education, sexuality support
 
 
Symposium #134
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Motivating Operations: The Continuing Evolution of Motivational Concepts in Behavior Analysis
Thursday, November 13, 2025
11:30 AM–12:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level -1; Londres
Area: PCH/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Matthew Lewon, Ph.D.
Abstract: Behavioristic approaches to psychology, including behavior analysis, have struggled with the conceptualization of motivation, perhaps because non-behavioristic approaches, influenced by cultural/non-scientific sources, have tended to characterize it as a psychic or biological “force” that causes behavior. Despite this, Skinner wrote extensively about motivation and drew a conceptual distinction between the effects of motivational variables and those of other classes of events (e.g., discriminative stimuli, reinforcers). However, motivation as a distinct field/topic within behavior analytic theory and research largely disappeared and was subsumed into the areas of reinforcement and stimulus control in the 1960s. The conceptual work of Jack Michael and others beginning in the 1980s reestablished motivation as an important and distinct conceptual domain within a behavior analytic framework. Today, motivation in behavior analysis is predominantly conceptualized in terms of motivating operations (MOs). The MO concept continues to stimulate a great deal of conceptual discussion among behavior analysts, though experimental analysis has been slower to emerge. This symposium will introduce participants to some contemporary developments in the conceptual and experimental analysis of MOs and discuss interrelations between empirical and conceptual research in the ongoing evolution of motivational concepts within behavior analysis.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): motivating operations, negative reinforcement, renewal, resurgence
Target Audience: Can provide definitions/examples of basic behavior analytic principles: motivating operations, stimulus discrimination, reinforcement
Learning Objectives: 1. Critique the current approach to motivating operations and negative reinforcement.
2. Describe how AOs may influence resurgence in a typical resurgence paradigm.
3. Describe two ways in which MOs may contribute to renewal of extinguished operant behavior.
4. Describe the relationship between experimental analysis/experimentation and conceptualization of motivating operations.
 
Aversive Stimulus Presentations Should Not Be Classified as Motivating Operations
(Theory)
TIMOTHY EDWARDS (University of Waikato)
Abstract: It is currently widely accepted that the presentation of an aversive stimulus establishes its own offset as a reinforcer, thereby qualifying as a motivating operation (MO). This conceptualization is frequently referred to when describing the escape condition in functional analyses and when analyzing escape-maintained behavior more generally. I make the case that this is an inappropriate application of the MO concept. The MO concept, I argue, is not required to explain the reinforcing effectiveness of the termination of an aversive stimulus but, instead, it reminds us that the function of the to-be-terminated stimulus is not fixed and prompts us to seek out the factors that alter this stimulus function. Not only does the current conceptualization incorrectly imply that the reinforcing function of the termination of a stimulus is fixed, it is also conceptually incoherent: there is no parallel conceptualization related to the removal of a reinforcing stimulus. In this talk, I expound on these points and discuss implications for our approach to carrying out functional analyses and addressing escape-maintained behavior.
 
Motivating Operation (MO) Induced and MO Augmented Resurgence
(Basic Research)
AMIN DUFF LOTFIZADEH (Easterseals Southern California/CSUN)
Abstract: Resurgence is a phenomenon wherein a previously extinguished response occurs after an alternative response form within the same operant class is extinguished or the reinforcer contingency is diminished. In the present study, we examined if (a) depreciating the value of the reinforcer through an abolishing operation (AO) would bring about resurgence of the initial response and (b) if the AO would mitigate or enhance resurgence when both responses were extinguished. Eighteen male Wistar rats were trained to lever press for food pellets across 20 sessions. The initial response was then extinguished and they were trained to lever press on an alternative lever to obtain food pellets for 20 sessions. In the second phase, all rats were given pre-session access to their daily food ration on the fifth, tenth, and fifteenth sessions to assess if the AO would bring about resurgence of the initial response. In the next phase, both responses were extinguished and half the rats were given pre-session access to their daily food ration while the other half were not given pre-session food. The results indicated that the AO did not bring about resurgence of the initial response and the AO did not enhance the magnitude of resurgence. These results provide the first set of data on AOs’ influence on resurgence. Future research is described to assess how AOs can influence resurgence of different operant classes.
 
Motivational State-Dependent Learning: Multiple Functions of Motivating Operations
(Basic Research)
MATTHEW LEWON (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: State-dependent learning (SDL) describes situations in which evidence of learning is differentially observed in physiological states/conditions similar to those prevailing at the time(s) individuals experienced certain operant or Pavlovian contingencies. SDL has been studied largely with operant drug discriminations procedures but has also been demonstrated with food deprivation/satiation states. Recently there has been a great deal of research on operant “relapse phenomena,” or the recovery of extinguished operant responding when features of the context in which extinction occurred are changed (e.g., renewal, reinstatement, etc.). This presentation will describe recent experiments studying the role of motivating operations (MOs) in the renewal and reinstatement of operant behavior in mice. In these experiments, different combinations of MOs served as contexts for operant acquisition and extinction learning, followed by tests for renewal and reinstatement after extinction. Results suggest that MOs have two interacting functions in state-dependent renewal/reinstatement: 1) serving as a part of the context (state) in which reinforcement or extinction learning occurs (discriminative functions) and 2) altering the amount of responding occurring in acquisition and extinction MO contexts, beyond their discriminative functions (motivational functions). Conceptual implications are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #135
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Ensuring High Quality Autism Intervention Programs
Thursday, November 13, 2025
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level -1; Europa
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Dawn Buffington Townsend (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention)
CE Instructor: Dawn B. Townsend, Ph.D.
Abstract: Individuals with autism deserve opportunities to participate in high-quality education programs that ensure positive outcomes. Behavior analysts, therefore, must turn their attention to promoting excellence consistently within such education programs through the development of systems that can be implemented with fidelity and replicated across students, classrooms, and even agencies. There are critical variables that relate directly to producing student gains that lead to opportunities and a higher quality of life. This symposium will elucidate important program components, including the format of the educational environment, the value of programming across a wide array of skill domains, the development of skillful, compassionate, and dedicated teachers and supervisors, effective parental involvement and support, and accountability systems that connect student outcomes to services delivered. Data will be presented across several agencies (within the US and Europe) to demonstrate how implementation of comprehensive programming, staff training and evaluation, and parent support result in skill development, highly engaged students, and satisfied consumers in education programs operated by members of the Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention, all of which operate from the same systems-based model.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Accountability systems, Autism education, High-quality Intervention, Student outcomes
Target Audience: Audience members should have an established understanding of behavior analysis, with a BA degree at minimum.
Learning Objectives: 1. identify key variables that ensure effective intervention programs for individuals with autism
2. use behavior skills training and teaching interactions to improve the performance of interventionists and parents
3. create and implement systems of accountability to ensure high-quality autism service delivery in an educational environment
 
Promoting Excellence in Autism Educational Services
AMANDA FREEMAN (Princeton Child Development Institute), Christine Fry (Princeton Child Development Institute)
Abstract: The importance of high-quality behavior analytic service delivery remains more important than ever as the incidence of autism continues to rise, and schools are tasked with providing effective educational services. Despite this, the variables that contribute to effective intervention within educational settings have been poorly defined. This presentation will describe the key components of effective educational programs, including the arrangement of the educational environment, optimal teacher-student ratios, and the individualized nature of instructional programming. Emphasis will be placed on the design of effective motivational systems and daily schedules, and the comprehensive nature of instructional programming. Program-wide measures will be reviewed, including a measure based upon the work of Risley and McClannahan (1975) to assess engagement and affect among students and teachers. Additionally, the application of a constructional approach to behavior will be described; focused on teaching meaningful skills to build behavioral repertoires. Data will be shared demonstrating the percentage of skill acquisition programs in place, and the distribution of programs addressing a wide array of instructional domains that enhance the quality of life of students and families.
 

Developing Teaching Skills for Autism Interventionists and Parents of Children With Autism: Some Learnings From ASAI Member Agencies Over the Last 50 Years

KEVIN J. BROTHERS (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Emily E. Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Sandra R. Gomes (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Paul Shreiber (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Abstract:

Autism intervention staff training has been the focus of numerous publications in the applied behavior analytic literature. Although recent publications have focused on behavior skills training (cf., Parsons et al., 2012), the work of Mont Wolf and his colleagues (Wolf et al.,1995) was seminal articulating the steps of a teaching interaction found to be effective for working with adjudicated youth. ASAI agency members have been operating from the elements of those teaching interactions (cf., McClannahan et al.,1982; Leaf et al., 2015) for decades, teaching staff at all levels to use them with colleagues to celebrate praiseworthy performances and to instruct on performances that need to be different. These teaching interactions have also been at the core of ASAI agency member’s parent training and home programming services. This paper will present 6 months of data from the five international ASAI members quantifying the display of these dimensions by staff while they provide hands-on training to teachers employed at ASAI member agencies, staff evaluation data, and home programming data. The data will be discussed in terms of their generality to educating autism interventionists and future research questions in need of answers.

 
Words Do Not Ensure Accountability, Systems Do!
ERIC ROZENBLAT (Institute for Educational Achievement), Donna De Feo (Institute for Educational Achievement), Dawn Buffington Townsend (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention)
Abstract: Accountability is a term that is not only prevalent within our field, but critical to the quality and effectiveness of autism intervention agencies whose goals are to produce effective outcomes for consumers who are recipients of services. However, simply saying one is accountable does not result in accountability. Rather, systems of accountability in which yoked contingencies are directly linked to outcomes as measured through objective data, are critical variables in ensuring high quality autism intervention agencies. Autism agencies who operate under the model established by the Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention (ASAI) have been operating under various accountability systems for decades, as initially established by Drs. Patricia Krantz and Lynn McClannahan more than 50 years ago. The purpose of this presentation is to describe, and demonstrate, some outcome measures obtained within, and across, ASAI member agencies, nationally and internationally. Specifically, data on consumer outcomes as measured by objective external evaluators, and social validity data obtained from various consumer groups over the last five years will be presented.
 
 
Panel #137
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Global Perspectives on Public Policy Advocacy: Advancing Behavior Analysis Across Borders
Thursday, November 13, 2025
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 12; Madrid
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Berenice de la Cruz, Ph.D.
Chair: Berenice de la Cruz (Texas A&M University-San Antonio)
JEFFREY E. DILLEN (Texana Center)
GIOVAMBATTISTA PRESTI (Kore University)
IVANA TRELLOVA (Srdce Autizmu)
Abstract: Public policy advocacy plays a vital role in addressing societal challenges through evidence-based solutions, community engagement, and legislative collaboration. Italy, Mexico, Slovakia, and the United States exemplify diverse approaches to integrating behavior analytic principles into public policies. Panelists will discuss the role of behavior analysts in shaping public policies at local, national, and international levels, highlighting strategies for building relationships with policymakers. The session will explore how national, state, and local ABA organizations can influence policies to better serve individuals and communities. Discussions will address the ethical, contextual, and structural factors shaping ABA service delivery across countries, emphasizing how U.S.-centric training and intervention models may be partially or totally inapplicable in different contexts. Key topics include the organization of services (e.g., state-subsidized versus private), behavior analyst as a standalone profession vs integration in other professional profiles, certification versus licensing, breadth of interventions, professional development, and collaboration of other professionals. Insights will also cover the recognition, regulation, and integration of ABA into public policies in Mexico and Slovakia, outlining challenges and solutions to advance the profession globally. This session aims to foster a more compassionate, evidence-based approach to public policy that aligns with behavior analytic principles.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Intermediate-Must have the behavior analytic knowledge expected of all BCaBAs and BCBAs.
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the role of behavior analysts in shaping public policies at local, national, and international levels to address societal challenges.
2. Discuss ethical, contextual, and structural factors influencing ABA service delivery across different countries, highlighting the applicability of U.S.-centric models in diverse contexts.
3. Identify strategies for fostering interdisciplinary collaboration, professional development, and advocacy to advance the global recognition and integration of ABA into public policies.
Keyword(s): advocacy, international, public policy, regulation
 
 
Panel #138
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Ethics
Effective Collaboration for Data-Based Decision Making in Schools
Thursday, November 13, 2025
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Milao I/II
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Menaka Kumari De Alwis, M.A.
Chair: Menaka Kumari De Alwis (University of Oregon)
SARAH ELIZABETH QUINN (Eastern Michigan University)
MARINA R CRAIN (University of Oregon)
YESSY MEDINA (University of Oregon)
Abstract: Effective data-based decision making in schools requires interdisciplinary collaboration to address the diverse needs of students. This panel brings together a special education teacher, bilingual general education teacher, behavior analyst, and speech-language pathologist to explore how data informs practices across their fields. Panelists will discuss strategies for integrating multiple data sources into cohesive, collaborative, actionable plans that promote student success. Using lived experiences and current research, the panel will examine how to align interventions with Individualized Education Program (IEP) goals, ensure compliance with laws, and use evidence-based practices when working with students and colleagues. Topics will include effective, culturally responsive instructional and collaborative practices, identifying meaningful data points/analyzing trends, and creating measurable, functional outcomes based on assessment findings and student needs. Developing effective communication and collaboration strategies and interdisciplinary, aligned instructional objectives will also be discussed. Attendees will leave with actionable steps and real-world examples to improve interdisciplinary collaboration and develop robust data collection and interpretation methods, while learning how to make data-based instructional decisions that benefit all students, particularly those with disabilities and/or multilingual learners. This session is ideal for educators and practitioners committed to developing efficient, effective collaborative practices supporting equitable outcomes for all students.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Knowledge of the BACB ethics codes and standards of practice. General understanding of workings of an educational team in public and private schools in the United States. At least 1-2 years practicing as an educator or related services provider (e.g., behavior analyst, speech/language pathologist).
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify, utilize, and analyze multiple data sources, including observational and interview data, behavioral data, progress monitoring data, and curriculum-referenced assessment data to inform decision-making processes.
2. Use evidence-based practices and make data-based decisions when targeting lessons for goals from the IEP, when creating actionable intervention plans, and when working with colleagues collaboratively.
3. Identify at least three effective, culturally responsive, and evidence-based collaboration, communication, and teaming strategies to support data-informed decision making.
4. Identify how learning objectives are connected to the BACB ethics code.
Keyword(s): culturally-responsive practices, data-based decision-making, ethical practices, interdisciplinary collaboration
 
 
Symposium #139
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/IBAO
Creating Supervision Processes to Support New Behavior Analysts Worldwide
Thursday, November 13, 2025
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 13; Paris I
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mylena Pinto Lima Pinto Lima (Casulo Comportamento e Saúde)
CE Instructor: Karly L. Cordova, Ed.D.
Abstract:

This symposium addresses the critical need for structured, adaptable, and culturally responsive supervision practices in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). As the field of ABA expands worldwide, supervisors are tasked with balancing rigorous competency development with ethical and culturally sensitive practices to meet the needs of diverse populations. The panel features three expert presentations that collectively highlight innovative strategies for optimizing supervision systems, offering a comprehensive view of modern supervision practices. Topics include the establishment of supervision frameworks in new ABA businesses, the integration of ethical decision-making, and the promotion of cultural competency through impactful mentorship. Presentations emphasize evidence-based methodologies such as Behavioral Skills Training (BST), performance-based competency assessments, and the use of digital tools to streamline supervision documentation and enhance efficiency. Panelists will share real-world applications to illustrate how these practices improve skill acquisition, uphold international ethical standards, and support the professional growth of practitioners across various contexts. Attendees, including company owners, program directors, and supervisors, will gain actionable insights for implementing scalable supervision systems tailored to global demands. The session equips participants to foster ethical decision-making, build culturally competent mentorship programs, and ensure the sustained development of confident, skilled behavior analysts in diverse practice settings.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): ABA Business, Competency, DEI, Supervision
Target Audience:

Company owners and administrators in ABA organizations Supervisors overseeing BCBA/BCaBA/QSP trainees or ABAT/RBTs Program directors and educators responsible for competency development in practitioners

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify key components of a structured supervision system, including documentation processes and competency-based evaluations, that support ethical and effective practitioner training.
2. Analyze challenges specific to ABA startups in emerging markets and develop strategies to establish scalable and sustainable supervision systems.
3. Apply actionable tools to implement efficient supervision systems tailored to new business environments.
 

Advancing Global Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Practices: Culturally Adaptable Supervision Systems for Competence Acquisition

MYLENA PINTO LIMA PINTO LIMA (Casulo Comportamento e Saúde)
Abstract:

This panel highlights the urgent need for culturally adaptable supervision processes to support new behavior analysts in acquiring and documenting essential competencies. As Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) continues its global expansion, supervisors must navigate the dual challenge of ensuring rigorous skill development while honoring the unique cultural contexts in which they work. Panelists will present innovative strategies for designing supervision systems that integrate cultural responsiveness with international ethical and professional standards. The session emphasizes the use of evidence-based methodologies such as Behavioral Skills Training (BST), performance-based competency assessments, and digital tools, all tailored to meet the specific needs of diverse populations. Practical examples will illustrate how culturally sensitive supervision practices can bridge gaps in understanding, build trust, and enhance the professional growth of practitioners across varied cultural settings. Attendees, including company owners, supervisors, program directors, and educators, will gain actionable insights to implement scalable, culturally relevant supervision systems that promote ethical decision-making and competency development. This panel equips participants with tools to adapt supervision frameworks for global applicability, ensuring inclusive, high-quality mentorship. By addressing the cultural dimensions of supervision, this session reinforces the importance of diversity, equity, and inclusion in sustaining the growth and success of ABA professionals worldwide.

 

Setting Up Supervision Systems for New Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Businesses

FELIPE SILVA DIAS (Néos Desenvolvimento)
Abstract:

As the demand for Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services continues to rise in emerging markets, new ABA businesses face the unique challenge of creating effective supervision systems that support both operational and clinical excellence. This presentation offers a comprehensive guide to developing structured, competency-based supervision frameworks designed to train ethical and highly skilled practitioners while fostering sustainable growth. Participants will gain access to actionable tools for implementing efficient documentation processes, rigorous competency assessments, and well-defined training pathways. Panelists will provide insights into overcoming common challenges faced by ABA startups, such as balancing resource constraints with the need for high-quality services. Through real-world examples and data-driven approaches, attendees will explore strategies for bridging the gap between business operations and clinical integrity. This session emphasizes the importance of integrating supervision systems that align with ethical standards and evidence-based practices, ensuring the development of competent practitioners who can deliver exceptional care. By addressing the specific needs of ABA businesses in emerging markets, this presentation aims to equip company owners, supervisors, and administrators with the knowledge and tools necessary to establish scalable, high-quality supervision systems that promote organizational success and elevate the standards of service delivery in diverse settings.

 
Mentoring New Behavior Analysts: Building Confidence, Competence, and Ethical Practice
KARLY L. CORDOVA (KHY ABA Consulting Group, Inc.)
Abstract: This discussion delves into the pivotal role of mentorship in cultivating the next generation of behavior analysts, focusing on the intersection of competence, ethics, and cultural responsiveness. As the global demand for high-quality Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services continues to grow, the field must prioritize the development of practitioners who are not only confident and skilled but also ethically grounded. Panelists will present evidence-based strategies to foster clinical expertise and ethical decision-making among mentees, emphasizing the importance of cultural competency and feedback integration to ensure comprehensive skill acquisition and adherence to ethical standards. Through the use of case studies and real-world applications, attendees will explore how effective mentorship enhances service quality, promotes sustainable professional growth, and proactively addresses potential ethical challenges. This session highlights the value of structured supervision experiences that incorporate actionable feedback, culturally sensitive practices, and competency-focused assessments. Participants, including supervisors, program directors, and organizational leaders, will leave with practical tools to design impactful mentorship programs that prepare mentees to succeed across diverse practice settings. This discussion provides a roadmap for fostering the professional and ethical growth of future behavior analysts, ensuring that mentorship becomes a cornerstone of excellence in ABA service delivery worldwide.
 
 
Symposium #141
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Centering Consumer Perspectives: Advancing Compassionate and Collaborative Behavior Analysis Practices
Thursday, November 13, 2025
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 0; Bruxelas
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Bethany P. Contreras Young (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Olive Healy (Trinity College Dublin)
CE Instructor: Bethany P. Contreras Young, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium explores the evolving role of compassion, collaboration, and consumer involvement in applied behavior analysis (ABA) practices, emphasizing the importance of centering the perspectives of autistic individuals and their families. The first presentation examines the development of practical, evidence-based assent procedures to enhance autonomy and ethical standards in ABA therapy for autistic children. The second presentation provides insights from a participatory mixed-methods study that highlights consumer concerns and priorities for systems change in ABA service delivery. The first two presentations also each highlight different approaches to engaging community members and stakeholders in the research process. The third presentation delves into the experiences of autistic adults, offering recommendations for neurodiversity-affirming approaches that prioritize well-being and autonomy. Finally, the fourth presentation investigates parent perspectives on their involvement in behavior analytic interventions, identifying factors that facilitate compassionate and effective collaboration between parents and practitioners. Together, these presentations provide a comprehensive examination of how ABA can evolve to meet the needs of its consumers through ethical, inclusive, and collaborative practices.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, autistic experiences, community engaged, neurodiversity
Target Audience: This symposium is intended for professional behavior analysts who are registered at the BCaBA and BCBA credential levels.
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify key perspectives from autistic individuals on the use of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), including both positive experiences and challenges, as shared in the mixed-methods study.
2. Analyze how neurodiversity-affirming approaches and individualized, client-centered practices can enhance the effectiveness and acceptance of autism interventions.
3. Evaluate the importance of involving autistic individuals as co-creators in autism-related research and how this aligns with principles of the neurodiversity movement.
 

A Qualitative Analysis of Applied Behavior Analysis Practitioners’ Views and Approaches to Assent-Based Behavior Analytic Therapy for Autistic Children

(Applied Research)
BETHANY P. CONTRERAS YOUNG (University of Nevada, Reno), Jennifer A. Bonow (The Learning Consultants), Jeffrey Gesick (The Learning Consultants), Lizbeth Vega Lopez (University of Nevada, Reno), Matisse Rose Lovett (University of Nevada, Reno), Brittney Pauli (The Learning Consultants), Nancy Cheak-Zamora (University of Texas, San Antonio)
Abstract:

Therapies based on applied behavior analysis (ABA) are be effective for improving outcomes for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD; National Autism Center, 2015). However, autistic self-advocates argue that ABA-based therapy does not include the patient themselves in the treatment planning process, violating the autonomy and self-determination of the patient (e.g., Wilkenfeld & McCarthy, 2020). The Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) recently elaborated the consent requirements for therapeutic services within their Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts to include assent procedures (BACB, 2020). Despite the acknowledgement that patient assent should be a critical feature of ABA-based therapy, there is minimal research demonstrating assent-based therapy methods that are both effective and practical. Without evidence-based procedures to assess and obtain assent from patients, and procedures for guiding therapeutic decisions when clients withdraw assent, practitioners are at risk of violating patient autonomy. The purpose of the current research is to conduct practice-based research using a qualitative analysis of how applied behavior analytic practitioners working with autistic children implement assent-based procedures. Preliminary data analysis has resulted in the construction of an over-arching framework for assent procedures in the context of practice and an operationally defined pathway for building assent procedures into ABA-based therapy.

 
Consumer Perspectives on Applied Behavior Analysis Service Delivery in the United States
(Applied Research)
NATALIE BADGETT (University of Utah), Bethany P. Contreras Young (University of Nevada, Reno), Lauren Boyd (Not Affiliated.), Danielle Gary (University of Rochester), Marija Čolić (University of Hawaii at Manoa), Sophie Jensen (University of Utah), Biance Mittendorf (University of Utah)
Abstract: In recent years, criticism of applied behavior analysis has emerged from autistic consumers who report having experienced harm related to the implementation of behavioral practices. The purpose of this research is to inform future service delivery priorities and promote systems change within applied behavior analysis, through better understanding of the lived experiences and perspectives of consumers of applied behavior analysis. Our research team consists of behavior analysts, autistic self-advocates, and parents of individuals with autism who have a shared goal of centering quality of life among autistic people (i.e., direct consumers) and their supporters (i.e., indirect consumers). This study employed participatory mixed methods research methods in which surveys were completed by behavior analysts, autistic adults, and caregivers of autistic individuals and follow up interviews were conducted to enhance the significance of the survey findings by adding context and explanation. Findings suggest that diverse consumers of applied behavior analysis share concerns about the implementation of applied behavior analysis and suggest areas of focus for systems change and service delivery improvement.
 

Exploring the Experiences of Autistic Adults With Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)-Based Practices and Research

(Theory)
LAURA E. MULLINS (Brock University), Grace Demerling (University of Western Ontario), Gabrielle T. Lee (Western University), Albert Malkin (Western University), Priscilla Burnham Riosa (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Nicole M. Neil (University of Western Ontario)
Abstract:

Interventions based on applied behavior analysis (ABA) are widely practiced with people on the autism spectrum. However, a growing perspective within the Autistic community suggests that ABA may diverge from the neurodiversity movement, which advocates for celebrating and accepting autism. This sequential mixed-methods two-part study aimed to explore and amplify autistic voices by asking them to share their experiences with ABA practices and autism-related research to gain insights into potential improvements in the field. The study involved a mixed-methods survey completed by 18 autistic adults, followed by interviews to enrich their understanding of their experiences. A range of opinions and experiences were expressed, where positive perceptions of ABA coexisted with voices expressing challenges and concerns. Recommendations underscored the significance of individualized, neurodiversity-affirming approaches and client-centered, compassionate services prioritizing well-being and autonomy. Furthermore, involving autistic people as co-creators of research aligns with the shift towards neurodiversity in autism-related studies. This research adds to the growing body of literature advocating for a more inclusive and empowering approach to supporting autistic people.

 

“Why Not Ask Us? And Actually Listen.” Qualitative Research on Parent Experiences of Involvement in Behavior Analytic Interventions for Their Children

(Applied Research)
VICTORIA BURNEY (University Of Auckland), Clare McCann (University of Auckland), Angela Arnold-Saritepe (University of Auckland)
Abstract:

Involvement of parents in interventions for their children is a key component in the overall effective-ness of behavior analytic treatments (Hayward et al., 2009; Morris et al., 2021). Recent developments in the field of behavior analysis have seen increased attention paid to the role of parents in child-focused interventions, moving from a focus on parent adherence, to concepts such as parent en-gagement, concordance, and collaboration. Despite these conceptual shifts, little empirical research exists to explore the perspectives and experiences of parents who access behavior analytic interven-tions. This research utilized qualitative methods to explore how parents understand their involvement in behavior analytic interventions for their children, and what factors facilitate, or hinder, collaboration between parents and behavior analysts. The findings of these qualitative studies are discussed in light of advances in the field around compassionate, collaborative, and participatory approaches to behav-ior analytic research and practice. Implications of the findings for behavior analysts working with par-ents are considered, alongside directions for further research in this area.

 
 
Symposium #147
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Ethics
Stacking the Deck – Not Cheating (Unethical) When Designing Ethics Instruction
Thursday, November 13, 2025
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level -1; Londres
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Matthew T. Brodhead (Michigan State University)
CE Instructor: Kimberly A. Schreck, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Card-playing aficionados typically consider stacking the deck as a form of cheating. However, when developing instructional methods, stacking the deck allows instructors at every level to prepare instruction with the best possible student outcomes. Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) provides multiple methods for stacking the instructional deck for teaching graduate students definitions, foundations, and applications of ABA. However, very little guidance is provided through research on how to stack the deck in ethics instruction in university training or in supervised fieldwork. This symposium provides methodological background on how to build a solid house of cards (i.e., a simulated ethics instruction method for graduate students), how to prepare your cards before showing your hand (i.e., preparation for conversations about unethical behavior); and how to play a good hand (i.e., how to teach the components of having conversations about ethics and the results of replications across 4 universities). Attendees will be provided with processes and results related to stacking the deck for designing ethics instruction and supervision.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ethics, ethics instruction, simulation teaching
Target Audience:

The target audience covers all behavior analyst levels, basic-intermediate.

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify components of a script for addressing ethical issues
2. Prepare for conversations about ethical issues including identifying risks, competence, and possible responses.
3. Evaluate the effectiveness of this ethical instructional method for teaching conversations addressing ethical issues
 
How to Build a Solid House of Cards in Ethical Instruction
JONATHAN W. IVY (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Kimberly B. Marshall (University of Oregon), Videsha Marya (Endicott College), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Kimberly A. Schreck (Penn State Harrisburg)
Abstract: Although a substantial body of literature exists demonstrating the effectiveness of behavior analytic instructional strategies (e.g., modeling, SAFMEDS, behavioral skills training) for teaching skills related to the implementation of assessments and interventions, a notable lack of research has focused on behaviors related to ethics. Given the critical role of ethics in supervision and the delivery of behavior analytic services, this gap presents a challenge for adequately preparing future practitioners. Most existing research, prior to Schreck and colleagues (2023), has focused primarily on teaching students to identify ethical code violations, resulting in a foundation for ethics instruction that often resembles a house of cards—fragile and insufficient to support the complexities of applied practice and research. This symposium aims to fortify this foundation by presenting strategies to construct, implement, and evaluate research-supported simulations of ethical conversations. Presenters will connect these strategies to evidence-based instructional practices, illustrating how they can be used to strengthen students' ability to navigate ethical challenges in applied settings. By building a solid instructional foundation, instructors and supervisors can better prepare students to address complex ethical issues with confidence and competence, ensuring the stability and effectiveness of ethical training in behavior analysis.
 

How to Prepare Your Cards Before Showing Your Hand

KIMBERLY A. SCHRECK (Penn State Harrisburg), Videsha Marya (Endicott College), Kimberly B. Marshall (University of Oregon), Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

When a behavior analyst observes someone cheating (acting unethically), the behavior analyst may initially want to ignore or avoid the aversive situation. However, ignoring or escaping may result in significant risks for stakeholders, behavior analysts, and the field. “Showing Your Hand” through addressing the situation, confronting someone, or changing the situation typically requires preparing your cards before showing your hand. This symposium presentation addresses how to prepare your cards before showing your hand. We will review preparation, examples, and results of methods used within our researched ethics instruction including, (a) identifying the specific ethical issues, (b) determining risk of the ethical issues for stakeholders, (c) determining competence and related risk for the individual for addressing the issue, (d) analyzing possible functions of why people engage in unethical behavior, and (d) preparation for possible responses the behavior analyst may encounter. By properly preparing your cards before showing your hand, addressing ethical issues may go more smoothly and result in a winning hand.

 

How to Play a Good Hand: Teaching Ethical Conversations

KIMBERLY B. MARSHALL (University of Oregon), Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Kimberly A. Schreck (Penn State Harrisburg), Thomas Zane (University of Kansas), Videsha Marya (Endicott College)
Abstract:

Once a behavior analyst prepares their cards, it is time to show their hand to address ethical issues in conversations with other behavior analysts and stakeholders. With proper preparation of a good hand, an ethical conversation may have a higher chance of impacting and changing behavior. This symposium presentation addresses the replicated results from Schreck and colleagues (2023). The replication involved ethics instruction across four university-based applied behavior analysis graduate programs. Within all courses, students were taught to (a) evaluate scenarios for ethical code issues, (b) prepare for a conversation with an offending behavior analyst (OBA), (c) conduct a conversation with the OBA following scripted conversation components, and (d) record documentation and follow up information. Results indicated a significant improvement across students in their correct implementation of the scripted conversation components. With this type of ethics instruction, students can be taught how to conduct conversations about ethics and play a good hand.

 
 
Symposium #148
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Enhancing Behavior Analytic Competencies for Adult Services: Crisis Management and Dementia Care Frameworks
Thursday, November 13, 2025
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 13; Porto
Area: LBD/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Audrey N. Hoffmann (Utah State University)
Discussant: Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University)
CE Instructor: Audrey N. Hoffmann, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium focuses on enhancing behavior analytic services for adults through training and support frameworks addressing critical challenges in the field. The first presentation introduces a framework designed to prepare behavior analysts for working with individuals with dementia. It emphasizes developing competencies in conducting functional assessments adapted to cognitive decline, collaborating effectively with caregivers, and navigating ethical considerations specific to dementia care. Informed by input from behavioral gerontologists, dementia professionals, and individuals with lived experience, this framework bridges the gap between behavioral science and gerontology to better support this growing population. The second presentation explores a comprehensive crisis management framework tailored to adult services. It highlights proactive training strategies for staff that balance client autonomy, assent, safety, and community well-being, promoting independence and quality of life during crises. Together, these presentations offer practical and forward-thinking solutions to advance behavior analytic practice in adult services. Attendees will gain practical insights and actionable strategies to enhance their professional practice, improve client outcomes, and address the unique challenges of providing behavior analytic services to adults with complex needs.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): adult services, competency development, crisis management, dementia care
Target Audience: Practicing behavior analysts working with adult populations
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will identify strategies for adapting functional assessments and interventions to support individuals with dementia.
2. Attendees will identify proactive training strategies to balance client autonomy, safety, and community well-being during crises.
3. Attendees will examine interdisciplinary approaches to improving behavior analytic services for adults with complex needs.
 

Building Competencies for Training Behavior Analysts in Behavioral Consultation for People With Dementia

ANDREA QUYNH MAI HOANG (Utah State University), Audrey N. Hoffmann (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts increasingly provide consultation for patients with dementia, a population requiring specialized competencies not emphasized in current training. This conceptual paper proposes a framework for developing behavioral skill and knowledge competencies to prepare behavior analysts for this role. Key skills include conducting functional assessments adapted to cognitive decline, collaborating with caregivers, and addressing ethical considerations unique to dementia care. Knowledge competencies focus on understanding dementia progression, its impact on behavior, and evidence-based intervention strategies. By integrating behavioral science, gerontology, and applied practice, the framework aims to enhance training programs and professional development for behavior analysts working with this population. These competencies were evaluated by behavioral gerontologist, professionals who work with dementia, and people with dementia through cognitive interviews. Additionally, the paper highlights implications for certification standards and suggests areas for future research to support improved outcomes for patients and caregivers. Attendees will gain information to enhance their ability to provide effective, compassionate care for individuals with dementia and their caregivers.

 
A Framework for Crisis Management in Behavior Analytic Services for Adults
Andrea Quynh Mai Hoang (Utah State University), SVETLANA DANIELYAN (Utah State University), Armen Gushchyan (Utah State University), Daniel Santos Da Silva (Utah State University), Audrey N. Hoffmann (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: In behavior analysis, adult services are a critical area of focus, particularly when addressing crisis management and developing individualized support plans for clients. This conceptual paper evaluates effective crisis management strategies for mitigating imminent risk or harm and ensuring that clients with behavioral challenges are provided with appropriate interventions during crisis situations. A key component of these plans is the integration of training models that empower staff to handle crises proactively while prioritizing assent and client and community safety. Training strategies should integrate a client-centered approach, prioritizing the autonomy and choices of individuals receiving services. This approach aligns with the support models (e.g., ABA versus positive behavior supports versus behavior support) frameworks that encourage service providers to make decisions within a structured support environment to foster independence and enhance the quality of life for their clients. The suggested framework recognizes that client choice is pivotal in promoting independence and personal growth while adapting to support clients during a crisis.
 
 
Symposium #153
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Innovations in Coaching Programs for Educators and Caregivers of Individuals With Significant Support Needs
Thursday, November 13, 2025
4:30 PM–5:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Roma I
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Catharine Lory (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)
CE Instructor: Catharine Lory, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Children with moderate to severe disabilities (e.g., autism, intellectual disability) have complex needs that often require significant support over different stages of their life and across settings. Evidence from the literature suggests that to provide effective and sustainable supports for these individuals, it is critical to involve people who are typically present in the child’s natural environment, such as caregivers and educators. This symposium aims to highlight current scientific evidence generated from single case research and randomized controlled trials (RCTs) that demonstrated the effect of innovative coaching programs designed for caregivers and educators of individuals with significant support needs. The first paper of the session will present the outcome of a narrative-informed intervention that actively involved a caregiver to address the chronic challenging behavior of an adolescent female with autism in their home. The second paper of this session will present the findings of a waitlist-control RCT that evaluated the effect of a telehealth-based caregiver coaching program on the autistic child’s target skills, social communication, adaptive behavior, and parent stress. The third paper of this session will showcase findings from a RCT that examined a coaching program for paraeducators on the paraeducators’ skills in delivering instruction and student outcomes.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): coaching, paraprofessional, parent, telehealth
Target Audience:

Researchers, educators, BCBAs, RBTs, practitioners with basic knowledge and experience coaching parents/caregivers and educators/paraeducators

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe one effective coaching method for caregivers/educators to implement ABA interventions
2. Describe one evidence-based practice that can be implemented by caregivers/educators to improve the behavioral, social, or adaptive skills of children with autism and developmental disabilities
3. Identify three factors that should be considered in the implementation of home- or school-based coaching programs
 

Narrative-Informed Behavior Analytic Intervention for an Adolescent With Autism

EMILY GREGORI (University of Illinois at Chicago), Catharine Lory (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)
Abstract:

Socially-valid interventions are integral to the success of applied behavior analysis (ABA) programming. However, social validity is most often assessed post-intervention and models for embedding considerations of social validity throughout treatment programming (including the planning phase) have not been established in the field. The purpose of this single-case study was to evaluate the effects of a narrative-informed ABA-based intervention on the chronic challenging behavior of a 13-year-old female with autism using an AB single-case research design. An AB design was selected due to the severity and harm of the challenging behavior and considerations for intervention acceptability. The narrative-informed intervention involved care coordination, person-centered intervention planning, and caregiver training. The result of this study showed that the narrative-informed intervention led to significant and consistent reductions in challenging behavior. Overall, the family reported high satisfaction with the intervention and the narrative process for developing the intervention. Limitations and implications for research and practice are discussed.

 
Coaching Caregivers to Implement Evidence-Based Interventions via Telehealth: A Randomized Controlled Trial
STEPHANIE GEROW (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Kristina McGinnis (Arizona State University), Emily Exline (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Aisling Costello (Baylor University), Renming Liu (Baylor University), John Hitchcock (Westat), Eishi Adachi (Westat)
Abstract: The use of telehealth (i.e., distance technology to deliver services) can reduce barriers and increase access to interventions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the efficacy of telehealth coaching in applied behavior analytic interventions for caregivers. We recruited 30 children diagnosed with autism and their caregivers; 19 caregiver-child dyads completed all procedures. Participants were randomized to immediate intervention or waitlist-control. The intervention consisted of coaching the caregiver via video calls to implement interventions to address three individualized goals. Dependent measures consisted of (a) Goal Attainment Scale, (b) 10-min observation assessing engagement and communication, (c) Vineland Adaptive Behavior Rating Scales, and (d) the Parental Stress Index. Our primary confirmatory measure – the Goal Attainment Scale – did not yield statistically significant improvements. Results indicated the Vineland measure did yield statistically significant improvements. The effect sizes indicated improvement in child outcome variables for each of the child measures, although three of the four child measures did not yield statistically significant results. We will also present data related to the amount of time required to implement the intervention, children’s performance on individualized goals, and caregiver implementation fidelity. Based on the results of this study, further research with larger sample sizes is warranted.
 

ParaImpact: A Randomized Controlled Trial Using Practice-Based Coaching With Teacher-as-Coach to Increase Paraeducators’ Implementation of Evidence-Based Practices

ROSE A. OSNAYA (University of Missouri), Jena Randolph (University of Missouri - Columbia), John Augustine (University of Missouri - Columbia), Charissa Donn Richards (University of Missouri- Columbia), Jing Tong Ong (University of Missouri - Columbia), Morgan Reiley (University of Missouri - Columbia)
Abstract:

Students with moderate-to-severe developmental disabilities (MSDD) have complex educational needs that require individualized support such as Evidence-based practices (EBPs). When EBPs are implemented with high fidelity, students have an elevated likelihood of achieving better student outcomes (e.g., academic, behavior, and functional skills). One natural change agent that supports students with MSDD are paraeducators. Paraeducators need to implement EBPs with high fidelity, so students can benefit from them. Practice-based coaching (PBC) is a coaching model focusing on the collaborative relationship between the coach and coachee. ParaImpact is a professional development package that includes online modules on EBPs and PBC with teachers-as-coach to increase paraeducators’ EBPs implementation. This study utilized a randomized-controlled trial with a treatment and control condition to evaluate the effectiveness and accessibility of ParaImpact. The sample included 24 students and 21 paraeducators. Six students and paraprofessionals were randomly assigned to the treatment group. Pre-post measures were used to examine teacher-paraeducator partnership and student’s IEP achievement while social validity data on the use of ParaImpact was collected from the treatment group. Results indicated higher rates of improvement in targeted outcomes for paraeducators and students in the treatment group were statistically significant (p = <.001).

 
 
Symposium #157
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/IBAO
Adapting Educational Interventions to Address Individual Student Needs: A Data-Driven Approach to Enhancing Skill Acquisition
Thursday, November 13, 2025
4:30 PM–5:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 12; Madrid
Area: EDC/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Aida Tarifa Rodriguez (MRC-NECC)
CE Instructor: Aida Tarifa Rodriguez, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Effective teaching strategies for individuals who struggle in standard environments require adapting interventions to meet learners' unique needs. This symposium presents three data-based studies emphasizing flexibility in intervention design. The first study examined independent group contingencies after dependent group contingencies failed to increase reading behaviors in adolescents with ASD. Adjusting the intervention based on group dynamics improved engagement and skill acquisition. The second study investigated Web-Based Instruction (WBI) for teaching arbitrary matching-to-sample tasks to children with autism. When Boom Cards' automated trial-and-error teaching was ineffective, the intervention shifted to Seesaw, which enabled teacher-mediated prompting and feedback. This change led to significant improvements in stimulus relations and generalization. The third study compared goal-setting strategies for teaching math to elementary students, focusing on percentile reinforcement schedules to shape correct responding rates. Findings highlighted the importance of considering reinforcers and entry repertoires when selecting goals. These studies demonstrate the value of data-driven decision-making and adaptability in designing effective interventions. They offer practical insights for educators and practitioners aiming to optimize teaching strategies through individualized approaches that respond to learner needs and contextual factors.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Data-driven education, Skill acquisition
Target Audience:

Familiarity with concepts such as reinforcement, extinction, shaping, and contingency management. Basic understanding of group contingencies and how they are implemented in behavioral interventions. Competence in collecting, analyzing, and interpreting behavioral data. Ability to use data to make informed decisions about intervention modifications. Knowledge of how to design and deliver instructional content through web-based platforms. Familiarity with percentile reinforcement schedules and their application in setting and evaluating goals. Understanding of precision teaching principles, including frequency building and performance tracking.

Learning Objectives: 1. Adapting group contingencies to increase reading behaviors in adolescents with ASD Participants will be able to describe the implementation of independent group contingencies and how they can effectively increase reading behaviors in adolescents with ASD when dependent group contingencies are unsuccessful.
2. Utilizing Web-Based Instruction platforms for skill acquisition in children with ASD Participants will be able to explain the effectiveness of teacher-mediated prompting and feedback using Seesaw compared to automated trial-and-error methods with Boom Cards in teaching arbitrary matching-to-sample tasks to children with ASD.
3. A Parametric Analysis of Percentile Schedule Parameters for Daily Goal Setting Procedures During Math Frequency Building. Participants will be able to describe the role of daily goal setting in precision teaching, list at least five procedures that can be used for goal setting in precision teaching, describe how percentile schedules can be used to set goals.
 

Evaluation of Group Contingencies to Promote Independent Reading for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

BRIANNA KATHERINE DUSZYNSKI (Marquette University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Axel Meng (Marquette University), Paige Wortman (Marquette University), Kirsten Williams (Marquette University), Katie Trudeau (Marquette University), Brittany Brown (Marquette University)
Abstract:

For individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), developing independent reading skills and reading fluency is critical for promoting academic success. Increases in reading fluency require frequent practice, and interventions that increase children’s independent engagement in reading can be beneficial to establish fluency. The current investigation evaluated the effects of two types of group contingencies on increasing independent reading duration using an ABAB reversal design. A dependent group contingency was evaluated first, followed by an independent group contingency. Two adolescents with ASD participated. The duration of reading was measured during a structured free-choice period and any time the participant chose to read throughout their therapy appointment. Participants earned stickers for time allocated to independent reading. The accumulated stickers contributed to individual or group-based reinforcers when the participant met their reading goal. For both participants, the independent group contingency was more effective than the dependent group contingency for increasing independent reading duration.

 
Evaluating the Effectiveness of a Web-Based Program of Instruction
MEGAN MARIE COOK (MRC-NECC), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Teaching new skills to individuals with autism and other related disabilities is typically done using discrete-trial training procedures, such as matching to sample (MTS) and are often used in a tabletop format. When running tabletop sessions, the experimenter is responsible for collecting data, managing materials, and maintaining procedural integrity. An alternative method of teaching new skills is Web-Based Instruction (WBI). WBI uses online instruction for the purpose of training or education, and it allows for quick and easy access to learning materials and resources. One example is Boom Cards which uses an automated trial-and-error method of teaching. This study evaluated the use of WBI instruction to teach children an arbitrary MTS task. Participants were two children diagnosed with autism who demonstrated low accuracy on an arbitrary visual MTS task (e.g., matching country outlines to country flags). Participants did not successfully complete the arbitrary MTS task using Boom Cards. An alternative WBI program, Seesaw, was introduced which allowed for teacher-mediated prompting and feedback. Using Seesaw, both participants acquired the MTS task with two sets of stimuli and generalized the skill when a posttest was conducted using a PowerPoint template. This study highlighted the effectiveness of teacher-mediated prompting and feedback using the Seesaw WBI program to teach an arbitrary MTS task to children with ASD compared to the automated trial-and-error method using in the Boom Cards WBI program.
 
Parametric Analyses of Percentile Schedule Parameters for Daily Goal Setting Procedures During Math Frequency Building
CATHERINE WILLIAMS (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Sarah Woodward (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Elijah Richardson (University of North Carolina Wilmington; May Institute)
Abstract: Math fluency can be improved through frequent (often daily) rehearsal and measurement of the skill using intermediate goals to shape the individual’s current performance toward mastery. Previous research has not compared goal setting procedures to an equivalent no-goal control. Although percentile schedules may be one way to conceptualize and systematically set these goals, there is also no clear guidance on what percentile schedule parameters should be used. We recruited four 2nd graders with below grade level math scores at an urban public school. We compared a no-goal control to setting goals using a range of percentile schedule parameters to build math fluency. Each day, in each condition, participants completed untimed and timed practices. This intervention increased correct responses per minute for all participants across conditions. The control condition typically resulted in similar or higher rates and the fastest initial increase. This intervention was effective across all goal-setting procedure for three of the four participants. However, the goals consistently influenced how often participants met their goals and how often it did not (amount of extinction).
 
 
Symposium #160
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
A Functional Analysis of Complex Human Behavior: Transforming Avoidance Functions, Time Perception, Hierarchical Categorization, and Humor Behavior
Thursday, November 13, 2025
4:30 PM–6:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Roma II
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Carmen Luciano (University Almeria, Spain)
Discussant: Andrew Gloster (University of Lucerne)
CE Instructor: Beatriz Harana Lahera, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Relational Frame Theory (RFT) represents a functional-analytic approach to human language and cognition, offering valuable insights into the analysis of complex human behaviors in which derived relational responding plays a central role. This symposium is dedicated to exploring and analyzing various complex behaviors, such as altering avoidance functions, time perception, hierarchical categorization, and humor behavior, within the framework of personal values. The first study investigates the impact of personal values on modifying avoidance responses, shedding light on how these values shape behavior. The second study aims to provide an in-depth description and discussion of the historical and contemporary contexts that influence the experience of time. The third study examines the conditions under which hierarchical categorization is established in controlled laboratory environments. Finally, the fourth study focuses on the emergence of humor behavior in laboratory settings, analyzing the specific conditions that contribute to its expression. All of the data gathered in these studies are analyzed through an idiographic approach, with each case being considered individually. The findings will be discussed within the context of the experimental conditions under which these behaviors were observed, offering a comprehensive understanding of the factors influencing human cognition and behavior in the context of RFT.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Hierarchical Categorization, Humor, Personal Values, Time Perception
Target Audience:

Experimental and applied researchers, Practitioners conducting applied research

Learning Objectives: 1. Incorporate important verbal aspects into more efficient edducational interventions
2. Incorporate important verbally-motivational aspects into values-oriented applied interventions
3. Conduct flexible human behavior research
 

Transforming Experimental Avoidance Into Approaching Tendencies Through Examples of Personal Value

JAVIER VELA PÉREZ (Universidad de Almería), Carmen Luciano (University Almeria, Spain)
Abstract:

One goal of clinical interventions is to increase the number of value-based reinforcing actions that clients carry out, especially when they have to face aversive functions. Previous experimental research has shown that personal values can transform avoidance into approach when approaching one aversive stimulus was valuable. However, what could happen if other stimuli with different functions were present as well? The present experiment studies the effect of examples of personal values on altering an avoiding tendency in a context where three functionally different options are competing with each other. Three functionally different behavioral classes served as within subjects control comparisons. Results showed that participants changed their tendencies and approached the valuable-aversive class, while maintaining the avoidance to the non-valuable-aversive class and maintaining the approach to the appetitive class. Furthermore, when the three classes were competing with each other, the valuable-aversive class was the one preferably selected. No changes in tendencies were found between Test I and Test II in the participants in the no-intervention comparison group. These results show that the personal value function altered the avoiding and approaching tendencies established experimentally, influencing the behavior over other direct aversive or appetitive functions.

 

Time Perception: Exploring Its Intricate Relationship With Emotion Through Experimental Analysis

BEATRIZ HARANA LAHERA (Universidad Complutense Madrid-Abascool VCS 51215), Carmen Luciano (University Almeria, Spain)
Abstract:

Since the dawn of experimental psychology, the enigma of human time perception has captivated researchers. Over the years, the interplay between time perception and emotion has emerged as a fascinating area of study, driven largely by cognitive approaches. However, the diversity of experimental methods and emotional manipulations has complicated the synthesis of overarching conclusions. This study that shifts the paradigm by adopting a functional- analytical perspective to investigate time perception in tasks with aversive or appetitive functions. Utilizing a robust intra-subject design, we engaged seven participants in a sequence of four 18-minute experimental conditions: a variable task, a repetitive task, a repetitive task paired with electric shocks, and a repetitive task with electric shocks amplified by personal significance. Time perception was assessed through participants' estimates and qualitative valuations, while emotional states were meticulously analyzed. Results reveal the following: tasks involving electric shocks, perceived as highly aversive and inducing significant nervousness, led participants to perceive time as longer. Conversely, variable tasks and shock-free repetitive tasks elicited calmer emotional states and shorter time perceptions. Strikingly, when personal significance was added to the aversive tasks, participants perceived time as even longer, suggesting a complex interplay between emotional salience and temporal experience. This study not only deepens our understanding of how aversive and meaningful experiences shape time perception but also opens new avenues for research at the intersection of emotion, cognition, and behavior.

 

Training Hierarchical Relational Cues and Networks

JORGE VILLARROEL (University of Almeria), Carmen Luciano (University Almeria, Spain)
Abstract:

Hierarchical responding is defined as a response in which a class of stimuli such as "living organism" includes subclasses of stimuli such as "plants" or "animals", and each of these subclasses includes sublevels. Relational Frame Theory (RFT) conceptualizes a hierarchical network as a type of arbitrarily applicable relational response (AARR), where specific words (is part of, more than...) denoted as “relational cues” are learned through exposure to multiple examples with non-arbitrary relations between stimuli, which are later applied to stimuli with arbitrary relations. The present study aims to investigate the non-arbitrary training that allows the establishment of hierarchical relational cues. A total of 12 adults participated in the study. First, a coordination ("is the same") and a hierarchical relational cue ("includes") were trained, second, these cues were used to train arbitrary networks and functions were assigned to some stimuli of the network, finally, a test was conducted to explore derived responses in these networks. The results showed that most participants responded according to coordination and hierarchy in the respective networks.

 

Is This a Joke? Altering the Emergence of Humor Functions: A Relational Frame Analysis

MATHEUS BEBBER (Paris Nanterre University), Carmen Luciano (University Almeria, Spain)
Abstract:

Humor is a complex behavior, and there is no consensus regarding under which conditions it emerges. The present study aims to isolate part of the processes that might hinder the emergence of humor, mostly focused on derived relational behavior according to RFT. Four protocols have been promoted: One condition was a mix of perspective-taking and discomfort functions applied to some of the characters in the typical joke. The second condition manipulated only the perspective-taking. A third condition involved applying only the discomfort function. Finally, a fourth condition involved the manipulation of the joke through a desliteralization protocol. Moreover, two control conditions were implemented without any manipulation in the jokes. Fifty-eight participants were distributed among five conditions (9 or 10 participants in each condition). In all conditions, the jokes were presented successively in the same order differing in the type of manipulation implemented. Results show the mix and the desliteralization protocols, resulting in the higher reduction of humor responses. These findings are discussed according to the contextual components defining each experimental protocol and highlight the functions that might be derived according to the interaction between the manipulation and the participants’ histories of relating events.

 
 
Symposium #163
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/IBAO
Effects of Applied Behavior Analysis Parent Education on Families From Mexico, Morocco, India, and Armenia
Thursday, November 13, 2025
5:30 PM–6:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 0; Bruxelas
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Narine Vardanyan (Affiliate Member )
Discussant: Geetika Agarwal (Ball State University)
CE Instructor: Mariela Feldman, Ed.D.
Abstract:

This symposium is necessary and important because families of children who have a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder from countries such as Mexico, Morocco, Armenia, and India are extremely understudied and little is known about the impact Applied Behavior Analysis parent training has on parents in real life. The purpose of the symposium is to explore and compare how parents of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder in different countries describe their experience and application of Applied Behavior Analysis parent training in life outside of treatment sessions. After attending this symposium, attendees can offer practitioners data on how families from different countries experienced Applied Behavior Analysis Parent Education training and as a result practitioners will improve the treatment delivery based on parental needs and treatment outcome. Leaders of Applied Behavior Analysis agencies will also benefit from the results of this study as they will be able to allocate resources needed depending on parental need. Social validity in clinical treatment, meaning soliciting opinions from the parents who receive support, and modifying services accordingly, are of upmost importance to leaders in the ABA field.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The prerequisite skills is to understand that each treatment plan and family services, has unique needs and values. When clinicians begin working with a family, it is very important that they go with an open mind to understand them and be willing to work together no matter the cultural differences.

Learning Objectives: 1. work with families from different backgrounds taking their values into consideration
2. include questions about values and priorities in the assessment process
3. include questions about values and priorities in the treatment process
 

Mexican Parents of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Receiving Applied Behavior Analysis Parent Training

MARIELA FELDMAN (QABA)
Abstract:

This qualitative descriptive study was necessary and important because families of children who have a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder from countries such as Mexico are extremely understudied and little is known about the impact Applied Behavior Analysis parent training has on parents in real life. The purpose of this qualitative descriptive study was to explore how Mexican parents of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder described their experience and application of Applied Behavior Analysis parent training in life, in Southern California. Eleven participants located in Los Angeles County participated in this study. The research questions asked how Mexican parents of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder described their experience and application of Applied Behavior Analysis parent training in life. The significance of this study is that knowing how Mexican parents of children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder experience and apply Applied Behavior Analysis techniques in real life, professionals can cater their programming to ensure parents get the best possible experience to support them and their children through the Applied Behavior Analysis treatment process.

 

Impact of a training programme based on ABA On psychological flexibility in Mothers of children with ASD

MINA EL QALLI (Consultancy House)
Abstract:

This qualitative descriptive study was necessary and important because families of children who have a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder from countries such as Moroccan are extremely understudied and little is known about the impact Applied Behavior Analysis parent training has on parents in real life. The purpose of this qualitative descriptive study was to explore how Moroccan parents of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder described their experience and application of Applied Behavior Analysis parent training in life. The research questions asked how Moroccan parents of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder described their experience and application of Applied Behavior Analysis parent training in life. The significance of this study is that knowing how Moroccan parents of children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder experience and apply Applied Behavior Analysis techniques in real life, professionals can cater their programming to ensure parents get the best possible experience to support them and their children through the Applied Behavior Analysis treatment process.

 
 
Paper Session #164
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Parent Training
Thursday, November 13, 2025
5:30 PM–6:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level -1; Europa
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Smita Awasthi, Ph.D.
 

Maximizing Parent Success: The Impact of Behavior Skills Training (BST) in Parent Training

Domain: Service Delivery
LILYAN WILLEMIJN JOHANNA CAMPBELL (aba works)
 
Abstract:

Behavior Skills Training (BST) is a highly effective method in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) for teaching parents and staff essential skills to support children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) or other developmental disabilities. This structured training approach, which includes instruction, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback, empowers caregivers and professionals to implement evidence-based interventions with greater fidelity. Research has demonstrated that BST enhances the acquisition of specific behavioral techniques, leading to improved outcomes in child behavior and parent satisfaction. By equipping parents with the necessary tools and confidence, BST helps foster consistency in interventions across both home and clinical settings. Moreover, its focus on practical, real-world skills makes it a scalable and sustainable option for training both parents and staff. As BST continues to gain traction in ABA practice, its potential to increase the effectiveness of parent training programs is clear. Ultimately, BST offers a promising solution for promoting long-term positive outcomes in the care of individuals with ASD and other developmental disorders. The evidence supporting its efficacy highlights its relevance in contemporary ABA practice.

 
How the Science of Behavior Empowers Parents
Domain: Service Delivery
FERNANDO R. ARMENDARIZ (FABAS Inc.)
 
Abstract: Despite the fact that an overwhelming majority of services based upon the science of behavior occur in clinics rather than in family homes, the science of behavior began with the notion that the natural environment was the best setting for intervention. The revolutionary contributions of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) to our (the world’s) knowledge about behavior, is that behavior is shaped and maintained by environmental influence (consequences), mostly social, occurring every second in daily life. Thus, parents who naturally spend the most time with their children, are the most important people in the child’s everyday environment, and as such the obvious focus for supporting behavior change. This presentation will show how the powerful reinforcers that parents have available to dispense, and their daily functioning within the natural everyday situations will impact the amount and speed of learning (for good or ill). This fact, along with the impact on generalization and maintenance that can be obtain by their primary involvement in an ABA intervention strongly argues for parent implementation of behavioral supports over therapists and intervention in contrived settings.
 

Transforming the Relationship Between a Mother and Her Adult Neurodiverse Son Using a Constructional Approach

Domain: Service Delivery
SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
 
Abstract:

Parents of neurodiverse adults often experience significant stress that can hinder their happiness and their ability to achieve personal goals. Conventional treatment strategies frequently focus on addressing problems through medication, talk therapy, functional behavior assessments or other cognitive therapies. Behavior analysts can alternatively concentrate solely on building solutions using the constructional approach (Goldiamond, 1965, 1984, 2002; Layng et al., 2022; Liden & Rosales-Ruiz, 2024). This study explores the application of the constructional approach in improving the relationship between a mother and her 22-year-old neurodiverse son. The coaching process included identifying desired outcomes, maintaining logs to know current repertoires, setting achievable sub-goals, and collaboratively implementing interventions to achieve those goals. Weekly coaching sessions were held. Over 18 weeks, problematic behaviors such as nagging, aggression, and inappropriate messages were eliminated. Notable improvements in communication, positive interactions, and initiative-taking were observed during the final two weeks. The son exhibited clear, measurable progress, and the coaching fostered the development of a constructive and nurturing relationship. The findings highlight the potential of the constructional approach in promoting positive family dynamics. Detailed data and outcomes will be discussed.

 
 
 
Symposium #165
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO
Models for Disseminating and Supporting Sustainable, Higher-Quality, and Better-Available Applied Behavior Analysis-Based Practices Across Multiple Countries
Thursday, November 13, 2025
5:30 PM–6:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 13; Porto
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Karel Pancocha (Masaryk University)
CE Instructor: Sheri Kingsdorf, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Outside of the United States, regions are plagued with applied behavior analysis (ABA) misinformation, fragmented ABA knowledge, and questionable behavioral practices. As a result, locally-driven projects are developing. This symposium explores such innovative approaches for disseminating and implementing sustainable ABA-based practices across diverse international contexts. Specifically, three distinct models for expanding access to high-quality behavioral services in traditionally underserved regions are explored. The first presentation examines the Ready4School Training Program, which enhanced preschool educators' competencies in supporting autistic children's school transitions across European countries through culturally-adapted ABA-based strategies. Results demonstrate improvements in educator knowledge and self-efficacy. The second presentation evaluates the P.E.rfect Training Package, which equipped physical education teachers in Czechia with ABA-based skills for creating inclusive environments for autistic students. Data suggest positive outcomes in teacher competencies and attitudes. The final presentation investigates a multi-component supervisory training program in Australia focused on enhancing behavior analysts' application of social validity principles. Findings indicate improvements in supervisees' ability to develop socially meaningful interventions. Together, these studies illustrate effective models for disseminating ABA-based practices through home-grown approaches with high standards of implementation. The symposium contributes to our understanding of strategies for sustainable capacity building in behavior analysis across diverse contexts.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Capacity Building, Evidence-based Practices, International/Cross-cultural Implementation, Practitioner Competencies
Target Audience:

This presentation will use terminology and examples that should be accessible to all attendees.

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify the the effectiveness of culturally-adapted behavioral training programs by examining specific outcome data from European applications.
2. Describe at least three strategies for enhancing social validity in behavioral interventions based on findings from a Australian supervisory training program.
3. Build comparisons between three distinct models for implementing ABA-based practices across international contexts, with sustainable dissemination practices in mind.
 

Ready4School: Building Capacity for Inclusive Education for Autistic Children Through a Locally-Driven Applied Behavior Analysis-Based Training Program

SHERI KINGSDORF (Masaryk University), Lucie Vozáková (Masaryk University), Lucie Mudroch Lukášová (Masaryk University), Alexandra Faka (ViModo)
Abstract:

This study evaluated the effectiveness of a locally-driven applied behavior analysis (ABA)-based Ready4School Training Program, developed through an EU Erasmus+ project across six European countries. The training program aimed to enhance preschool educators' competencies in supporting autistic children's transition to school through ABA-based assessment and intervention strategies. Following a two-day train-the-trainer workshop, the package was piloted with 20 inclusive pre or inservice preschool educators across ABA-impoverished locales in Czechia and Cyprus. The program was supported by a freely-accessible online educational kit containing culturally and linguistically adapted materials, including a digital assessment application and lesson plans. Using a pre-post design with follow-up, the study assessed changes in participants' knowledge of autism and ABA and self-efficacy in providing education to autistic students via the Autism Self-Efficacy Scale for Teachers (ASSET). Additionally, feasibility and acceptability were evaluated post-intervention through social validity questionnaires. Data analysis incorporated descriptive statistics for comparisons and social validity assessment of the training package. This pilot study, being replicated across partner countries, contributes to the dissemination of ABA-based strategies for use by inclusive educators in areas often plagued with a lack of ABA-based services and empirically-validated learning resources for supporting school transitions for autistic children.

 

Empowering Physical Educators to Create Inclusive Environments for Autistic Children Through P.E.rfect Training

LUCIE VOZÁKOVÁ (Masaryk University), Sheri Kingsdorf (Masaryk University), Lucie Mudroch Lukášová (Masaryk University)
Abstract:

In Czechia, autistic children are being supported in the inclusive physical education (PE) classroom at increasing rates. However, educators are increasingly underprepared to provide meaningful instruction grounded in the science of applied behavior analysis (ABA). As a result, the ABA-based P.E.rfect Inclusive Physical Education Practitioner Training Package, developed through an EU Erasmus+ collaborative project across seven European countries, was piloted aiming to enhance physical educators' ABA competencies and attitudes in including autistic children in PE settings. Eleven participants completed the program, which consisted of an in-person workshop supplemented by a freely-accessible website containing culturally and linguistically adapted ABA-based inclusive PE materials. Using a pre-post no-control design, the study assessed changes in participants' knowledge, self-efficacy, and perceived challenges through quantitative measures administered before and after the main training session. Training satisfaction was evaluated post-intervention through questionnaires, while selected follow-up interviews provided qualitative insights into participants' attitudes and experiences. Data analysis incorporated descriptive statistics for pre-post comparisons, alongside thematic coding of interview responses to identify and quantify primary attitudes expressed by participants. Overall, this pilot study shares strategies for disseminating ABA-based training in underserved regions while evaluating physical educators' capacity to create inclusive PE environments for autistic students.

 
Behaviour Analytic Supervision: Enhancing Social Validity Understanding for Client Outcomes
LAUREN COWLED (Seven Dimensions Consulting)
Abstract: Social validity assessment is a crucial yet often overlooked component of behaviour analytic practice, particularly within supervisory contexts. This study evaluated the effectiveness of a multi-component training program in improving behaviour analytic supervisees' understanding of social validity principles in Australia. Four supervisees participated in a structured 12-week training program that combined asynchronous online modules, monthly journal club discussions, and applied case study analyses. Understanding was measured through comprehensive pre- and post-intervention checklists assessing knowledge of social validity concepts, implementation strategies, and practical applications. All participants demonstrated significant improvements in their understanding and planned application of social validity principles following the intervention. This suggests that a combined theoretical and practical training approach can enhance supervisees' integration of these essential concepts into their practice. These preliminary findings contribute to our understanding of how to support supervisees' development of social validity assessment skills within Australian behaviour analytic practice. The results suggest potential benefits of structured training in this area, with supervisees reporting improved ability to develop socially meaningful goals and intervention strategies for their clients. However, further research is needed to explore the long-term impact on service delivery outcomes and client satisfaction measures.
 
 
Panel #166
CE Offered: BACB/IBAO — 
Ethics
The End of 'Right Answers': How Skinner, Socrates, and Artificial Intelligence Will Reimagine Education Worldwide
Thursday, November 13, 2025
5:30 PM–6:20 PM
Altis Grand Hotel; Level 1; Milao I/II
Area: EDC/EAB; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Adam E Ventura, M.S.
Chair: Adam E Ventura (Intraverbal AI)
JAVIER VIRUES ORTEGA (The University of Auckland)
AIDA TARIFA RODRIGUEZ (MRC-NECC)
DIANA ANZURES (Intraverbal AI)
Abstract:

Education is undergoing a seismic shift. As Artificial Intelligence (AI) transforms how knowledge is accessed and applied, traditional models rooted in passive knowledge transfer are losing relevance. For behavior analysts, this mirrors a core principle: environments shape behavior. As AI reshapes the educational environment, we must rethink the contingencies maintaining our systems of learning. This panel discussion will explore the profound implications of AI on education broadly and its specific impact on behavior analysis, asking: How do we maintain relevance in a world where “knowing the right answer” is no longer enough? Panelists will engage in a dynamic exchange about how education must transition from teaching answers to fostering inquiry and critical thinking. Drawing on parallels between traditional intraverbal training, Socratic instruction, and mand-based learning, the discussion will focus on how education’s new mission should equip students to ask the right questions. Using a case study of a European postgraduate program, the panelists will demonstrate how AI enhances behavior analysis education, fostering critical thinking, ethics, and real-world problem-solving with international relevance. Attendees will leave with insights into how AI challenges traditional pedagogical methods and practical strategies for reimagining education in behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This panel is being submitted in the "intermediate" instructions level. Below are a set of prerequisite skills and competencies for the audience: 1. Knowledge of Instructional Design in Behavior Analysis: Awareness of teaching strategies such as intraverbal training, mand training, and precision teaching. 2. Educational Reform and Technology: General knowledge of traditional educational practices and their limitations. 3. Ethical Considerations in Behavior Analysis: Understanding of the BACB ethics code, particularly in areas related to technological advancements and their implications for practice. 4. AI Basics and Applications: A general understanding of how AI works and its potential applications in education and behavior analysis. Some familiarity with examples of AI tools currently used in education or clinical practice. 5. Professional Competence in Behavior Analysis Education: Experience teaching behavior analysis concepts to students or supervisees.

Learning Objectives: 1. Analyze how the integration of AI in education alters traditional learning contingencies and identify at least two strategies to transition from teaching "right answers" to fostering inquiry and critical thinking in behavior analytic education.
2. Evaluate the ethical implications of AI-driven educational tools by applying relevant sections of the BACB Ethics Code to scenarios involving privacy, data security, and equitable access to technology.
3. Design a framework for incorporating AI-enhanced tools in behavior analysis education that supports critical thinking, ethical decision-making, and real-world problem-solving, as demonstrated in the provided European university case study.
Keyword(s): ABA Education, Artificial Intelligence, Graduate Education, Socrates
 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}